Cream of the Crop 25

home *** CD-ROM | disk | FTP | other *** search

/ Cream of the Crop 25 / Cream of the Crop 25.iso / bbs / con_005c.zip / CONCORD.DOC next >

Wrap

Text File | 1997-04-25 | 945KB | 20,446 lines

▄█████▄ ▄█████▄ ▄█████▄ ▄█████▄ ▄█████▄ ██████▄ ██████▄ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██ ██████ ██ ██ ▀█████▀ ▀█████▀ ██ ██ ▀█████▀ ▀█████▀ ██ ▀██ ██████▀ Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 Copyright (C) 1993-1997 Pasi Talliniemi Documentation by Eddy Matthews All Rights Reserved PLEASE NOTE : PLEASE NOTE : PLEASE NOTE : PLEASE NOTE : PLEASE NOTE This documentation is incomplete! It is currently being updated so that it lists all the new features in Concord gamma 5. You will find some sections that are not completed, and there WILL be errors and omissions. There is still a LOT of work necessary to get these docs up to the standard required. Some sections need to be totally rewritten, and others need to be added before they will do justice to Concord. If you find anything that is blatantly wrong, please inform the document author (Eddy Matthews) so that any mistakes can be amended. A netmail to 2:256/651 would be appreciated with any comments (good or bad) that you may have. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 1 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Table Of Contents ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Introduction.............................................. 15 Top Down Approach....................................... 15 Preamble and Credits.................................... 17 Licensing Information................................... 18 How to register......................................... 19 The key system.......................................... 20 Product Support......................................... 21 Installation.............................................. 28 Configuration............................................. 31 CSETUP.................................................... 31 The User Interface...................................... 31 F1-Help................................................. 32 Setup................................................. 32 General............................................. 33 System Information................................ 33 BBS name........................................ 33 Sysop name...................................... 33 Asst sysop...................................... 33 Location........................................ 33 Phone number.................................... 33 BBSID (I)....................................... 34 BBSID (II)...................................... 34 Modem Settings.................................... 34 COM port........................................ 35 Init rate....................................... 35 Init string..................................... 35 Locked BPS rate................................. 35 Init tries...................................... 36 On hook......................................... 36 Off hook........................................ 36 Reset........................................... 36 No carrier...................................... 36 Answer.......................................... 37 ... from........................................ 37 ... to.......................................... 37 ... wait con.................................... 37 Flush w/ slow................................... 37 Wait rep slow................................... 37 Wait rep fast................................... 37 Manual answer................................... 38 Lower DTR when busy............................. 38 Lower DTR to hangup............................. 38 OK.............................................. 38 Ring............................................ 38 Escape code..................................... 39 Init delay...................................... 39 No hangup....................................... 39 Escape delay.................................... 39 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 2 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── x Base addr..................................... 39 x IRQ........................................... 39 Caller-ID str................................... 40 Bps rate........................................ 40 Response string................................. 40 Errorlevel...................................... 41 Paths............................................. 41 Swap path....................................... 41 Temp path....................................... 41 Work path....................................... 42 Common path..................................... 42 Filebase path................................... 42 Lng files path.................................. 42 .CTL files path................................. 42 File attach path................................ 42 Vote path....................................... 43 Nodelist path................................... 43 JAM base path................................... 43 Local move path................................. 43 Ext chat........................................ 43 Virus scanner................................... 44 Old taglists path............................... 45 Squish ECHOTOSS.LOG............................. 45 Log file path................................... 45 Message System.................................... 45 Quote string.................................... 46 Check user base................................. 46 Cursor E msg hdr................................ 46 Fast jump to end................................ 46 Default originline.............................. 47 Min disk space.................................. 47 Max msgs to pack................................ 47 Allow macros.................................... 47 Split messages.................................. 48 Dupe list size.................................. 48 Read margin..................................... 48 Quote margin.................................... 48 Passwd failure area............................. 48 Up/Down not chg msg............................. 49 Redraw hdr lines................................ 49 Remove after taglin............................. 49 Net mail area................................... 49 Group mail date chk............................. 49 Create PID + tear............................... 49 Ignore Soft-CR.................................. 49 Auto add new areas.............................. 49 Group mail sec lvl.............................. 50 Offline packing sec............................. 50 Auto quote...................................... 50 Save msg at hangup.............................. 50 Kludges in msgpkt............................... 50 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 3 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Verify pkt netmails............................. 50 Quote string II................................. 50 Echo msgs to sysop.............................. 51 File System....................................... 51 Nervous file check.............................. 51 Import FILE_ID.DIZ.............................. 51 Check ratio files............................... 52 Prescan FILES.BBS............................... 52 Allow split descs............................... 52 Ext upload chek................................. 52 Findfirst on CDROM.............................. 52 FILES.BBS DLcounter............................. 53 Max file desc lines............................. 53 Download file descs............................. 53 No upd dlcntr FILES............................. 53 Touch uploaded file............................. 53 Unwanted uploads................................ 53 Min up disk space............................... 54 No ext in dupe chk.............................. 54 Move dupes to path.............................. 54 Keep taglist.................................... 54 Dupechk/chk rights.............................. 54 Ask desc before UL.............................. 54 Check FILES.CTL................................. 55 Auto add new areas.............................. 55 Hidden uploads.................................. 55 Auto stop listing............................... 55 User Config....................................... 56 Flag descriptions (F10)......................... 56 One-word names.................................. 56 Expiration days................................. 57 Verify calls.................................... 57 Include Sysop................................... 57 Password tries.................................. 57 Hide upper sec.................................. 58 Pwd CRC type.................................... 58 Net Addresses..................................... 58 Name............................................ 59 Address......................................... 59 Limits............................................ 59 Active?......................................... 60 Security level.................................. 60 Description..................................... 60 Valid from...................................... 61 Valid to........................................ 61 Max DL/UL KB ratio.............................. 61 Max DL/UL times ratio........................... 62 Time per day limit.............................. 62 Calls per day limit............................. 62 Download limit.................................. 62 Events............................................ 63 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 4 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Active?......................................... 64 Forced.......................................... 64 Error level..................................... 64 Run time........................................ 64 Days to run..................................... 65 Last run date................................... 65 Transfer Protocols................................ 65 Active?......................................... 66 Description..................................... 66 Selection key................................... 66 Batch........................................... 66 Bidirectional................................... 67 DL cmdline...................................... 67 UL cmdline...................................... 68 List char....................................... 68 Efficiency...................................... 69 Log file name................................... 69 Ctl file name................................... 69 UL log keyword.................................. 69 DL log keyword.................................. 69 Read whole log.................................. 70 External Transfer Protocols - Examples (DOS).. 70 External Transfer Protocols - Examples (OS/2). 73 File Archivers.................................... 76 Active?......................................... 77 Description..................................... 77 Selection key................................... 77 File extension.................................. 77 Pack cmdline.................................... 77 Unpack cmdline.................................. 78 List char....................................... 78 Efficiency...................................... 78 Archive ID...................................... 78 File Archivers - Examples (DOS)............... 79 File Archivers - Examples (OS/2).............. 82 FS Message Editors................................ 84 Active?......................................... 85 Description..................................... 85 Selection key................................... 85 Command line.................................... 85 Char Sets......................................... 86 Active?......................................... 86 Description..................................... 86 CHARSET kludge label............................ 87 Selection key................................... 87 Modify input.................................... 87 Other Settings.................................... 87 Node number..................................... 87 Local colors.................................... 87 Password........................................ 88 Time out........................................ 88 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 5 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Login time...................................... 88 OS shell........................................ 88 Last callers.................................... 89 Sysop seclvl.................................... 89 Verify BBS...................................... 90 DORINFOn.DEF.................................... 90 Detect scrlen................................... 90 Login charset................................... 90 Force ANSI...................................... 90 Yell+nodechat................................... 90 Yell device................................... 91 Yell times.................................... 91 Yell length................................... 91 Sun from...................................... 91 Sun to........................................ 91 Mon from...................................... 91 Mon to........................................ 91 Tue from...................................... 92 Tue to........................................ 92 Wed from...................................... 92 Wed to........................................ 92 Thu from...................................... 92 Thu to........................................ 92 Fri from...................................... 92 Fri to........................................ 92 Sat from...................................... 92 Sat to........................................ 92 Online msgs................................... 92 Erase mulchat................................. 93 Check mulchat................................. 93 No CHAT.LOG................................... 93 No user exit.................................. 93 CHAT.LOG/main................................. 93 No ANS detect................................... 93 Hidden char..................................... 94 Ansi stop ch.................................... 94 Statline col.................................... 94 Convert $ENV$................................... 94 Check delay..................................... 94 ANSI buf size................................... 94 No locals cnt................................... 95 F9 statline1.................................... 95 F9 statline2.................................... 95 F11 statline1................................... 95 F11 statline2................................... 95 F12 statline1................................... 95 F12 statline2................................... 95 Echo lng char................................... 95 Scr saver cnt................................... 96 Reinit cnt...................................... 96 Cmdline ctrlx................................... 96 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 6 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Share cmnt...................................... 96 Allow ^[! seq................................... 96 Auto set cur.................................... 96 Kbd macros...................................... 96 Keyboard macros............................... 97 Execute program macros........................ 97 No IEMSI det.................................... 97 Not in limits................................... 97 Log IEMSI....................................... 97 Msg Areas........................................... 98 Name.............................................. 100 Active?........................................... 100 Short name........................................ 100 Group............................................. 101 Format............................................ 101 Path name......................................... 101 Password.......................................... 103 Open from......................................... 103 Open to........................................... 103 Area type......................................... 103 Msg kinds......................................... 104 Reply status...................................... 105 Alias/Name........................................ 106 Use AKA........................................... 106 Origin line....................................... 107 Echo area tag..................................... 107 Allow delete...................................... 107 Move replies to................................... 107 Allow tag lines................................... 107 Allow ctrl chars.................................. 108 Force mail check.................................. 108 Sub-directory..................................... 108 Curr subdir num................................... 108 Where to jump..................................... 108 Ask receipt....................................... 109 Use char table.................................... 109 Hudson board...................................... 109 Read msgs security................................ 109 Write msgs security............................... 109 Sysop security.................................... 109 Security level.................................. 110 Flags........................................... 110 Age............................................. 110 Bps rate........................................ 111 No kludges visible................................ 111 Force combined.................................... 111 In all groups..................................... 111 F8 Global Changes................................. 112 File Areas.......................................... 114 Name.............................................. 114 Active?........................................... 114 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 7 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Group............................................. 115 Download path..................................... 115 Upload area....................................... 115 Password.......................................... 115 Open from......................................... 115 Open to........................................... 115 Curr subdir num................................... 116 Where to jump..................................... 116 Offline area...................................... 116 New files check................................... 116 In all groups..................................... 116 Duplicate check................................... 116 Virus check....................................... 117 CD-ROM area....................................... 117 Copy to temp...................................... 117 Sub-directory..................................... 117 Filebase/FILES.BBS................................ 117 Basename.......................................... 118 FILES.BBS......................................... 118 Download files security........................... 118 Upload files security............................. 118 Security level.................................... 118 Flags............................................. 119 Age............................................... 119 Bps rate.......................................... 119 F8 Global Changes................................. 120 Doors............................................... 122 Name.............................................. 122 Active?........................................... 123 Group............................................. 123 Command line...................................... 123 Password.......................................... 124 Open from......................................... 124 Open to........................................... 124 Sub-directory..................................... 125 Curr subdir num................................... 125 Where to jump..................................... 125 In all groups..................................... 125 Run door security................................. 125 Security level.................................... 125 Flags............................................. 126 Age............................................... 126 Bps rate.......................................... 126 F8 Global Changes................................. 127 Lng Files........................................... 128 File Listings..................................... 197 Mail Read Listings................................ 200 Language File Control Codes....................... 210 Language File Key Scan Codes...................... 214 Other Files......................................... 215 .CTL Files........................................ 216 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 8 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Script Files...................................... 217 Quit................................................ 226 Lng Editor............................................ 226 User Editor........................................... 227 Screen 1............................................ 228 Name.............................................. 228 Alias............................................. 228 City.............................................. 228 Voice............................................. 228 Data.............................................. 229 Birthday.......................................... 229 Sex............................................... 229 Sysop page times.................................. 229 Public msgs....................................... 229 Private msgs...................................... 229 Upload KB......................................... 229 Upload files...................................... 229 Download KB....................................... 230 Download files.................................... 230 Deleted........................................... 230 SecLvl............................................ 230 Address........................................... 230 Screen length..................................... 231 Password.......................................... 231 First call........................................ 231 Last call......................................... 231 Times called...................................... 231 Minutes elapsed................................... 231 Screen 2............................................ 232 Protocol.......................................... 232 Packer............................................ 232 Editor............................................ 232 Charset........................................... 232 Msg packet format................................. 233 Msg area.......................................... 233 File area......................................... 233 Door.............................................. 233 Chat channel...................................... 233 Read msgs type.................................... 233 File list type.................................... 234 Sysop comment..................................... 234 Calls............................................. 234 Min elapsed....................................... 234 DL KB............................................. 234 DL files.......................................... 234 Last packet num................................... 235 Screen 3............................................ 235 Offline packet days............................... 235 Max msgs in packet................................ 236 Include WELCOME................................... 236 Include NEWS...................................... 236 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 9 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Include GOODBYE................................... 236 Include new files list............................ 236 Include new bulletins............................. 236 Include last read ptrs............................ 237 Want to see ALL msgs.............................. 237 Offline packing................................... 237 Mark mail as received............................. 237 Not include own msgs.............................. 237 No RE: in subject................................. 237 First menu........................................ 237 Language.......................................... 238 Last file check................................... 238 Last bulletin check............................... 238 Last msg packet................................... 238 Expiration date................................... 238 Time in bank...................................... 238 DL-Limit in bank.................................. 238 View file......................................... 239 Delete after view................................. 239 File viewed....................................... 239 View only once.................................... 239 Screen 4............................................ 239 Mail check........................................ 239 New files check................................... 239 New bulletins check............................... 240 Colors............................................ 240 Hot keys.......................................... 240 No DL-ratio check................................. 240 No kill........................................... 240 Calls since bday check............................ 240 Wrong passwords................................... 240 BBS name if Sysop................................. 241 Date format....................................... 241 Screen 5............................................ 241 Use wordstar keys................................. 241 Download file descs............................... 241 DESCRIPT.ION format............................... 242 Time units........................................ 242 KB units.......................................... 242 Long area names................................... 242 Include kludges................................... 242 Show kludges...................................... 242 Long subjects..................................... 243 Modifying the User Editor........................... 246 X................................................. 247 Y................................................. 247 Len............................................... 247 Scr............................................... 247 EditC............................................. 248 ShowC............................................. 248 Attr.............................................. 248 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 10 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── EditPos........................................... 248 EditInfo.......................................... 249 EditType.......................................... 250 Comment........................................... 251 Menu Editor........................................... 251 Key................................................. 252 AUT............................................... 252 SEL............................................... 252 CUR............................................... 253 NOT............................................... 253 %................................................. 253 Input............................................... 253 Menu type........................................... 253 Data field.......................................... 256 Sec................................................. 256 Sec. level........................................ 256 Flags............................................. 256 Age............................................... 256 Bps rate.......................................... 256 Menu Types............................................ 257 $0001 GOTO.......................................... 257 $0002 GOSUB......................................... 258 $0003 RETURN........................................ 259 $0004 LOGOFF........................................ 260 $0005 SHOWHOT....................................... 261 $0006 SCRIPT........................................ 261 $0007 EDIT.......................................... 262 $0008 SHOWFILE...................................... 265 $0009 EXEC.......................................... 265 $000A ERRLVL........................................ 267 $000B YELL.......................................... 267 $000C WHOISON....................................... 268 $000D LASTCALL...................................... 268 $000E SHOWUSERS..................................... 268 $000F SHOWBBS....................................... 269 $0010 EDITBBS....................................... 269 $0011 DOWNBBS....................................... 270 $0012 SETCURSOR..................................... 270 $0013 CHECKBBS...................................... 271 $0014 CHECKBULL..................................... 271 $0015 SHOWENTER..................................... 271 $0016 LASTCMT....................................... 272 $0017 USERVFILE..................................... 273 $0019 REDRAW........................................ 273 $001A RUNFORM....................................... 274 $001B CMDLINE....................................... 274 $001C NODEFMENU..................................... 274 $001D MNODECHAT..................................... 275 $001E SBBS_Q_A...................................... 275 $001F APHORISM...................................... 275 $0020 WRITELOG...................................... 276 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 11 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── $0021 AGESTAT....................................... 276 $0022 WRITE......................................... 276 $0023 VOTE.......................................... 276 $0024 ADDVOTE....................................... 277 $0025 QUIT.......................................... 277 $0026 SELCURSOR..................................... 277 $0027 SENDNODE...................................... 277 $0028 SELGROUP...................................... 278 $1000 FILELIST...................................... 278 $1001 NEWFILES...................................... 279 $1002 FILEMASK...................................... 281 $1003 KEYWORD....................................... 282 $1004 PREVFAREA..................................... 283 $1005 NEXTFAREA..................................... 284 $1006 SELFAREA...................................... 285 $1007 VIEWFILE...................................... 286 $1008 TMPUNPACK..................................... 287 $1009 TMPPACK....................................... 288 $100A TMPCOPY....................................... 288 $100B TMPLIST....................................... 288 $100C TMPKILL....................................... 289 $100D TMPVIEW....................................... 289 $100E MOVEFILE...................................... 289 $100F CHECKFLAG..................................... 290 $1010 UPLOAD........................................ 290 $1011 DOWNLOAD...................................... 291 $1012 SETFAREAS..................................... 292 $1013 DL_FLIST...................................... 293 $1014 TMPCOPYTAG.................................... 293 $1015 CHKFATTACH.................................... 294 $1016 ATTACHFILE.................................... 294 $1017 KILLATTACH.................................... 294 $1018 DOSDIR........................................ 294 $1019 FLAGFILES..................................... 295 $2004 PREVMAREA..................................... 295 $2005 NEXTMAREA..................................... 296 $2006 SELMAREA...................................... 297 $2007 SCANMSGS...................................... 298 $2008 READMSGS...................................... 299 $2009 READCOMB...................................... 299 $200A WRITEMSG...................................... 300 $200B SCANMAIL...................................... 302 $200C READMARK...................................... 302 $200D OFFLINE....................................... 302 $200E OFFLINE2...................................... 303 $200F SETMAREAS..................................... 303 $2010 MAREASTAT..................................... 305 $2011 WRITEMSG2..................................... 305 $3004 PREVDOOR...................................... 306 $3005 NEXTDOOR...................................... 306 $3006 SELDOOR....................................... 307 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 12 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu Layout........................................... 308 Creating a Select Menu.............................. 313 ANSI Files........................................ 324 Sub-directories..................................... 326 Form Editor........................................... 326 Loc(x,y)............................................ 327 ShowC............................................... 327 EditC............................................... 327 Len................................................. 327 Met................................................. 328 @MACRO@............................................. 328 BBS List Editor....................................... 329 Active?............................................. 329 BBS name............................................ 329 Sysop............................................... 329 Software............................................ 329 Added............................................... 329 Verified............................................ 330 Show sec............................................ 330 Seclvl............................................ 330 Flags............................................. 330 Age............................................... 330 Bps rate.......................................... 331 Nodes............................................... 331 Number............................................ 331 Bps............................................... 331 Open.............................................. 331 Other............................................. 331 Nets................................................ 332 Name.............................................. 332 Address........................................... 332 Vote Editor........................................... 333 Question............................................ 333 Added by............................................ 333 Added on............................................ 333 Security............................................ 334 Type................................................ 334 Chg vote............................................ 334 See results......................................... 334 Max points.......................................... 334 Max shared.......................................... 335 Answers............................................. 335 Users............................................... 335 Answer.............................................. 335 Name................................................ 335 Date................................................ 335 Number.............................................. 336 Filebase Editor....................................... 336 Uploader............................................ 338 Downloads........................................... 338 Deleted............................................. 338 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 13 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── For Sysop........................................... 338 Offline............................................. 338 Unlisted............................................ 338 FileEd.Cfg............................................ 339 General Utilities..................................... 339 Running CSETUP Manually................................. 342 CSETUP - Example Command Line Parameters............... 343 Macros used in Concord.................................... 347 Concord command line switches............................. 358 -BPS.................................................... 358 -C...................................................... 358 -CID.................................................... 358 -CON.................................................... 358 -DEBUG.................................................. 359 -ERRLVL................................................. 359 -HANDLE................................................. 359 -LOCAL.................................................. 359 -M...................................................... 359 -MAINT.................................................. 360 -NODE................................................... 360 -NOSYSOP................................................ 360 -OVRBUFSIZE............................................. 360 -PORT................................................... 360 -RETURN................................................. 361 -STATUSLINE............................................. 361 -TIME................................................... 361 -USER................................................... 361 -WAIT................................................... 361 -*...................................................... 362 /?...................................................... 362 Batch Files............................................... 363 Sysop Keys and the Status Bar............................. 369 Sysop Function Keys..................................... 369 Sysop Alt Keys.......................................... 370 Sysop Keys whilst Waiting For Call...................... 371 Other Progs/Utils Distributed With Concord................ 372 LogView.Exe............................................. 372 RLogView.Exe............................................ 372 NFC2.Exe................................................ 372 NFC2.CFG................................................ 372 RCSetup.Exe............................................. 372 TopList.Exe............................................. 372 TopList.Cfg............................................. 372 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 14 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Introduction ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ This chapter explains how to use this manual as a procedural guide as well as a reference guide. It also explains the icons, sidebars and procedural steps which were included to illustrate step-by-step procedures and highlight various features and functions. Whilst every effort has been made to ensure these documents are as accurate as possible, no responsibility is taken for any errors or omissions. A great deal of time has been taken in writing this document in order for you to get the maximum from Concords extremely flexible way of doing things. If you do find an error, or something that isn't clearly explained, please send a netmail to the document author, Eddy Matthews at 2:256/651 (fidonet). Concord comes with an installation program that will setup most of the basics and create the necessary directories etc. It also has a complete set of menus which should allow you to have a basic system running in a fairly short time. However, to get the best from this package, we recommend that you spend some time going through these documents to fully understand just how flexible Concord can be. A few extra programs are necessary before Concord can accept remote callers (a FOSSIL driver for example) and these are listed in this manual. But the basic install will run locally to allow you to get an idea of what the system is capable of. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Top Down Approach ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ This manual was written with a twofold target audience. First, the novice; one who has never used Concord BBS before, and second; the experienced Sysop. For the novice, this manual provides clear, in- depth descriptions of concepts and features as well as check-list procedures to assist in feature implementation. For the experienced Sysop, the same features are available in addition to many reference examples and a useful index. In an effort to provide comprehensive documentation, we've taken a top-down approach. Each feature and concept is explained in the order in which it is implemented or configured. The chapters themselves are laid out in order of implementation and usage progression. If you start at the beginning of this manual and work your way through its chapters, you will have learned Concord BBS from a top down perspective and will be on your way to setting up a ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 15 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── unique system all your own. Throughout this manual, you will notice various symbols and text formatting which are used to attract your attention or indicate an action or reference. The following legend gives an explanation for each. The "NOTE" Symbol This symbol is used to attract your attention to important notes. Wherever you see this symbol, read the notes that follow. The CHEVRON POINTER Symbol ">" This symbol is used within a line of text to illustrate how to get to a specific option or feature in the Concord configuration program (CSETUP) by selecting the sub-menus pointed to. Wherever you see the > symbol, you will see a map instructing you which pick-list menus should be selected to access a specific area of CSETUP. Pick-list menus are pull-down or pop-up menus that contain a list of selections from which to choose. Pick-list menus are often available from other pick-list menus. The following example shows how the pointer symbol is used to indicate a position in CSETUP: System > Paths This indicates that from the main picklist menu in CSETUP,you should select the System pick-list menu. From the System pick-list menu,you should select Paths. Many references to specific areas of CSETUP are made in this manner throughout this manual, in order to give you an instant indication where to find a given area in CSETUP. CHECK LIST Procedures This manual guides you through several step-by-step check-lists that allow easy implementation of certain features of Concord. Wherever you see numbered lists (i.e. 1), 2), 3)) you will find a check-list procedure. The <> symbol Anything that appears between the <> symbols is a REQUIRED parameter and MUST be entered. ie. <Area> The [] symbol Anything that appears between the []symbols is an OPTIONAL parameter ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 16 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── and can be used or omitted as required. ie. [ALL] This manual will attempt to take you through each step in setting up your system in a logical and easily followed manner. If you still find there are things that are not clear then you should contact one of the support sites listed later in these documents for help.Please try to explain CLEARLY what the problem is. Don't forget, Concord is a complicated beast, and you should NOT expect to learn all of it's features overnight! New Sysops almost always find a BBS difficult to understand at first, and that is why the support sites exist... TO HELP YOU! Even an old hand at running a BBS can have problems, so don't be frightened to ask for help if you need it. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Preamble and Credits ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Development of Concord started in December 1993 after Aki Antman decided not to develop SuperBBS any further. It was then that Pasi Talliniemi decided he would start to write his own BBS software. After only four months of programming the first beta was sent out to the beta sites for testing and evaluation. It was by no means a finished product, but it WAS running. After almost a year in beta, the first Gamma version was released to the public so they could try it for themselves. That was in December 1994. Since that time Concord has continued to develop rapidly into what you see today. It is still being added to, expanded and changed even as this documentation is written... Concord will continue to be developed for a long time yet! To really appreciate just how flexible Concord can be, please take some time to read this documentation fully. I have tried to explain every feature of Concord in some detail, but it is impossible to cover everything and to suit everyones setup. If you find something you don't understand, please contact one of the support sites...They are only too willing to help. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 17 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Licensing Information ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ "Concord" refers to the executable programs and documentation contained in Concord Bulletin Board Software distribution archives released by Pasi Talliniemi. 1. Concord is the copyrighted material of Pasi Talliniemi. It may only be used in accordance with the conditions set out in this license agreement. 2. You may use Concord for a period of three months on a trial basis in order to determine it's suitability for your particular application. After this period you MUST register each copy of Concord that you run simultaneously. Multiline installations that share a common file base AND have the same name need only register one copy. 3. Registration entitles you to use Concord and any future versions of Concord (upto v1.99) for as long as you wish, subject to any special licensing conditions attached to future versions. For details on the registration procedure,refer to the section in this document "HOW TO REGISTER". 4. Pasi Talliniemi is in no way obligated to provide future versions of, or support for, Concord. 5. Site and Group registrations are available, and are dealt with on a case by case basis. 6. You may not modify or otherwise reverse-engineer Concord. 7. You are encouraged to distribute Concord provided that no fee is charged for its distribution, and that the distribution archive is not modified in any way. Pay Bulletin Board Systems may however charge their normal fee provided that no additional charge for Concord is levied. 8. Concord may not be included as part of any software library which is distributed on a commercial basis (commercial = "for money") without prior written permission from Pasi Talliniemi. 9. Concord may not be used in any unlawful or illegal manner. 10.Pasi Talliniemi and his agents accept NO liability resulting from your use or inability to use Concord. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 18 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ How to Register ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Print or reproduce the registration form at the end of this section and send it with your registration payment to one of the sites listed in the 'Product Support List': *You MUST fill out the registration form correctly in order for your details to be processed. Not doing so will result in delays in your key arriving. *Cheques and money orders should be made payable to the person at your registration site. *Please include either a FidoNet address or a stamped, self-addressed envelope so that receipt of your payment can be acknowledged. *** Concord BBS REGISTRATION FORM *** Sysop Name _________________________________________________ System Name ________________________________________________ [The above two items are used to generate your registration key and must appear EXACTLY as they do in CSETUP.] Network Address (number and network name) __________________ Any other networks you are a member of _____________________ Primary BBS telephone number and baud ______________________ Voice telephone number _____________________________________ Hours of BBS operation _____________________________________ Postal Address : ____________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 19 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Version of Concord you are registering ______. Registration amount enclosed _______, for ____ copies. What do you like about Concord? ____________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ What enhancements/changes would you like to see in our next release? ____________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ The Key System ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Upon registering you will receive your uniquely generated key. Each key is a small (approx 4Kb) file which contains information about your registration. When Concord detects a valid key it switches into registered mode. It should be made absolutely clear that Concord is still fully functional before it is registered. By registering you are supporting the authors further development of Concord, and showing your support for his hard work. Using the software beyond the evaluation period without registering is a violation of that agreement. WARNING! Your key is unique, and under NO circumstances should it be made available to anyone else. Doing so is a direct violation of the agreement you entered into with us by registering. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 20 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Product Support ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ You can always get the latest shareware version of Concord and technical support from the following systems: CONCORD REGISTRATION/SUPPORT SITES Here is a list of current Registration/Support Sites for Concord. The cost of regisration is: SuperBBS registered users: $ 50 USD All others : $ 70 USD Commercial Customers : $100 USD See CONCORD.REG for registration form and description of Commercial and Non-commercial customers. EXCHANGE RATE: The price of to register will depend on the exchange rate at the time of your order. Please calculate the exchange rate, in your currency to U.S. Dollars, at the time of your order, or contact a site in your country for the current rate. CONCORD ECHO: The CONCORD echo is available from Planet Connect or your hub from the Fidonet Backbone. Support sites only do not list addresses, since they do not take registrations, we do not want to confuse users who want to register Concord. ------------------- WORLD SUPPORT SITES --------------------- List of Support/Registration sites Around the World : Finland / all other countries : Headquarters +358-9-2903463 V.34 * 2:220/297 +358-9-87893089 V.32bis * 2:220/298 +358-9-87893069 ISDN Pasi Talliniemi Paimenhuilunpolku 3 B 21 FIN-00420 Helsinki Finland Internet: pasi.talliniemi@helsinki.fi ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 21 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Administrative Assistants: Fidonet Zone 1 and 4 : QST BBS Len Morgan (See address below) Fidonet Zone 2: Mustang BBS Ralf Ulbrich (See address below) --------------------------------------------------------------------- ZONE 1 --------------------------------------------------------------------- NORTH AMERICA ============= Canada : Quebec-Soft BBS +1-514-642-3188 33.6 * 1:167/234 +1-514-642-4772 33.6 Patrick Dufresne A/s: Concord Registration C.P. 24005, C.O.P. De La Pointe Montreal, Quebec, Canada H1A 4Z2 Internet: patrick@qsoft.mn.pubnix.net The House of KnightMares +1-604-321-2089 33.6 1:153/950 +1-604-321-2090 33.6 1:153/750 Damien Sam Burnaby, BC, Canada Internet : damsam@srgames.org hellraiser@hellbound.com stargate@netcom.ca USA: QST BBS +1-916-920-1288 USR V.All * 1:203/730 +1-916-922-1288 USR 14.4 * 1:203/731 Len Morgan Zone 1, 3 & 4 6 Reg/Supt Site Coordinator CONCORD-FDN International Coordinator P.O. Box 13965 Sacramento, California 95853-3965 U.S.A. Credit Cards (VISA/MC) accepted Freq REGISTER.* for Fido Netmail Reg. Internet: Len.Morgan@730.gigo.com ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 22 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── --------------------------------------------------------------------- ZONE 2 --------------------------------------------------------------------- EUROPE ====== Austria : BCG BBS +43-1-3185-455 USR 28.8 * 2:310/95 Reinhard Dick Postfach 50 A-1196 Vienna Austria Internet rd@krautzer-lynn.com CIS 100116.2026 Taurus Alpha 1 +43-732-717306 ISDN/V.34 2:314/20 +43-732-717307 ZyXEL 19.2 /21 Lothar Lindinger Internet lothar.lindinger@jk.uni-linz.ac.at lilo@hyperbox.org WWW+FTP+Telnet+Vmodem taurus.hyperbox.org Denmark : Lavender Blue +45-35-861079 V34/ISDN * 2:235/335 +45-35-861089 V32b, V42b, V.FC Bjarke V. Lindberg Jagtvej 109, 2. tv. DK-2200 K¢benhavn N. DENMARK Internet concord_support@lavender.dk sysop@lavender.dk ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 23 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Finland: Rampton Birds' Box +358-3-3492357 V.34+ 2:221/360 +358-3-3492356 V.34 2:221/361 +358-3-3492355 2*ISDN 2:221/1 Tommi Koivula Lakiala Finland Internet tommi@rbb.pp.sci.fi France/Belgium : A.C.M.E. BBS +33-84.26.86.06 HST V.E * 2:325/1 +33-84.26.85.99 V32B * 2:325/2 {MailOnly} +33-84.21.16.00 HST V.E * 2:325/100 Mathieu Chappuis 68, Rue de Valdoie 90000 Belfort France Le Viking BBS +33-1-69348235 28.8 2:320/222 Eric Van Hyfte France Germany : Mustang BBS +49-911-505667 14.4 HST * 2:2490/2001 +49-911-505893 19.2 ZYX * 2:2490/2002 +49-911-500840 28.8 V34/VFC * 2:2490/2003 +49-911-9538011 I.S.D.N. * 2:2490/2004 +49-911-9538053 I.S.D.N. MO * 2:2490/2005 Ralf Ulbrich Postfach 100 331 90565 Schwaig, Germany Internet: ralf.ulbrich@datev.de RAAR's BBS +49-911-4501422 VFC/V34 2:2490/2020 +49-911-349836 ISDN X.75 2:2490/2021 Ralf Amrhein Internet: ra@raar.sesom.de www.neurnberg.netsurf.de/user/raar/ Thing BBS +49-30-4642166 V.34 2:2410/400 Konrad H. Knauer Berlin Germany Argon BBS +49-281-89867 V.34+/X75 2:2446/505 +49-281-953239 V.34/X75 2:2446/504 Christoph Rasim Internet neon@argon.jaconnect.com ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 24 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Holland : BBS Roefsoft +031-77-30-60645 33.6/ISDN 2:284/132 +031-77-30-60988 28.8/ISDN 2:284/713 +031-77-30-60304 28.8/ISDN Ruud Doek Holland Internet http://www.dsvenlo.nl/~slfac/concord.htm Italy : Vayx +39-783-75142 VFC * 2:335/428 +39-783-779201 H96-V32b +39-783-779000 X75/V110 ISDN +39-783-779201 X75 ISDN Andrea Contini Via Carducci, 13 Oristano (Or) Italy I-09170 Megalink BBS +39-51-399-599 VFC/V.E. 2:232/432 Alex Bonfiglioli Bologna Internet zeus@mbox.queen.it Neverending Struggle +39-81-7411976 VFC/V34 * 2:335/238 Fausto Iannuzzi Via Francesco Bufi, 2 80131 - Napoli (NA) Italia Internet: fausty@peacelink.it Sweden: Software of Sweden +46-520-53302 V34/VFC * 2:203/516 Tobias Ljunggren Bistockvagen 33 S-463 35 GOTA SWEDEN ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 25 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Switzerland : Roesslibox +41-61-2500200 V34 * 2:301/406 +41-71-2500210 V34 * 2:301/422 +41-71-2500218 ISDN, X.75 * 2:301/486 Michael Huwiler Bedastrasse 15 CH-9000 St. Gallen Internet: huwi@huwi.ch United Kingdom : InfoSoft BBS +44-1642-873956 V34 2:256/651 Eddy Matthews 32 Whitley Road Thornaby Cleveland, England TS17 9HZ Tornado BBS +44-81-7428878 V34 * 2:254/210 Nick Hart P.O. Box 8205 London, England W4 2WJ -------------------------------------------------------------------- ZONE 3 -------------------------------------------------------------------- ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 26 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── -------------------------------------------------------------------- ZONE 4 -------------------------------------------------------------------- SOUTH AMERICA ============= South America Brazil : The Navigator BBS +55-61-243-7676 14.4 * 4:8061/3 Pedro Cunha SQS 409 BL. Q Ap. 308 Brasφlia, DF Brazil CEP. 70.258-170 Internet: pplfilho@nutecnet.com.br -------------------------------------------------------------------- ZONE 6 -------------------------------------------------------------------- TAIWAN ====== Taiwan : Long Fellow BBS +886-4-483-4485 USR V.E * 6:722/207 Tonny Lin P.O. Box 21-210, Tali Taichung, Taiwan 412 Rep. of China *Send Netmail for Registration Info. -------------------------------------------------------------------- *) You can register via sites marked with * We would like to send special thanks to all our support sites !!! If there is something wrong with your information, or you are our support, but can't find your name from this list, please let us know. Send all corrections to Len Morgan @ QST BBS. If there isn't a support BBS in your country/state, and you would like to become one,please contact either Len Morgan for Zones 1 and 4 or Ralf Ulbrich for Zone 2. File request PREGSITE.* for the application package. - Len Morgan (Zone 1 & 4 Support/Registration Coordinator 1:203/730) - Ralf Ulbrich (Zone 2 Support/Registration Coordinator 2:2490/2001) ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 27 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Installation ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Concord should run on any IBM 80x86 compatible computer. Other programs you will need in addition to the release package are DOS 3.x (Or OS/2 v2.0 or higher) and a FOSSIL driver. The FOSSIL is a memory- resident program that many communications packages use to communicate with the modem. Two FOSSILs that have been successfully tested with Concord are Ray Gwinn's X00, and David Nugent's BNU. Either of these should be readily available from any local bulletin board. Also required is an external protocol module (DSZ, GSZ, CEXYZ etc). You will also need a modem that is capable of accepting Hayes-type commands, and an Ansi drawing program such as TheDraw to allow you to create your own Ansi menus. TheDraw is not needed immediately as sample menus are included in the release archive to get you started. 1. Ensure that your AUTOEXEC.BAT (or CONFIG.SYS in the case of OS/2) file contains a command to set the environment variable CONCORD to your SYSTEM directory, so that Concord can find its configuration files: SET CONCORD=C:\CONCORD Please note, the ONLY space is between SET and CONCORD. NO other spaces should be on this line! 2. If using the DOS version of Concord, please ensure that you have SHARE loaded in your Autoexec.Bat or Config.Sys. OS/2 users can ignore this as Share is always loaded in OS/2. Use ONE of the following, NOT both: CONFIG.SYS: DEVICE=C:\DOS\SHARE.EXE /L:80 AUTOEXEC.BAT: C:\DOS\SHARE.EXE 3. Install a FOSSIL driver such as X00 or BNU which is needed to handle the comms routines for remote users to access the system. A FOSSIL is NOT included in the main Concord archive so you will need to source one of these yourself. Both X00 and BNU should be available on almost every BBS system, so you should have no problem finding one of them on a system near you. If you can't find one easily, please contact one of the support sites listed later in this document. The following are examples of the sort of command lines that are needed when installing X00 as a fossil driver under DOS. These should be added to your CONFIG.SYS file. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 28 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Please refer to the docs for this utility for more info. These examples are given as a guide only to get you started. Two Line System...Com1 & Com2 Device=C:\Util\X00.Sys 2 E B,0,38400 B,1,38400 T=1024 R=2048 One Line System Com1 Device=C:\Util\X00.Sys 1 E B,0,38400 T=1024 R=2048 One Line System Com2 Device=C:\Util\X00.Sys 2 E B,1,38400 T=1024 R=2048 Under OS/2 it is advisable to replace the standard comms drivers SIO.SYS and VSIO.SYS with the ones written by Ray Gwinn of X00 fame. These give better performance than the standard drivers shipped with OS/2. Don't forget, the above examples are ONLY needed for DOS based systems. OS/2 works differently and does NOT require the commands listed above. PLEASE NOTE: A FOSSIL driver is NOT needed to setup the BBS software, but WILL be needed before anyone can access your system via a modem. So if you don't have a FOSSIL driver now don't worry, you can always install one later. 4. Ensure that you have a copy of any necessary archivers on your PATH, or in the directory you are working from. Refer to your DOS or OS/2 manuals for more info on the PATH statement. Concord is normally distributed in RAR format, so you will need a copy of RAR to unpack the main archive. Occasionally you may find Concord in other formats as some Sysops prefer to use ZIP or ARJ etc... In that case you will need a different archiver to unpack the files. Concord's INSTALL program will search the Current directory AND the PATH for any archivers it needs to use. 5. Reboot your system to allow it to read any changes you may have made to your Config.Sys or Autoexec.Bat files. Failure to do this NOW could result in Concord failing to install or configure correctly. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 29 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── 6. Unpack the distribution archive into a temporary directory and run INSTALL.EXE. The INSTALL program uses the following keys: F1 Help. This will allow you to browse the docs for Concord in case of difficulty. The docs MUST be in the current directory to use this feature. Alt-J Shell to the operating system(Dos or OS/2) leaving the INSTALL program still active. You can return to it by typing EXIT. ENTER Continue with installation. ESC Abort installation. SPACE Change settings. If you don't want to continue with the installation press ESC, or to continue press ENTER. 7. You will now be presented with the settings screen. Here you will first be asked which directory you wish to install Concord to (Normally C:\CONCORD). Press the SPACE bar to alter any setting, then use the cursor keys to move to the option you wish to change (press ESC when you have finished making any changes), or ENTER to accept the default and continue. If you specified a directory that does not exist, Concord will ask if you want to create it. Concord will then check that you have enough diskspace on the destination drive and also check that any necessary archivers are found.Press ENTER when there are no errors to continue. If errors are found please correct them before trying to continue. Concord will now create any directories necessary and will copy the software to these directories. This may take some time particularly on slower systems. When everything has been installed you will be asked if you wish to enter the setup program (CSETUP) to start configuring your system. Remember, you can press F1 at anytime to view the manual. After pressing ENTER, the installation program will call the configuration program CSETUP.EXE. This completes the installation, and you are now ready to move on to the CONFIGURATION section. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 30 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Configuration ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ This chapter explains the configuration of Concord which is accomplished with the use of the configuration program, CSETUP. Concord can be configured almost completely from within this program. Features and options are explained in the order in which they appear in CSETUP. You'll learn how each feature functions as you step through this chapter. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ In the Concord system directory (usually \CONCORD after an initial installation), you'll find several programs which are discussed throughout this manual. One of these is the very powerful, all-around configuration program called CSETUP. If you're just getting started, you'll want to read this entire chapter which covers every aspect of the CSETUP program. Or,if you've already configured Concord, use this chapter as a reference guide. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ The User Interface ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ CSETUP uses a full-screen user interface that is completely menu- driven. More specifically, it uses menus that contain pick-lists. A pick-list menu is one in which a list of options is available for selection. This pick-list is usually contained within a small menu window or box. This type of menu selection system is very common and easy to use. Each menu contains a highlighted cursor-bar which is used to select an item to be edited. Throughout this manual, the highlighted cursor bar is referenced simply as the cursor-bar. The cursor-bar is positioned on any item to be edited or selected by using the following method: * Using the cursor positioning keys to move the cursor up or down the pick-list until the cursor-bar is positioned on the option you wish to select and then press <Enter>. In most instances, pressing <ENTER> with the cursor-bar positioned ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 31 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── on the field you wish to edit will place you in edit mode. However, some fields do not require any actual data entry and pressing<SPACE> will simply toggle these fields between the selections available. The escape key serves two purposes within CSETUP.It is used to exit areas of data entry in most instances. For example, after making changes to a message area, pressing <ESCAPE> exits the message area screen and returns to the message area pick-list menu. Another function of the <ESCAPE> key is to abort field data entry. For example, pressing <ESCAPE> while you are actually entering data will abandon any changes you may have made to that field, restoring it to its original value. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - F1-Help ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Pressing F1 when in CSETUP will call up the online help allowing you to browse the documents without exiting from the program. Very useful while you are getting to know the program. F1 is available in most options, and will allow you to do a search to find help if you don't understand what is required for a particular item or command. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ The Setup menu is the heart of setting up the basics for your BBS. Here you enter all the details of your system and how it should behave. Press <Return> when the light bar is over the SETUP menu option. This will take you to another screen which includes all the sub menus necessary to setup your system. We will step through each menu, and every option on them, one at a time and explain how everything works and what is required from you. First is the GENERAL menu.... ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 32 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Here is where we setup all the basics for the system. We will take a look at each option in turn and describe in detail what is required. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > System Information ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Here you can enter the general System Information for your BBS system. Option : BBS Name Description : The Name of your BBS. If you are a registered user this MUST be EXACTLY the same as in your registration otherwise Concord will NOT work. Please note that this line is case sensitive. Example : InfoSoft BBS Option : Sysop name Description : The name of the Sysop. If you are a registered user this MUST be EXACTLY the same as in your registration otherwise Concord will NOT work. Please note that this line is case sensitive. Example : Eddy Matthews Option : Asst sysop Description : The name of your Co-Sysop. Leave this option blank if you don't have a Co-Sysop. This name will be used in the chat function of the BBS. See the chat menu option for more information. Example : Pasi Talliniemi Option : Location Description : The location of your BBS system. Example : Thornaby, England Option : Phone number Description : The DATA phone number of your BBS. Example : +44-1642-764245 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 33 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : BBSID (I) Description : The filename used for QWK/BlueWave mail packets. Your off-line mail packets will be given this name when they are created by Concord. It is important that this should be unique to your system so that users don't get confused with mail from other systems in your area. This can be any name you choose upto a maximum of 8 characters. You can use any valid dos filename character. Example : INFOSOFT Option : BBSID (II) Description : The filename used for Omen mail packets. Your off-line mail packets will be given this name when they are created by Concord. Again, as with the QWK/BlueWave packets, you should try to use a name which is unique to your system. This can be any 2 character filename as long as they are valid Dos filename characters. Example : IN ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > Modem Settings ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Here is were we setup everything related to the modem. If you are running a front-end mailer it will handle most things such as answering the phone and passing the call to the BBS, however there are still a lot of these settings that need to be sorted for Concord to work correctly, and in the case of a system without a front-end mailer you will need carefully setup everything. If you are unsure wether something is needed because you are using a front-end mailer, fill it in anyway.. Concord will ignore anything that is unnecessary. You will probably need to refer to your modem manual for some of the settings, so you should have it handy. If you find you experience real problems, please contact one of the support sites.. They will be only too pleased to help, and even if they cannot help immediately they will almost certainly be able to find any information you may require. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 34 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : COM port Description : This defines which comport your modem is attached to on your system. In most cases this will probably be COM2, but it may vary depending on your hardware and how it is configured. Choices : 1,2,3 or 4 Option : Init rate Description : This is the speed of the communication between your modem and your computer, it is NOT the speed of the remote connection. Higher speed modems (those over 9600) will normally have the speed of the comport locked at a fixed rate such as 19200, 38400, 57600 or 115200. If you have a locked comport rate you should enter that speed here. If on the other hand you are using a slower modem such as a 2400 baud unit you should enter 2400 etc. Please refer to your modem manual and to the documentation that came with the FOSSIL driver you are using for more information. Choices : Modem speed or locked comport speed as appropriate. Option : Init string Description : This is the string of commands that Concord should send to your modem to initialize it. There is no general string that will work for all modems so you will need to refer to your modem manual for more info. The string should normally be terminated with a '|' (pipe symbol) which is translated by Concord into a carriage return. Example : ATZ| Option : Locked BPS rate Description : When using a high speed modem it is normal to lock the comport to a fixed speed to enhance the flow of data. This is the speed of the data flow between your computer and the modem, it is NOT the speed of an incoming connection. Early modems and serial cards only have 8250 or 16450 UART chips which are not capable of handling the highest speeds. If you have one of these it may be necessary to change it to a more modern 16550 UART. Consult a computer technician if you are unsure about this. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 35 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Now we move onto the Special modem settings. Press F10 to access and change any of these settings. Even if you don't change anything here you should still browse through the various options to ensure all is okay for your setup. Option : Init tries Description : This is the number of times Concord should attempt to initialize your modem before aborting. If your modem fails to initialize for some reason Concord will return to the DOS or OS/2 prompt with an error message. Example : 3 Option : On hook Description : This is the string sent to the modem to place it 'on-hook'. This means the modem will answer the phone when a call is received. Don't forget, the '|' (pipe symbol) means a carriage return and will be automatically translated by Concord. Example : ATH0| Option : Off hook Description : This is the string sent to the modem to take it 'off-hook'. In this mode the modem will make the phone line busy, so any callers will simply get the BUSY signal. It should be noted that in some countries it is illegal to deliberately BUSY the phone line. Example : ATH1| Option : Reset Description : The string sent to the modem to reset it to its default settings. For most modern modems this is an ATZ command. Example : ATZ| Option : No carrier Description : The response given by the modem when it cannot detect a carrier when trying to call out. Your modem MUST be configured so that it gives 'Word' responses, NOT 'numeric' responses. Refer to your modem manual for more info. Example : NO CARRIER| ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 36 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Answer Description : The string sent to the modem so that it answers an incoming call. In most cases this will be ATA Example : ATA| Option : ... from Description : The starting time for Concord to answer the phone. This can be used in conjunction with the ...to option to restrict the times when Concord will answer any calls. The time MUST be entered using the 24 hour format. Example : 00:00 Option : ... to Description : The ending time for Concord to answer the phone. This is used in conjunction with the '... from' option. The time MUST be entered using the 24 hour format. Example : 24:00 Option : ... wait con Description : The number of seconds Concord should wait for the CONNECT string after answering a call. If the CONNECT string is not received by this time the call will be terminated. Example : 60 Option : Flush w/ slow Description : Should Concord flush the buffer after each write with slow modems? This is normally only required for modems that are slower than 2400 Bps. Choices : Yes/No Option : Wait rep slow Description : The time to wait in tenths of a second after sending an IEMSI/ANSI request. This may prevent incorrect IEMSI logons with modems that are 2400 Bps or slower. Example : 15 Option : Wait rep fast Description : The time to wait in tenths of a second after sending an IEMSI/ANSI request. This may prevent incorrect IEMSI logons with modems that are 2400Bps or faster. Example : 5 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 37 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Manual answer Description : Should Concord answer the phone when a RING signal is detected or let the modem answer the phone. The first method uses the ATA command, the second is set by the S0=0 line in your modem configuration. Choices : Yes/No Option : Lower DTR when busy Description : Should Concord switch the modem off-hook when it is working on things such as system maintenance? Lowering the DTR will prevent Concord from answering the phone, and will present a BUSY signal to anyone calling your system. Choices : Yes/No Option : Lower DTR to hangup Description : When a user logs off, should Concord lower the DTR to drop the carrier? If set to Yes Concord will lower the DTR, if set to No Concord will send the escape string. Lowering DTR works fine for most modems, but if you have a problem you can set this option to No and use the escape string method. Choices : Yes/No Option : OK Description : The string sent by your modem when it is initialized. In most cases this will be OK Example : OK| Option : Ring Description : The string sent by your modem when a RING signal is detected. This will prompt Concord to answer the phone if answering is enabled. For most modems this will be RING Example : RING| ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 38 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Escape code Description : The string that Concord should send to your modem to return it to command mode. When this string is sent your modem will disconnect and return to command mode ready to receive the next command. Some modems require a short delay to process this command correctly. The '~' character is used as a delay symbol in most modems, and the '+++' string as the escape code. Refer to your modem manual for more info. Example : ~~~+++~~~ Option : Init delay Description : The time delay Concord will use between sending any initialization strings to your modem. This is in tenths of a second and allows your modem time to respond before Concord attempts to resend an initialization string. Example : 10 Option : No hangup Description : This will force Concord NOT to hangup even when there is no carrier detected, or there is a problem with the modem. Normally this would be set to No. Choices : Yes/No Option : Escape delay Description : This defines the delay in tenths of a second that Concord should use between sending escape sequences. Useful for slower modems. Example : 5 Option : x Base addr Description : Special COM port base address used for direct asynch routines. Use this only if you use a strange COM port setting that cannot be defined any other way. For most systems this should be left blank. Example : $3F8 Option : x IRQ Description : Special COM port IRQ number used for direct asynch routines. As with the 'x Base address', use this ONLY if you have a strange COM port setup that cannot be defined any other way. Most systems should leave this entry blank. Example : 2 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 39 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Caller-ID str Description : The Caller-ID header string sent by your modem when it detects a caller ID signal. This feature is not available on all telephone exchanges or in all countries. Commonly it will be something like NMBR= or NAME=. An empty string will mean Concord should use it's normal default behavior. Example : NMBR= Now if you press the F10 key again you will be presented with another screen which will allow you to define all the response strings that your modem sends. This means that, unlike in other packages where these strings are hard coded in the program, you can define ANY string and tell Concord how to act on it. That can be normal CONNECT type strings, or FAX or whatever. To add a new connect string press the Alt-A key combination. Adding is done at the current cursor position. You can delete an entry by pressing Alt-D. You can edit an entry by pressing ENTER.Move to the string you want to change and press the ENTER key. You can move up and down by use of the cursor keys. The TAB key will move you to the next field on the same line. The Total field tells you how many strings have been defined. Option : Bps rate Description : The speed of the modem connection. This field is used by Concord to determine the speed of the connection. When using error-correcting modems this could be different from the value defined in the response string. Refer to your modem manual for information on the correct strings. Example : 14400 Option : Response string Description : The string received by Concord from your modem when a connection is established. When using a high speed modem it is advisable to place a '|' or a '/' after the 1200 and 2400 connect strings to ensure that they are correctly differentiated from the 12000 and 24000 connect strings. Example : CONNECT 14400 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 40 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Errorlevel Description : The errorlevel Concord should exit with when a connection is made. Normally this will be set to zero for normal connects. But if for example, you have a FAX modem, you could have a special error- level setup so that Concord will exit back to the batch file it was run from and perhaps run some Fax software. Setting it to 0 means Concord will handle the call normally and pass it to the BBS. Example : 100 You can exit to the previous screen by pressing the ESC key. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > Paths ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ This is were you can specify the directories that Concord will be using. If you enter a directory that doesn't exist,Concord will ask if you want it to create them. Concord doesn't care if you enter the path with a trailing backslash or not, but it's still good practice to use a trailing backslash whenever you enter a path as some other programs are not so forgiving. Node specific paths. Option : Swap path Description : This path is used by Concord to store it's temporary swap files which are needed for normal BBS operation. These swap files are normally only created when executing an external program or when shelling to the operating system if there is no free EMS/XMS memory available for Concord to use. Example : C:\CONCORD\SWAP\ Option : Temp path Description : The directory used by Concord when a user selects to unpack files from the online menu options. The files are stored here while the user is working on them. They will be deleted by Concord as necessary. Example : C:\CONCORD\TEMP\ ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 41 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Work path Description : The directory where Concord will place it's working files when performing certain actions such as generating off-line mail packets etc. Example : C:\CONCORD\WORK\ Now we move onto the paths that are common to ALL nodes: Option : Common path Description : This directory is used by Concord to store files that should be available to all nodes. Placing this on a RAM drive (for DOS systems) will considerably speed up the operation of the BBS if you have the free memory necessary to do it. Example : C:\CONCORD\COMMON\ Option : Filebase path Description : The directory Concord uses to store it's filebase. Concord will create a *.HDR and *.TXT file for each file area you define. These files contain all the information for every file area that the users can access. Things such as filenames, descriptions etc. Example : C:\CONCORD\FILEBASE\ Option : Lng files path Description : The directory where Concord will look for it's language files. Concord can operate with more than one language file, so it is possible to setup a multi-language system. Example : C:\CONCORD\LNG\ Option : .CTL files path Description : Here Concord stores all of it's *.CTL files. These files control the way the BBS should behave for different users. They will be explained in detail later in these documents. Example : C:\CONCORD\CTL\ Option : File attach path Description : The path used by Concord when a user attaches files to another user on your system. Concord will create sub-directories off the main File attach directory as necessary when a user attaches files. These will be deleted by Concord when the user has downloaded the attached files. Example : C:\CONCORD\LOCAL\ ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 42 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Vote path Description : The directory where the vote questions and answers are stored. Example : C:\CONCORD\VOTE\ Option : Nodelist path Description : The path used by Concord to read the nodelist files. If you are using a front-end mailer you can point this path to your front-end mailers nodelist directory. Example : C:\CONCORD\NODELIST\ Option : JAM base path Description : The path to your JAM message base files.This should be the same path as defined in your echo/Netmail tosser (Such as GEcho, FastEcho etc). Example : C:\CONCORD\JAM\ Option : Local move path Description : Directory to which Concord should move files when a local user is on-line. This is used when creating off-line mail packets etc. Example : C:\CONCORD\MOVE\ Option : Ext chat Description : The full command line needed to call up an external chat program. You can also use some parameters on this command line that determine how Concord should behave when calling the external chat program: *B Translated by Concord into the users BPS rate. *C Translated by Concord into the current COMSPEC settings. That is the full path and filename of your command processor. *D1- Tells Concord NOT to create a DORINFOx.DEF drop file which is used by some doors. *D2- Tells Concord NOT to create a DOOR.SYS drop file which is used by some doors. *D3- Tells Concord NOT to create a EXITINFO.BBS drop file which is used by some doors. *E- Tells Concord NOT to create a EXITINFO.DAT drop file used by some doors. This file contains more info than the standard EXITINFO.BBS file, but is not in common usage yet. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 43 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── *F Translated by Concord into the users first name. *G Translated by Concord into the users color mode. *H OS/2 comport handle *J Translated by Concord into the users screen length. *L Translated by Concord into the users last name. *N Translated by Concord into the current node. *O Wait for OS/2 task *P Translated by Concord into the current COM port. *R Translated by Concord into the users record number in the user list. *S Tells Concord to attempt swap itself out of memory to leave more free memory for the program you are calling. You must tell the system how much memory you want to allocate by using the following format: *S:<minimum_memory_in_kb> ie. *S:384 *T Translated by Concord into the users time left in minutes. *W Wait when exiting *Z1 No time checking *Z2 No clear screen See menu option 0009 for more info on the parameters you can use. Leaving this line blank will cause Concord to use it's built in chat routines. Example : C:\CONCORD\UTILS\CHAT.EXE *T *N Option : Virus scanner Description : This option allows you to specify a virus scanner that will be used by Concord to scan uploaded files etc. If this line is left blank, Concord will NOT scan uploads for viruses. Example : C:\CONCORD\UTILS\F-PROT /NOMEM /OLD %1 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 44 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Old taglists path Description : Concord will use this path to place old taglists into. These files are used to store lists of incompleted downloads by users if they have dropped carrier without completing their download for example. It will allow them to continue with their download on their next call without having to retag all of the files again. Example : C:\CONCORD\OLDTAGS\ Option : Squish ECHOTOSS.LOG Description : This is the path and filename of the log file used by the Squish message base system to speed up it's tossing of messages. This must be a valid DOS path and filename. Example : C:\CONCORD\ECHOTOSS.LOG Option : Log file path Description : This is the path that Concord will use to generate it's logfiles to. This is the PATH ONLY! NO filename should be entered on this line. Concord will place the following files into this path: LOGSYS.D?? System log data files LOGSYS.I?? System log index files USAGE???.DAT System usage stats files CHAT???.LOG Chat log files ERRORS.LOG Error log file Example : C:\CONCORD\LOGS\ ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > Message System ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ This menu allows you to define some of the ways Concord should handle messages entered on your system. It is NOT the message areas themselves but more general stuff. The message areas are setup elsewhere, and will be discussed in a later section. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 45 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Quote string Description : This is used in messages to distinguish the quoted text from the new text. The quoted text will be preceded by the characters defined in this option. The smiling face is translated by Concord into the initials of the writer of the message you are quoting. To enter the smiling face symbol, press Ctrl-P and then Ctrl-A. Example : > Option : Check user base Description : This option tells Concord to check that the user you are posting the message to exists in the userbase, when posting a message in a LOCAL message area. It will NOT be used when posting an echomail or netmail message. If this option is set to Yes, Concord will inform you if you are attempting to post a message to a user that doesn't exist in the userbase. Choices : Yes/No Option : Cursor E msg hdr Description : If this option is set to Yes, when listing message headers (QuickScan menutype), Concord will replace the highlighted cursor bar with a faster ">" char. Choices : Yes/No Option : Fast jump to end Description : This option will allow Concord to jump to the end of messages in the quickscan. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 46 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Default originline Description : This string will be added to the end of every echomail message sent from your system. It is used to show users on other systems where the message originated from. The maximum length of an origin line is 80 characters, but that includes the '* Origin:' text which Concord will automatically add to the start of any text you enter here. You should also note that extended ascii or Ansi codes are not normally allowed in this line as it is against fidonet policy. You can select a separate origin line for every echo area from the message area menu which will be explained later. This default will ONLY be used if no origin line is defined in the actual echo area. Example : InfoSoft BBS, Concord support site. Option : Min disk space Description : The minimum amount of free disk space in Kb needed by Concord when packing offline mail packets such as QWK, BlueWave, Omen etc. If there is LESS than this amount of free space left on your system Concord will NOT allow users to create an offline mail packet and will simply display a warning saying that insufficient disk space is available. It is advisable to enter a reasonable figure of 400 to 500 Kb in this option to ensure that Concord does not run out of drive space. Example : 400 Option : Max msgs to pack Description : This option specifies the MAXIMUM amount of messages that will be placed in one mail packet created for the BlueWave, QWK or Omen mail systems. Example : 1000 Option : Allow macros Description : Should Concord allow the use of @XXXXX@ macros in the messages? If set to Yes, Concord will translate the macros as it displays the messages to the users. If set to No, Concord will not translate any macros. A full list of all available macros is given later in this document. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 47 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Split messages Description : In this option you specify the maximum number of lines that can be contained in one message. If this number of lines is exceeded, Concord will split the message into 2 or more messages. Useful for some offline mail readers that have difficulty handling longer messages. Example : 72 Option : Dupe list size Description : This is the number of messages Concord will keep track of in it's dupe message list for the QWK, BlueWave and Omen mail systems. Example : 1000 Option : Read margin Description : This option allows you to define the right margin when reading messages online. If a line is longer than the number specified here, Concord will automatically wrap the line when displaying it.This would normally be set to either 78 or 79. Example : 79 Option : Quote margin Description : Similar to the Read margin option above, except that this option handles any lines of Quoted text. It is normal to set this to a slightly lower value than the Read margin to make the text easier to read. A value of around 65 is generally a good starting point. Example : 65 Option : Passwd failure area Description : When a user exceeds the number of password tries, Concord will ask if he/she wishes to leave the Sysop a message when this option is set. You should enter the number of the message area you want these messages to be posted in. It should be an area that ALL users have write access to. Setting this option to 0 will disable this feature and Concord will NOT ask the user if they wish to leave a message. Example : 1 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 48 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Up/Down not chg msg Description : Are the Up/Down keys disabled in message read if the user is at the beginning or end of a message? If they are disabled Concord will not move to the previous/next message by using the Up/Down keys. Choices : Yes/No Option : Redraw hdr lines Description : Should Concord redraw the header and bottom lines in message read when scrolling the current message? Choices : Yes/No Option : Remove after taglin Description : Should Concord automatically remove any blank lines after the tag line? Choices : Yes/No Option : Net mail area Description : The message area number of your Netmail area. If this is set to 0 netmail will be disabled. Example : 10 Option : Group mail date chk Description : Should Groupmail be included in the normal date check for new messages? ie. Groupmail addressed to *Everyone* Choices : Yes/No Option : Create PID + tear Description : Should Concord create both a PID and tearline in all echomail? Choices : Yes/No Option : Ignore Soft-CR Description : Should Concord ignore Soft-CR (ascii 141) in messages? Choices : Yes/No Option : Auto add new areas Description : Should Concord automatically add new areas to the users combined/msgpkt/mailscan areas? Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 49 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Group mail sec lvl Description : The MINIMUM security level needed to send Groupmail (*Everyone*) messages. Example : 32000 Option : Offline packing sec Description : The MINIMUM security level needed to pack messages offline. Example : 32000 Option : Auto quote Description : Should Concord quote text automatically in internal message editors when replying to a message? Choices : Yes/No Option : Save msg at hangup Description : Should Concord automatically save the message if a user is disconnected when in an internal msg editor? Choices : Yes/No Option : Kludges in msgpkt Description : Should Concord put the ^A kludges in offline message packets? The ^A kludges contain extra information that can be useful for tracing messages etc. They are not required, but can be useful at times. Choices : Yes/No Option : Verify pkt netmails Description : Should Concord verify that the netmail address exists (by checking the nodelist) when a user uploads a msg packet containing netmail messages. Choices : Yes/No Option : Quote string II Description : Quote string for quote lines. This one is used as the quote string for lines that have already been quoted in the message, unlike the normal quote string, which is only used for lines that have not previously been quoted. Example : > ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 50 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Echo msgs to sysop Description : Should Concord allow users to post messages addressed to the Sysop in echo areas? By default, Concord will NOT allow users to post a message to the Sysop in an echo mail area. If the user attempts to leave a msg addressed to the Sysop in an echo area, Concord will inform them that this isn't allowed. Normally you would setup a LOCAL area for these messages. However you can override the default behavior by setting this option to 'Yes'. Choices : Yes/No ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > File System ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Here You can specify the general options for Concords file system to control it's behavior. Note that you can also specify options in every file area which will also affect how Concord operates. Option : Nervous file check Description : This option makes Concord check the file list integrity at all times. This means that Concord will check each file area to ensure that the file really is there, and not just listed in the filebase as being there. If the file isn't found, Concord will alter the file information to show that it is stored OFFLINE in any file lists. Choices : Yes/No Option : Import FILE_ID.DIZ Description : Most files on BBS systems contain a small textfile that describes what the file is. This file is named FILE_ID.DIZ. It should be a standard ascii textfile with a maximum of 7 lines of 49 characters each. If this option is enabled, Concord will scan any uploads for a FILE_ID.DIZ file and will auto- matically import the file description from that instead of asking the user to describe the file after the upload. If the FILE_ID.DIZ is not found, Concord will ask the user to describe it as normal. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 51 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Check ratio files Description : The number of files Concord will allow a user to download before it starts to check the users ratio as defined in the Limits control file. If this option is set to 0 Concord will not do a ratio check. Example : 5 Option : Prescan FILES.BBS Description : Concord can scan the FILES.BBS before doing a file list. This speeds up the listing, but it can be a memory hungry option, so if you are short of memory leave this option off. Choices : Yes/No Option : Allow split descs Description : Concord can display file lists in two different ways. When this option is turned ON, file descriptions will be shown even if the whole description of the last file on the page does not fit onto the page. When turned OFF,this option will cause Concord to move the file to the start of the next page so that all of the description is then visible to the user instead of being split.Any file that won't fit onto the current page will be displayed after the user has selected the next page. Choices : Yes/No Option : Ext upload check Description : Normally Concord will extract any newly uploaded files and check them. Here you can tell it NOT to do that and to use the external virus scanner instead. If you are using an external virus scanner set this option to Yes. Choices : Yes/No Option : Findfirst on CDROM Description : Concord will normally only check the file database when showing files in a CD-Rom area. If you have a fast CD-Rom drive you can turn this option ON. That will force Concord to check the CD-Rom drive to see if the file is really there before displaying it. Do NOT use this option on slow CD-Rom drives as it will dramatically slow down the file display. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 52 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : FILES.BBS DLcounter Description : If this option is ON, Concord will add a download counter to the description of any uploaded files. This option can be toggled by pressing the spacebar. None means no download counter is added. Choices : None/[00]/[000]/[0000] Option : Max file desc lines Description : This option allows you to limit the number of lines Concord will display for the file description. Example : 20 Option : Download file descs Description : Should Concord ask the user if they want to download the file descriptions of any files they download? If enabled, Concord will automatically attach a small textfile to each download which contains the descriptions of all the files downloaded. Choices : Yes/No Option : No upd dlcntr FILES Description : Should Concord add a download counter to the FILES.BBS files and update it after each download? Choices : Yes/No Option : Touch uploaded file Description : Should Concord alter the date of any uploaded file to the current date? If set to No, Concord will leave the file date as it was. Choices : Yes/No Option : Unwanted uploads Description : The path that Concord should move any UNWANTED files to. These are files that are entered as UNWANTED in your UPLOAD.CTL file. If this path is left blank, Concord will kill any UNWANTED files rather than moving them. See later in this manual for more info on the various .CTL files, particularly UPLOAD.CTL Example : C:\CONCORD\UNWANTED\ ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 53 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Min up disk space Description : The MINIMUM amount of free space (in Kb) necessary on the drive before an upload will be accepted. If you have LESS free space than this amount, Concord will NOT allow any uploads,and will simply tell the user that there is insufficient space available on the upload drive. Example : 500 Option : No ext in dupe chk Description : Should Concord ignore the file extension when checking for duplicate files? If enabled, Concord will only check the filename and will ignore the extension. This can prevent Concord from rejecting files un-necessarily Choices : Yes/No Option : Move dupes to path Description : If this option is enabled, Concord will move any Dupe files to the UNWANTED files path. If disabled, Concord will kill any dupe files that are received. Choices : Yes/No Option : Keep taglist Description : Should Concord keep the users taglist for their next call if they hangup without completing their download. If this option is enabled the user will still have their files tagged after a hangup, if disabled,the users taglist will be deleted and they will have to re-tag the files. Choices : Yes/No Option : Dupechk/chk rights Description : Should Concord check ALL areas for duplicate files? If this option is set to No, Concord will ONLY check the areas that the user has access to for dupes. Choices : Yes/No Option : Ask desc before UL Description : Should Concord ask for a file description BEFORE the upload starts? If set to No, Concord will ask for a file description AFTER the upload is received. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 54 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Check FILES.CTL Description : Check the FILES.CTL file after every X files are flagged for download. This option will normally be set to 1. Example : 1 Option : Auto add new areas Description : Should Concord automatically add any new areas to the users combined areas? Choices : Yes/No Option : Hidden uploads Description : Should Concord mark ALL uploads as Hidden in the filebase by default? If set to Yes, users will NOT be able to see any new uploads until you mark them as visible in the Filelist editor. Choices : Yes/No Option : Auto stop listing Description : If this option is set to 'Yes', Concord will stop displaying a file list if the user presses the 'Enter' key at the end of a file listing. This ONLY effects the operation at the END of a file listing, pressing 'Enter' at any other point will simply display the next screen of files in the list. If the Option is set to 'No', the user will have to press the key that has been allocated as the 'Stop' key... This is 'S' by default. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 55 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > User Config ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Here we define some of the more general user settings. And some bits that define how Concord will treat new users. Option : Flag descriptions (F10) Description : Here you can create a reminder list of what you are using each user flag for. We will discuss user flags more fully later in these documents.This list is a handy way of remembering what you have used various flags for. To enter the list,press <Return> or <F10>. You can then scroll up and down the list using the cursor keys... You will see that Flags A1 to A8 are listed,but there are also B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I and J flags. To access the others, simply press the letter of the flag you want to list/edit. ie. Press C to go to the C1 to C8 flags, Press J to move to the J1 to J8 flags etc. The descriptions you enter here will be displayed to you when editing flags in the file, message, and menus areas. Pressing ESC will exit from the Flag description menu and will save any changes you may have made. Try to keep any descriptions you enter simple so as not to cause confusion later. Example : A1 - New User A2 - Normal User B1 - CD-Rom access J8 - Assistant Sysop Option : One-word names Description : Should Concord allow users to use One-word names such as Batman, David, Nintendo etc? If enabled Concord will allow One-word names, but will also accept names of more than one word. If disabled it will ask for a second name and will NOT allow a user to logon using only one name. One-word names can be useful in a system that uses 'Aliases' rather than real names, but be aware if using aliases that some language prompts will also need editing as Concord will use real names by default. The Language files are discussed more fully later in this document. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 56 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Expiration days Description : The number of Days given to every new user in the Expiration date field of the user record. Concord will reduce this number every day. This allows you to run a scriptfile after a certain number of days and change some of the users settings automatically. You can change this setting for specific users in the user editor. Example : 365 Option : Verify calls Description : Concord has the ability to ask the user to re-enter their birthdate every X calls. This option allows you to set that number of calls. If the user enters an incorrect birthdate when asked they will be disconnected by Concord. Example : 25 Option : Include Sysop Description : Should Concord include the Sysop in the last callers list? You may not want users to see that you've logged onto the system a dozen times today, so this option allows you to hide the fact. Set the option to Yes if you want the Sysop to be included in the last callers list, or set it to No if you don't want the Sysop to be displayed. Choices : Yes/No Option : Password tries Description : The number of attempts a user has to enter their correct password when asked for it at the logon prompt. If the user gets it wrong Concord will re-ask them for their password until this value is exceeded, they will then be asked if they want to leave the Sysop a message if the password failure area has been configured in the Message System menu before hanging up.If that area has NOT been defined, Concord will simply hangup without asking the user to leave a message. Example : 3 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 57 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Hide upper sec Description : When viewing the user list, should Concord hide all users with a higher security level than the user currently online? If this option is set to Yes, Concord will ONLY display users with the same security and those with a lower security level. Choices : Yes/No Option : Pwd CRC type Description : What type of password CRC should Concord use when checking a users password? Concord can either ignore the CRC (None), convert the password to Uppercase before generating a CRC, or convert it to lowercase. You should select which option you want to use and then leave it alone. If you have converted from an RA system using the RA to Concord conversion program you should set this to Uppercase, as RA uses uppercase CRC's for it's passwords and the user will be unable to logon to Concord if it is set to anything else. Choices : None/Uppercase/Lowercase ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > Net Addresses ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Most BBS systems are connected to one or more mail networks. This allows them to exchange mail between systems. When you join a mail network you will be assigned a unique node number which identifies your system in the network. In this part of the configuration you can enter the details of all the networks you are linked to. If you are not a member of a mail network don't worry, just skip this Net address section of the manual and continue in the next section. You can use the following keys in this menu: ALT-A : Add a new entry to the list ALT-D : Delete an entry from the list ESC : Return to the previous menu Use the cursor keys to move up and down the entries that are defined, and the TAB key to jump to the next field. The 'Total' number displayed in the upper right corner shows you how many networks you have defined. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 58 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Name Description : The name of the network you belong to. This is normally the domain name, such as Fidonet, Amiganet, etc. You don't have to use the domain name, if you prefer simply use a name that is meaningful to you. Example : Fidonet Option : Address Description : The network address assigned to your system for this domain. Addresses are entered in the following format: Zone:Net/Node.Pointnumber Do NOT make up a number yourself. If you are not a member of a network just leave these fields blank. Example : 2:256/651.0 ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > Limits ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ In the Limits part of the configuration you can specify what access every userlevel has on your BBS. This is the main part of the BBS systems security. You can specify how long a user can stay online, how much they can download, what ratios apply to the user, and a whole host more. Security levels can range from 0 to 65000. Take some time to think about how many different levels you are going to use, and what values you are going to assign to them. As a starting point we would suggest you setup perhaps 5 different levels: 0 - Twit (We ALL get them from time to time!) 10 - Normal user 20 - Subscriber/Privelidged user 32000 - Assistant Sysop 65000 - Sysop The access levels given above are only a guide, you do NOT have to use them. You can always add to them, or edit them later if necessary. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 59 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── You can use the following keys in this menu: ALT-A : Add a new user level to the list ALT-D : Delete the currently highlighted entry from the list ESC : Return to the previous menu You can edit a userlevel by moving to it with the cursor keys and then pressing ENTER when the userlevel you want to edit is highlighted. You can use the SHIFT key in combination with the arrow keys to move the userlevel to another position in the list. Press SHIFT when the userlevel you want to move is highlighted, and then use the arrow keys to move it to the desired position in the list. The 'Total' number displayed in the upper right corner shows you how many security levels you have defined. Option : Active? Description : Tells Concord wether this option is Active or not. When inactive, Concord will ignore this sec level. When it is inactive, it is shown in the list window with a flag (tick symbol) in front of the level. Choices : Yes/No Option : Security level Description : The security level assigned to this level. This can be in the range 0 to 65000. Do NOT use the same level twice, unless you are using the Valid from/Valid to options as explained below.This level is displayed in the list window for quick reference. Example : 20 Option : Description Description : A short explanation of what this userlevel is for. This is basically just a label to remind you what the seclevel is being used for. It is displayed in the list window for quick reference. Example : Normal User ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 60 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Valid from Description : The time in 24 hour format at which the users with this seclevel can start logging onto your system. If they call BEFORE this time they will be given a message by Concord and logged off automatically. To allow users to call at ANY time of the day you should set the 'From' time to 00:00 and the 'To' time to 23:59, thereby allowing 24 hour access. Example : 18:45 Option : Valid to Description : The time in 24 hour format at which users with this seclevel will be stopped from calling by Concord. Example : 23:59 Using the 'Valid from' and 'Valid to' options together will allow you to have a very flexible system, and allow you to limit what users can do at specific times of the day. Take a look at the example below, which shows how you can have two entries with the same seclevel to minimize the users access at peak system times. Security : 25 AND: 25 Valid from : 00:00 18:00 Valid to : 18:00 23:59 Timelimit : 60 45 Dl limit : 1000 500 As you can see, this will allow the user to call 24 hours per day, between 00:00 and 18:00 the user has a 60 minute timelimit and can download 1000Kb, but between 18:00 and 23:59 the user only has 45 minutes online time and a 500Kb download limit. PLEASE NOTE: You should ensure that multiple entries like that shown above, should NOT allow times to overlap. ie. the ending time of one event should be the starting time of the next. Option : Max DL/UL KB ratio Description : The users Download/Upload ratio in kilobytes. This is based on XX:1 style logic. In other words, if you enter a value of 10, the user would have to upload 1Kb for every 10Kb they download. So assuming they have downloaded 1500Kb Concord would force them to upload 150Kb before they could continue to D/load. Setting this to a value of 0 will disable the Kb ratio. Example : 10 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 61 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Max DL/UL times ratio Description : The users Download/Upload ratio in files. As with the option above, this is based on XX:1 style logic. So a setting of 5 in this field would mean that the user has to upload 1 file for every 5 they download. Setting this to a value of 0 will disable the 'Times' ratio. Example : 5 Option : Time per day limit Description : The time in minutes that the user is able to stay online per day. This is the TOTAL time for ALL calls made that day. If the user exceeds this limit, Concord will warn them that they have used up their daily time limit and will log them off the system. The users time will be reset at midnight. Setting this option to 1440 will allow the user to stay online all day (24 hrs = 1440 minutes). Example : 90 Option : Calls per day limit Description : This is the MAXIMUM number of times a user can call the system in one day. If the user exceeds this, Concord will not allow them to logon any more that day, but will simply give a polite warning that they have used up their number of calls for the day and they should call back tomorrow. Setting this to 0 means that they can call any amount of times and Concord will NOT impose any limit on the number of calls. Example : 5 Option : Download limit Description : The number of Kilobytes and Files a user can download per day. This is dependent on the connect speed of the user.If a user connects at a speed not listed in the limits editor, Concord will use the first defined speed setting below the users connect speed. For example, a connect speed of 31200 will use the 28800 settings. The user can only download if they have NOT exceeded any 'Ratio' (Kb of Files) that you may have defined, as well as any settings in this option. If the user exceeds the limits set in this option, Concord will NOT allow them to download any more that day. Example : 1200 2400 9600 14400 19200 28800 115200 KB 500 500 750 1000 1000 2000 5000 Files 10 20 25 30 35 40 50 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 62 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── So using the example above, a user who connected at 28800 BPS would be allowed to download a maximum of 2000Kb and 40 Files. As soon as either one of these limits was reached, Concord would prevent any more downloads that day. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > Events ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Here we setup any system Events. Events are actions performed by the system at certain times of the day, or on certain days of the week. This allows you to run system maintenance events at times when the BBS is quiet. This such as packing message bases, purging the user base, creating file lists etc etc. You will have to setup Concord to run via a batchfile using error levels if you want to use this feature. Sample batchfiles are given towards the end of these documents. The batchfile catches the errorlevel that Concord exits with and acts on it accordingly. Setting up an Event errorlevel without running Concord from a batchfile will mean that Concord will exit back to the operating system and will not come back online. You can use the following keys in this menu: ALT-A : Add an Event. This will add a blank entry to edit. ALT-D : Delete the currently highlighted entry. ESC : Return to previous menu. You can also use the SHIFT key in combination with the cursor keys to move an Event to another position in the list. Press SHIFT when the event you want to move is highlighted, and then move it to the desired position using the cursor keys. Editing an Event is done by moving to the desired Event using the cursor keys, and then pressing ENTER when the desired Event is highlighted. The 'Total' number in the upper right corner of the window displays the number of Events you have defined. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 63 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Active? Description : Is this option Active or not? When Active Concord will process the Event at the given time/day. When it is inactive, Concord will NOT process the Event. If it is inactive, the list window will display a flag (tick symbol) in front of the event for quick reference. Choices : Yes/No Option : Forced Description : If an Event is scheduled and a user is online at the time it will NOT be processed. However, if you set the Event to 'Forced', Concord will reduce the users online time if it would exceed the Event start time, and log the user off the system just before the time of the Event and then process it normally. The user will be told that they are being logged off to allow a system Event to be processed.Concord will NOT allow a user online within five minutes of an Event being due. Choices : Yes/No Option : Error level Description : This is the errorlevel that Concord will exit with at the time of the Event. This errorlevel should be trapped by your batchfile that called Concord and then used to start any external programs etc as necessary. The batchfile concept is explained in more detail towards the end of these documents. Please do NOT use errorlevels between 0 and 10 as they are reserved by Concord to determine if echomail/netmail etc has been entered. Errorlevels may range from 11 to 255. Please consult your DOS manual if you are unfamiliar with the use of errorlevels. Example : 123 Option : Run time Description : The time that the Event should be executed in 24 hour format. Example : 18:30 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 64 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Days to run Description : The Days on which Concord should execute the Event. Using this option it is possible to setup an error- level that will only be processed on certain days of the week, or on every day if necessary. Choices : Yes/No Example : Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes In the example above,Concord would only execute the Event on Sunday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday. The Event would NOT be executed on Monday or Thursday. Option : Last run date Description : The date the Event was run for the last time. This allows you to re-run certain Events again if necessary, or to skip them for a certain period. Concord checks if the date in this field is equal+1 to the current date before executing the Event. Example : 04/11/96 ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > Transfer Protocols ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Concord uses external protocols, there are no built in protocols at this time. That means that there is a little bit more work involved in this area than with some other packages, but the good news is that it means you can add ANY protocol you want to the system. You can use the following keys in this menu: ALT-A : Add a new transfer protocol. This will add an empty transfer protocol immediately above the currently highlighted entry.You can then edit it to suit your needs. ALT-D : Delete the currently highlighted entry. ESC : Return to previous menu. You can also use the SHIFT key in combination with the cursor keys to move an entry to another position in the list. Press SHIFT when the entry you want to move is highlighted, and then use the cursor keys to move it to the position you want. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 65 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── You can edit a transfer protocol by pressing ENTER when the transfer protocol you want to edit is highlighted. This will display another window where you can alter all the settings for the selected transfer protocol. The 'Total' number displayed in the upper right corner tells you how many transfer protocols you have defined. When ENTER is pressed, another window will be displayed with the following options: Option : Active? Description : Tells Concord wether this protocol is active or not. When inactive, the protocol will not be used by Concord. If the protocol is inactive, it will be displayed in the list window with a flag (tick symbol) in front of the transfer protocol. Choices : Yes/No Option : Description Description : The name of the transfer protocol as it is shown to your users. This will be displayed when they select a new protocol. Inactive entries will NOT be shown. Example : Zmodem-32 Option : Selection key Description : The character used to select this protocol. This will be displayed to your users when they select a new protocol. You can only use normal characters A..Z in this field. Example : Z Option : Batch Description : Tells Concord if this transfer protocol can handle batches of files. Batch protocols, such as Zmodem can handle more than one file at a time. Some others, such as Xmodem can only handle ONE file at a time. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 66 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Bidirectional Description : Tells Concord if this transfer protocol is a bi- directional protocol or not.Bidirectional protocols can do uploads and downloads at the same time, making it necessary for Concord to check for uploads when this protocol is used for downloading. Hydra is an example of a bidirectional protocol. Choices : Yes/No Option : DL cmdline Description : The full command line needed to execute this protocol for download. You can use the following parameters to pass extra info to the protocol: *B Translated by Concord into the users BPS rate. *C Translated by Concord into the current COMSPEC settings. That is the full path and filename of your command processor. *D1- Tells Concord NOT to create a DORINFOx.DEF drop file which is used by some doors. *D2- Tells Concord NOT to create a DOOR.SYS drop file which is used by some doors. *D3- Tells Concord NOT to create a EXITINFO.BBS drop file which is used by some doors. *E- Tells Concord NOT to create a EXITINFO.DAT drop file used by some doors. This file contains more info than the standard EXITINFO.BBS file, but is not in common usage yet. *F Translated by Concord into the users first name. *G Translated by Concord into the users color mode. *H OS/2 comport handle *J Translated by Concord into the users screen length. *L Translated by Concord into the users last name. *N Translated by Concord into the current node. *O Wait for OS/2 task *P Translated by Concord into the current COM port. *R Translated by Concord into the users record number in the user list. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 67 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── *S Tells Concord to attempt swap itself out of memory to leave more free memory for the program you are calling. You must tell the system how much memory you want to allocate by using the following format: *S:<minimum_memory_in_kb> ie. *S:384 *T Translated by Concord into the users time left in minutes. *W Wait when exiting *Z1 No time checking *Z2 No clear screen %1 Filename %2 Transfer protocol log name, ie. DSZ.LOG %3 Next file in queue for non-batch transfer protocols (Xmodem etc). You can also use some macros to pass information to the transfer protocol. Things such as: @FAREA_UPLOAD_PATH@ That would pass the upload path for the current file area. Useful for bidirectional transfers etc. Example : See the section of examples later in this document Option : UL cmdline Description : The full command line needed to execute this protocol for upload.You can use the same parameters as with the DL cmdline option. Please refer to it for info on the parameters available. Example : See the section of examples later in this document Option : List char Description : The character used to indicate that the following parameter is a list file. For most protocols this character is the '@' symbol, WITHOUT the quotes. The list file contains the names of the files to download. Example : @ ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 68 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Efficiency Description : The Efficiency of the protocol in percentage terms. This is normally between 90 and 98 percent. Concord uses this value to calculate the amount of time needed for the transfer. Refer to the docs on your chosen transfer protocol for more info. Example : 96 Option : Log file name Description : The name of the log file that is created by the transfer protocol. This allows Concord to read the log and obtain information from it. If this field is left empty, Concord will search for the DSZ environment variable and use the log file pointed to by that instead. Example : C:\CONCORD\PROTOCOL\DSZ.LOG Option : Ctl file name Description : The name of the control file used by the transfer protocol. This contains a list of files to transmit. This file is generated by Concord and used by most transfer protocols. With most protocols it is specified on the command line preceded by the @ character. Example : C:\CONCORD\PROTOCOL\FILES.CTL Option : UL log keyword Description : The character in the protocol log file that indicates that an Upload has been performed. Note that this is case sensitive! In other words, 'Z' is different from 'z'. See the DSZ documentation for more information on this subject. Example : Z Option : DL log keyword Description : The character in the protocol log file that indicates that a Download has been performed. Note that this is case sensitive. In other words, 'Z' is different from 'z'. Example : z ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 69 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Read whole log Description : If you want Concord to read the whole DSZ.LOG file after a download, turn this option on. Normally Concord will know what the last entry was and will only read the new lines in the log file. Choices : Yes/No Please remember that most external protocols are shareware, and you should register them with their respective authors. A list of examples for both DOS and OS/2 follow in the next two sections of this manual. Please refer to them for detailed instructions on how to install some of the more widely known protocols. Please ensure you refer to the correct section for your operating system. OS/2 users should view the OS/2 examples, and DOS users should view the DOS examples. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ External Transfer Protocols - Examples (DOS) ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Because the external transfer protocols can be an area of confusion, especially to people new to the world of running a BBS, the following section gives some REAL examples of a working setup. This section deals with installing external transfer protocols in a DOS based system. If you are using an OS/2 based setup, please refer to the next section of this manual. The examples given here should be enough to get most people started. Setting up GSZ in Concord. First, a few things have been assumed.. If your setup is different, please edit the various entries to suit your system. CONCORD.EXE is in a directory called C:\CONCORD\ GSZ.EXE is in the main Concord directory. If yours is elsewhere, simply add the path to GSZ in front of the DL and UL command lines. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 70 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── First we'll setup Zmodem using GSZ as the transfer protocol: Active? : Yes Description : Zmodem-32 Selection key : Z Batch : Yes Bidirectional : No DL cmdline : GSZ sz -r %1 UL cmdline : GSZ rz -r List char : @ Efficiency : 94 Log file name : Ctl file name : C:\CONCORD\DLFILES.LST UL log keyword : Z DL log keyword : z Read whole log : No Now we'll setup Ymodem using GSZ: Active? : Yes Description : Ymodem Selection key : Y Batch : Yes Bidirectional : No DL cmdline : GSZ sb -r %1 UL cmdline : GSZ rb -r List char : @ Efficiency : 90 Log file name : Ctl file name : C:\CONCORD\DLFILES.LST UL log keyword : R DL log keyword : S Read whole log : No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 71 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── And finally, we'll setup Xmodem using GSZ: Active? : Yes Description : Xmodem Selection key : X Batch : No Bidirectional : No DL cmdline : GSZ sx -r %3 UL cmdline : GSZ rx -r List char : @ Efficiency : 80 Log file name : C:\CONCORD\ Ctl file name : C:\CONCORD\DLFILES.LST UL log keyword : R DL log keyword : S Read whole log : No Setting up HS/Link in Concord. First, a few things have been assumed... If your setup is different, please edit the various entries to suit your system. CONCORD.EXE is in a directory called C:\CONCORD\ HSLINK.EXE is in the main Concord directory. If yours is elsewhere, simply add the path to HSLINK in front of the DL and UL command lines. Active? : Yes Description : HS/Link Selection key : H Batch : Yes Bidirectional : Yes DL cmdline : HSLINK -p*p -r -k -o %1 UL cmdline : HSLINK -p*p -r -k -o List char : @ Efficiency : 98 Log file name : C:\CONCORD\ Ctl file name : C:\CONCORD\DLFILES.LST UL log keyword : H DL log keyword : h Read whole log : No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 72 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Setting up Smodem in Concord. First, a few things have been assumed... If your setup is different, please edit the various entries to suit your system. CONCORD.EXE is in a directory called C:\CONCORD\ SMODEM.EXE is in the main Concord directory. If yours is elsewhere, simply add the path to SMODEM in front of the DL and UL command lines. Active? : Yes Description : Smodem Selection key : S Batch : Yes Bidirectional : Yes DL cmdline : SMODEM /e:0 /m /p:*P /u %1 /z:%2 /d @FAREA_UPLOAD_PATH@ UL cmdline : SMODEM /e:0 /m /p:*P /z:%2 /d @FAREA_UPLOAD_PATH@ List char : @ Efficiency : 99 Log file name : C:\CONCORD\ Ctl file name : C:\CONCORD\DLFILES.LST UL log keyword : S DL log keyword : s Read whole log : No ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ External Transfer Protocols - Examples (OS/2) ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Because the external transfer protocols can be an area of confusion, especially to people new to the world of running a BBS, the following section gives some REAL examples of a working setup. This section deals with installing external transfer protocols in a OS/2 based system. If you are using a DOS based setup, please refer to the previous section of this manual. The examples given here should be enough to get most people started. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 73 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── IMPORTANT: Because of the way OS/2 works with a COM port handle rather than a normal COM port number, you MUST load Concord with a command line switch, which should be passed by your frontend mailer, to let it know which COM port handle to use. In the case of Binkley, or MainDoor, the handle is passed as the fourth variable.So a command like the one shown below would be used: C:\CONCORD\CONCORD.EXE -B:%1 -HANDLE:%4 -T:%3 -B:%1 is the speed of the connect as passed from the mailer. -HANDLE:%4 is the COM port handle -T:%3 is the time to the next Event as setup in the mailer. In the OS/2 version of Concord you MUST use the COM port HANDLE, NOT the COM port as you would in DOS. Setting up CEXYZ2 in Concord. First, a few things have been assumed... If your setup is different, please edit the various entries to suit your system. CONCORD.EXE is in a directory called C:\CONCORD\ CEXYZ2.EXE is in the main Concord directory. If yours is elsewhere, simply add the path to CEXYZ2 in front of the DL and UL command lines. PORT SPEED The comport is locked at 115200 BPS, if yours is locked at a different speed, edit the /L115200 part of the DL and UL command lines.If your using Ray Gwinns excellent SIO.SYS and VSIO.SYS drivers (highly recommended!) please refer to the docs for SIO and VSIO to learn how to lock the comport. First we'll look at Zmodem using CEXYZ2 as the Transfer protocol: Active? : Yes Description : Zmodem-32 Selection key : Z Batch : Yes Bidirectional : No DL cmdline : CEXYZ2.EXE /N*F_*L /P*H /L115200 /B*B /T3 /Sz %1 UL cmdline : CEXYZ2.EXE /N*F_*L /P*H /L115200 /B*B /T3 /Rz List char : @ Efficiency : 94 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 74 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Log file name : Ctl file name : C:\CONCORD\DLFILES.LST UL log keyword : Z DL log keyword : z Read whole log : No Now we'll setup Ymodem: Active? : Yes Description : Ymodem Selection key : Y Batch : Yes Bidirectional : No DL cmdline : CEXYZ2.EXE /N*F_*L /P*H /L115200 /B*B /T3 /Sy %1 UL cmdline : CEXYZ2.EXE /N*F_*L /P*H /L115200 /B*B /T3 /Ry List char : @ Efficiency : 90 Log file name : Ctl file name : C:\CONCORD\DLFILES.LST UL log keyword : R DL log keyword : S Read whole log : No Now we'll setup Ymodem-G: Active? : Yes Description : Ymodem-G Selection key : G Batch : Yes Bidirectional : No DL cmdline : CEXYZ2.EXE /N*F_*L /P*H /L115200 /B*B /T3 /Syg %1 UL cmdline : CEXYZ2.EXE /N*F_*L /P*H /L115200 /B*B /T3 /Ryg List char : @ Efficiency : 95 Log file name : Ctl file name : C:\CONCORD\DLFILES.LST UL log keyword : R DL log keyword : S Read whole log : No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 75 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── And finally we'll setup Xmodem: Active? : Yes Description : Xmodem Selection key : X Batch : No Bidirectional : No DL cmdline : CEXYZ2.EXE /N*F_*L /P*H /L115200 /B*B /T3 /Sx %1 UL cmdline : CEXYZ2.EXE /N*F_*L /P*H /L115200 /B*B /T3 /Rx List char : @ Efficiency : 80 Log file name : Ctl file name : C:\CONCORD\DLFILES.LST UL log keyword : R DL log keyword : S Read whole log : No ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > File Archivers ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Here we define all the file archivers that Concord can use. These are used for unpacking files, creating offline mail packets etc. You can use the following keys in the File Archiver menu: ALT-A : Add a new archiver. This will add a blank entry that you can then edit to install another archiver. ALT-D : Delete the currently highlighted entry. ESC : Return to the previous menu. You can also use the SHIFT key in combination with the cursor keys to move an entry to a different position in the archiver list. Press SHIFT when the entry you want to move is highlighted, and then use the cursor keys to move it to the desired location. Editing the archiver settings is done by pressing ENTER when the archiver you want to edit is highlighted. This will display another window in which you can alter all the settings. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 76 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── The 'Total' number in the upper right corner is the number of archivers you have defined. Option : Active? Description : Tells Concord wether this archiver is activated or not. When inactive, it will not be used by Concord. If it is inactive, it will be displayed with a flag (tick symbol) in front of it in the list window. Choices : Yes/No Option : Description Description : The name of the archiver as it will be displayed to the user when selecting a new archiver. Example : PKZip 2.04G Option : Selection key Description : The character shown to the user when he/she needs to select a new archiver. You can only use characters A..Z in this field. Example : Z Option : File extension Description : The extension of the archived file. This will be used by Concord when creating an archive. Example : ZIP Option : Pack cmdline Description : The full command line needed to execute the archiver when packing a file. You should use the full path to the archiver to ensure that it is found correctly. You have three parameters that you can use on this command line, they are: %1 Filename to create %2 Filename to compress in %1 %3 List of files that should be packed or unpacked from the archive You can also use all of the normal command line switches associated with the archiver. Please refer to the archivers documentation for a list of possible command line switches. Example : C:\ARCHIVER\PKZIP.EXE -XM %1 %2 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 77 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Unpack cmdline Description : The same as the Pack command line option, except that this defines the command line needed to execute the archiver when unpacking files. There are three parameters that you can use on this command line, they are: %1 Compressed filename %2 Filename to extract from %1 %3 List of files that should be packed or unpacked from the archive You can also use all of the normal command line switches associated with the archiver. Please refer to the archivers documentation for a list of possible command line switches. Example : C:\ARCHIVER\PKUNZIP.EXE -O %1 %2 Option : List char Description : The character used to indicate that the next parameter is a list file. Similar in operation to the File Transfer Protocol list character. Example : @ Option : Efficiency Description : Used by Concord to calculate the difference in percentage between the original file size and the compressed file size. The higher this number, the better the compression ratio.For ZIP this is around 45%, ARJ is around 40%, and LHA around 39% Example : 45 Option : Archive ID Description : A small piece of code found in the archive which is used to identify the archive type irrespective of the files extension. The following parameters are available: @[+|-]<num>; + = From beginning of file - = From end of file Some ID characters or sequences need special key combinations to create them. Example : PK The following two sections of this manual give a list of some of the most popular archivers, and show how to set them up correctly. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 78 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ File Archivers - Examples (DOS) ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ The following section is designed to help in setting up the external archivers used by Concord. Hopefully it will help in getting them all integrated into the program correctly. If you find you are still having problems, please contact one of the support sites listed earlier in this manual. They are there to help. This section deals with the archivers used in the DOS version of Concord. If you are running an OS/2 based system, please refer to the next section. We will now go through setting up some of the most common archivers used in BBS systems. A few assumptions have had to be made for ease of documentation. They are: CONCORD.EXE is assumed to be in a directory called C:\CONCORD\ ARCHIVE.EXE ALL archivers are assumed to be in a directory called C:\ARCHIVER\ IMPORTANT: Any Archive ID line that contains a #<number> command needs to be entered in a special way. Press Ctr-P, Then, while holding down the ALT key type in the number that follows the # symbol. This ONLY applies to numbers that BEGIN with a # (hash symbol),any other numbers should be entered normally. First we'll setup UltraCompressor Active? : Yes Description : UltraCompressor Selection key : U File extension : UC2 Pack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\UC.EXE A -BTTF %1 %2 Unpack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\UC.EXE E -F %1 %2 List char : @ Efficiency : 30 Archive ID : UC2#26 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 79 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Now we'll setup PKZip Active? : Yes Description : PKZip v2.04g Selection key : Z File extension : ZIP Pack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\PKZIP -m %1 %2 Unpack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\PKUNZIP -o %1 %2 List char : @ Efficiency : 40 Archive ID : PK Now we'll setup LHA Active? : Yes Description : LHA v2.13 Selection key : L File extension : LZH Pack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\LHA m -m %1 %2 Unpack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\LHA e -m %1 %2 List char : @ Efficiency : 39 Archive ID : @+2;-lh Now we'll setup ARJ Active? : Yes Description : ARJ v2.50 Selection key : A File extension : ARJ Pack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\ARJ m %1 %2 Unpack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\ARJ e -y %1 %2 List char : ! Efficiency : 36 Archive ID : `#234 Now we'll setup RAR Active? : Yes Description : RAR v1.55 Selection key : R File extension : RAR Pack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\RAR m %1 %2 Unpack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\RAR e -y %1 %2 List char : @ Efficiency : 30 Archive ID : Rar! ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 80 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Now we'll setup PKPak Active? : Yes Description : PKPAK v3.61 Selection key : R File extension : ARC Pack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\PKPAK -m %1 %2 Unpack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\PKUNPAK -r %1 %2 List char : @ Efficiency : 100 Archive ID : #26 @-2;#26 Now we'll setup Squeeze Active? : Yes Description : SQZ Selection key : S File extension : SQZ Pack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\SQZ.EXE a /p3 %1 %2 Unpack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\SQZ.EXE e /p3o1 %1 %2 List char : @ Efficiency : 40 Archive ID : HLSQZ Now we'll setup ZOO Active? : Yes Description : ZOO v2.1 Selection key : O File extension : ZOO Pack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\ZOO.EXE aM %1 %2 Unpack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\ZOO.EXE eO %1 %2 List char : @ Efficiency : 50 Archive ID : ZOO ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 81 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ File Archivers - Examples (OS/2) ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ The following section is designed to help in setting up the external archivers used by Concord. Hopefully it will help in getting them all integrated into the program correctly. If you find you are still having problems, please contact one of the support sites listed earlier in this manual. They are there to help. This section deals with the archivers used in the OS/2 version of Concord. If you are running a DOS based system, please refer to the previous section. We will now go through setting up some of the most common archivers used in BBS systems. A few assumptions have had to be made for ease of documentation. They are: CONCORD.EXE is assumed to be in a directory called C:\CONCORD\ ARCHIVE.EXE ALL archivers are assumed to be in a directory called C:\ARCHIVER\ IMPORTANT: Any Archive ID line that contains a #<number> command needs to be entered in a special way. Press Ctr-P, Then, while holding down the ALT key type in the number that follows the # symbol. This ONLY applies to numbers that BEGIN with a # (hash symbol), and other number should be entered normally. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 82 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Okay, we'll now setup ZIP Active? : Yes Description : ZIP v2.04g Selection key : Z File extension : ZIP Pack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\ZIP.EXE -m %1 %3 Unpack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\ZIP.EXE -j -o %1 %3 List char : @ Efficiency : 40 Archive ID : PK Now onto LHA Active? : Yes Description : LHA v2.22 Selection key : L File extension : LZH Pack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\LH32.EXE m %1 %3 Unpack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\LH32.EXE x /o %1 %3 List char : @ Efficiency : 39 Archive ID : @+2;-lh Now onto RAR Active? : Yes Description : RAR Selection key : R File extension : RAR Pack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\RAR.EXE m -y %1 %2 Unpack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\RAR.EXE e -o+ %1 %2 List char : @ Efficiency : 42 Archive ID : Rar!#26 Now onto ARC Active? : Yes Description : ARC v5.21 Selection key : C File extension : ARC Pack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\ARC.EXE m %1 %3 Unpack cmdline : C:\ARCHIVER\ARC.EXE eo %1 %3 List char : @ Efficiency : 20 Archive ID : #26#09@-2;#26#32 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 83 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Now onto ARJ. Please note that at this time there is no OS/2 version of ARJ, so here we will need to use the DOS version. We also need to create a .CMD file to run it in a DOS shell, this is explained below: Active? : Yes Description : ARJ v2.50 Selection key : A File extension : ARJ Pack cmdline : *C /C C:\CONCORD\RUNARJ.CMD m %1 %2 Unpack cmdline : *C /C C:\CONCORD\RUNARJ.CMD e -y %1 %2 List char : ! Efficiency : 36 Archive ID : `#234 Now create a file called RUNARJ.CMD in your Concord system directory and edit it to contain the following lines, then save it. START "ARJ/1" /DOS /FG /FS /WAIT /C C:\CONCORD\RUNARJ.BAT Then create a file called RUNARJ.BAT in you Concord system directory and edit it as follows: @ECHO OFF C:\ARCHIVER\ARJ.EXE %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 %9 ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > FS Message Editors ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Concord has a built in Full Screen message editor and a simple Line editor. You can also add external Full Screen editors if you wish. ALL editors, including Concords internal ones, need to be defined in this part of the configuration. You can use the following keys in the FS Message Editor window: ALT-A : Add a new FS editor. This will add a blank entry that you can edit when installing a new FS editor. ALT-D : Delete the currently highlighted entry. ESC : Return to the previous menu. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 84 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── You can use the SHIFT key in combination with the cursor keys to move an entry to a different position in the list. Press SHIFT when the entry you wish to move is highlighted, then use the cursor keys to move it to the desired position in the list. The 'Total' number shown in the upper right of the window is the number of editors you have defined so far. When ENTER is pressed on an entry, another window will appear with the following options: Option : Active? Description : Tells Concord wether this FS editor is active or not. When inactive, this editor will not be used by Concord. If the FS editor is inactive,this is shown in the list window as a flag (tick symbol) in front of the FS editor. Choices : Yes/No Option : Description Description : The name of the FS editor as it will be displayed to your users when selecting a different editor. Example : GEdit Option : Selection key Description : The character shown to the user when they need to select a different editor. This is the key they must press to select this FS editor. You can only use normal ascii characters in the range A..Z Example : G Option : Command line Description : The full command line needed to execute the FS editor. All of the normal Concord command line parameters can be used on this line if needed. To enable the built-in editors there are two special command line entries, they are: * Line Editor ! FS Editor So to add Concords FS editor, you would put a '!' as the command line (without the quotes). Example : C:\EDITOR\QUICKED.EXE %1 %2 %3 %4 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 85 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── There are lots of third party editors available. Please note that most are shareware, and should be registered separately. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > Char Sets ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Concord can handle several different character sets. This allows users from countries that use extended characters (such as scandinavians) to use the BBS without running into problems because of unsupported characters. You can use the following keys in the Char Sets window: ALT-A : Adds a new character set. This will add an empty character set line above the currently highlighted character set. ALT-D : Delete the currently highlighted character set. ESC : Return to the previous menu. You can also use the SHIFT key in combination with the cursor keys to move an entry to a different position in the list. Press SHIFT when the entry you want to move is highlighted, then use the cursor keys to move it to the desired position in the list. The 'Total' number displayed in the upper right corner is the number of character sets defined so far. You can edit an entry by pressing ENTER when the entry you want to edit is highlighted. This will display a window with the following options: Option : Active? Description : Tells Concord wether this char set is active or not. When inactive, this character set is not used by Concord and will not be shown to users. If the char set is inactive, this is shown in the list window as a flag (tick symbol) in front of the Character set. Choices : Yes/No Option : Description Description : The name of the character set as it will be displayed to your users. Example : Default ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 86 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : CHARSET kludge label Description : The charset kludge is added to any messages written in echomail or netmail areas, to describe the charset used to write each message. Some mail readers are able to display these messages correctly by reading the kludge line. Some mail tossers can also use the kludge to automatically translate incoming messages to the default charset. Example : ISO11 Option : Selection key Description : The character shown to the user to select this char set. You can only use normal characters in the range A..Z Example : D Option : Modify input Description : Concord will normally only filter outgoing characters, (those sent TO the user). But it is possible to also have it filter incoming characters (FROM the user). To filter incoming characters, set this option to Yes. Choices : Yes/No ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > General > Other Settings ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ A host of other settings which effect the way Concord runs. These do not fall under any other category, so they are grouped here for convenience. Option : Node number Description : The number of lines on your BBS. Enter 1 for a single line system. Example : 3 Option : Local colors Description : Should Concord display colours on a local logon? If you have a monochrome monitor, you might want to set this option to No. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 87 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Password Description : The Password required to access the local keyboard. This stops unwanted system changes at the local keyboard. Remember, this is ONLY locally, NOT remotely. Example : ****** Option : Time out Description : The time out period in seconds for the user. If the user doesn't press a key on the remote keyboard within this time Concord will automatically disconnect them after giving a warning that they are about to be disconnected for inactivity. Example : 300 Option : Login time Description : The time in minutes that the user can take to logon to your system. If this time expires, the user will be disconnected. Don't make this too short, otherwise new users will not be able to complete the login sequence without exceeding the Login time. We suggest a minimum value of 10 minutes. Example : 20 Option : OS shell Description : Command line for Concord when it needs to shell to the operating system. You can use the following options here: *B Translated by Concord into the users BPS rate. *C Translated by Concord into the current COMSPEC settings. That is the full path and filename of your command processor. *D1- Tells Concord NOT to create a DORINFOx.DEF drop file which is used by some doors. *D2- Tells Concord NOT to create a DOOR.SYS drop file which is used by some doors. *D3- Tells Concord NOT to create a EXITINFO.BBS drop file which is used by some doors. *E- Tells Concord NOT to create a EXITINFO.DAT drop file used by some doors. This file contains more info than the standard EXITINFO.BBS file, but is not in common usage yet. *F Translated by Concord into the users first name. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 88 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── *G Translated by Concord into the users color mode. *H OS/2 comport handle *J Translated by Concord into the users screen length. *L Translated by Concord into the users last name. *N Translated by Concord into the current node. *O Wait for OS/2 task *P Translated by Concord into the current COM port. *R Translated by Concord into the users record number in the user list. *S Tells Concord to attempt swap itself out of memory to leave more free memory for the program you are calling. You must tell the system how much memory you want to allocate by using the following format: *S:<minimum_memory_in_kb> ie. *S:384 *T Translated by Concord into the users time left in minutes. *W Wait when exiting *Z1 No time checking *Z2 No clear screen The *S option takes an additional parameter which defines the amount of memory to swap. With *S0 Concord will never swap to disk or EMS before running a program. With *S<amount> Concord will always attempt to swap to disk or EMS before running an external program. Example : *C *S300 Option : Last callers Description : The number of callers Concord should display in the last callers list. When a value of 0 is entered, the default of 15 will be used. Example : 30 Option : Sysop seclvl Description : The security level needed by a user before he/she can access any Sysop specific options. We suggest you keep this at a reasonably high level so that users cannot access these functions. Example : 32000 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 89 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Verify BBS Description : The number of days between the time that the BBS's stored in the BBS list are verified. If a visiting Sysop adds his system to the list, Concord will ask him to verify the details if he calls after this number of days. Example : 90 Option : DORINFOn.DEF Description : For multiline systems. Concord can generate DORINFOn.DEF files, where the n is replaced by the node number. For line 2,this would be DORINFO2.DEF. If this option is set to No, ALL lines will generate a DORINFO1.DEF file. Choices : Yes/No Option : Detect scrlen Description : Concord can automatically detect the screen length the user is using when he/she logs on to your system. If you don't want Concord to do this, set the option to No. Choices : Yes/No Option : Login charset Description : Which character set Concord should use at logon, before Concord has detected who is online. Example : 1 Option : Force ANSI Description : This option allows you to force the emulation to ANSI even if ASCII is detected at the login. Care should be taken with this option as some older machines are unable to handle the ansi codes sent and the remote user will end up with a screen of untranslated ansi codes. Set the option to No to allow the use of Ansi and ascii. Choices : Yes/No Option : Yell+nodechat> Description : The Yell (Page Sysop) and multinode chat setup. Press SPACE, F10 Or ENTER to open up the edit window for the chat settings. We will now go through each of these settings in turn: ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 90 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Yell device Description: The device to use when the user is paging the Sysop. This can be one of three options. The first is the PC-Speaker, which will be the default for most systems. Second is Automatic in which case Concord will try to detect what is available and use what it finds... This could be a soundcard for example. And the third option is None, in which case no page will be heard because no sound device is used. Choices : PC-Speaker/Automatic/None Option : Yell times Description: The number of times the user can page the Sysop in one call. If the user attempts to exceed this setting, Concord will give him/her a polite message telling them that they have paged too many times. Example : 3 Option : Yell length Description: The time in seconds that a Yell tune will be played before the user is given a message saying the Sysop isn't available (or whatever you have setup). Example : 30 Option : Sun from Description: The starting time of the period that users can page the Sysop. This is in 24 hour format, and can be altered for every day of the week, so you can have different paging times for different days of the week. Example : 09:00 Option : Sun to Description: The ending time that the Sysop can be paged in 24 hour format. If the user tries to page outside the starting and ending times he will be given a message saying the Sysop is not available for a chat. Example : 23:45 Option : Mon from Description: See 'Sun from' for more info Option : Mon to Description: See 'Sun to' for more info ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 91 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Tue from Description: See 'Sun from' for more info Option : Tue to Description: See 'Sun to' for more info Option : Wed from Description: See 'Sun from' for more info Option : Wed to Description: See 'Sun to' for more info Option : Thu from Description: See 'Sun from' for more info Option : Thu to Description: See 'Sun to' for more info Option : Fri from Description: See 'Sun from' for more info Option : Fri to Description: See 'Sun to' for more info Option : Sat from Description: See 'Sun from' for more info Option : Sat to Description: See 'Sun to' for more info Option : Online msgs Description: The time period in seconds after which Concord will check to see if there is a message for the user from one of the other lines in a multiline system. Set this to 0 if you don't want Concord to check for messages. Example : 10 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 92 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Erase mulchat Description: Tells Concord to erase the multiline chat textfile after use. Choices : Yes/No Option : Check mulchat Description: Tells Concord to check every n seconds for new lines in the multiline chat. When this value is set to 0,Concord will only check for new lines when the multi-line chat textfile is updated. Example : 5 Option : No CHAT.LOG Description: If you don't want Concord to create a log file of your chats with users, turn this option On. Otherwise a file called CHAT???.LOG is created or appended to when a chat is started with a user. The ??? are replaced by the node number that the user is on, so if the user is on line 1 the log will be called CHAT001.LOG etc. Choices : Yes/No Option : No user exit Description: If you don't want your users to exit the chat, turn this option On. Then only YOU can terminate a chat. Choices : Yes/No Option : CHAT.LOG/main Description: Set this option to Yes if you want Concord to create it's CHAT.LOG in the main system directory rather than in the node directory. Choices : Yes/No That completes the Yell+nodechat setup. We will now go back to the other settings on the 'Setup > General > Other settings' menu. Option : No ANS detect Description : Concord will attempt to automatically determine the terminal emulation of the user when he logs in. This can sometimes cause problems with some systems, so if you don't want Concord to autodetect the remote users terminal emulation, turn this option On. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 93 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Hidden char Description : When Concord displays text that is supposed to be hidden, such as the password entry at logon, the character defined here will be used to mask what the user has typed. Example : * Option : Ansi stop ch Description : The characters entered here will be used to stop the display of an Ansi/Ascii file. When nothing is entered, Concord will use the default character S to stop the display. The ^ (carat symbol) is used to represent the CTRL key, so ^C means the user has to press CTRL-C on his keyboard to abort the display. Example : ^C Option : Statline col Description : The colour of the status line displayed at the bottom of the screen when a user is online. The number 112 is the normal black on grey colours. Pressing F10 will pop up a window that will allow you to select the colours you prefer. Example : 112 Option : Convert $ENV$ Description : A useful option for multi node systems, as it allows you to have one configuration file for several lines. Concord will replace the $ENV$ variable with the pathname for the node it is running. Choices : Yes/No Option : Check delay Description : How often Concord should check for time left, online messages, events etc. (0 = fast, 10 = slow). Example : 5 Option : ANSI buf size Description : Buffer size that Concord should use when displaying an ANSI file to a remote user. Values in the range 256 to 4096 are allowed. Example : 4096 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 94 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : No locals cnt Description : Do not count local logins as system calls. Choices : Yes/No Option : F9 statline1 Description : Sysop definable bottom status line. Macros are allowed so you can create your own unique status line to show whatever information you want. Example : Option : F9 statline2 Description : Sysop definable bottom status line. Macros are allowed so you can create your own unique status line to show whatever information you want. Example : Option : F11 statline1 Description : Sysop definable bottom status line. Macros are allowed so you can create your own unique status line to show whatever information you want. Example : Option : F11 statline2 Description : Sysop definable bottom status line. Macros are allowed so you can create your own unique status line to show whatever information you want. Example : Option : F12 statline1 Description : Sysop definable bottom status line. Macros are allowed so you can create your own unique status line to show whatever information you want. Example : Option : F12 statline2 Description : Sysop definable bottom status line. Macros are allowed so you can create your own unique status line to show whatever information you want. Example : Option : Echo lng char Description : Should Concord echo the character pressed to the screen in language prompts? Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 95 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Scr saver cnt Description : The number of minutes Concord should wait for keyboard activity on the local console before activating the built in screen saver when waiting for a call. Example : 3 Option : Reinit cnt Description : The number of minutes Concord should wait before attempting to re-initialize the modem when waiting for a call. Example : 20 Option : Cmdline ctrlx Description : Should Concord allow CTRL-X hotkey codes in command line mode? Choices : Yes/No Option : Share cmnt Description : Is the comment to next user shared between all nodes if enabled? Yes means it is shared, no means Concord will create a separate one for each node. Choices : Yes/No Option : Allow ^[! seq Description : Should Concord allow macro editing (^]! sequence), in ANSI files? Choices : Yes/No Option : Auto set cur Description : Should Concord automatically set the cursor position to the end of the ANSI screen in menus? Choices : Yes/No Option : Kbd macros Description : Press F10, SPACE, or ENTER to edit the keyboard macros. A window will open allowing you to edit the options. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 96 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── We will now describe the Kbd macro menu: Option : Keyboard macros Description: Here you can define your own keyboard macros which can be activated by pressing SHIFT-F1 to SHIFT-F10. What you define here will be acted on by Concord when you press the associated SHIFT-Fkey. Example : Hello, world. Option : Execute program macros Description: Here you define what external programs you want Concord to run when you press the CRTL-F1 to CTRL-F10 keys. Concord will execute these programs when you press the associated CTRL-Fkey combination. Example : *C That completes the Kbd macro menu. Now back to the 'Setup > General > Other Settings' menu: Option : No IEMSI det Description : If this option is set to Yes, Concord will NOT attempt to detect IEMSI sequences at logon. Choices : Yes/No Option : Not in limits Description : This option allows you to define how Concord should behave when a user logs onto the system with a sec level that is NOT defined in the Limits control file. You have two possible choices here, you can tell Concord to use the FIRST limit found in the Limits control file ('First Limit'), OR you can tell it to use the NEXT HIGHEST limit found in the control file ('Next Highest Limit'). Choices : First limit/Next highest limit Option : Log IEMSI Description : Should Concord log any IEMSI strings to it's logfile? Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 97 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > Msg Areas ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ We now come to the point where we will setup all of your message areas. Since BBS's are primarily designed as a way of communicating with others, you will almost certainly want to have a few message areas even if you are not part of a mail network such as Fidonet. Here your users can leave messages to you and to other users on your system. Concord supports five main message base setups. We will first discuss the advantages and disadvantages of each setup to help you decide which one to use on your system. Type : Hudson Message Base (HMB) Description : This message base format is used in many of the most popular BBS packages, SuperBBS, QuickBBS and RemoteAccess all use this format. It consists of a database file where all the messages are stored, and some index files. All defined message areas are stored in 1 main and three index files. Advantage : Very quick to search, and just four files needed on your hard drive for storage. Disadvantage : Can only store a maximum of around 13000 messages. If you have disk problems you could lose your entire msgbase rather than just a single area. Can only handle a maximum of 200 message areas per Hudson message base. Type : Multiple Hudson Message Base Description : Uses several separate Hudson message bases. The message base files are stored in different directories. Advantage : Quick to search, and gets over the limit of 13000 msgs that is found in a single Hudson setup. Only 4 files needed per message base. Disadvantage : Not widely supported by many echomail tossers. Disk problems can still lead to the loss of many messages in several areas. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 98 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Type : JAM Description : Every message area is stored in four separate files. Developed initially for use on RemoteAccess systems, it is now widely used and supported by other packages. Advantage : The least sensitive to disk problems. The size of the message base is only limited by diskspace. Each area is stored in separate files, so you will be unlikely to lose more than one area in the event of disk problems. Disadvantage : Slow to search in comparison to Hudson. Can take up a lot of diskspace. Type : Squish Description : Every message area is stored in separate files very similar to the way a JAM based system operates. Advantage : Not sensitive to disk problems. Very widely supported and reasonably fast. Size of the message base is only limited by diskspace. Disadvantage : Can take up a lot of diskspace. Type : .MSG Description : Probably the oldest message base format around. Every message is stored in a separate file. Normally only used for the netmail area of your front-end mailer nowadays. Advantage : Every message is stored as a single file, so disk problems should only cause minor damage. Disadvantage : Takes up huge amounts of diskspace, depending on your disk allocation size. Very slow to search. The decision on which message base format to use is yours. But for a system with only a few message areas we would suggest you use Hudson. A larger system should probably consider using JAM or Squish, as they allow a lot more messages to be stored. Now we move onto the actual message area configuration: Press ENTER when the selection bar is on the 'Msg Areas' option in the main menu bar. You will then be presented with a window which has the following options: ALT-A : Add a new message area. This will add an empty entry which you can then edit. ALT-D : Mark a message area as deleted. To actually remove the area from the message database you will have to ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 99 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── use the F5 key to remove the entry totally. F5 : Purge (remove from the database) all deleted areas. Until you press F5, and area marked as deleted can still be undeleted by pressing ALT-D again. Once purged, the areas CANNOT be undeleted. F8 : Change settings globally. Handy for changing the same option in lots of different areas. This option is explained in detail later in this section. ESC : Return to the previous menu. You can also use SHIFT in combination with the cursor keys to move an entry to a different position in the list. Press SHIFT when the area you want to move is under the highlight bar, and then move it using the cursor keys to the position you want. Editing a message area is done by pressing ENTER when the area you want to edit is highlighted.You will then be presented with another window that will allow you to edit all the settings for that area. The 'Total' number displayed in the upper part of the window shows you the number of areas that have been defined. When ENTER is pressed, another window appears with the following options: Option : Name Description : The name of the message area as it will be displayed to your users by Concord. Example : Local messages Option : Active? Description : Tells Concord wether this area is active or not. If it is inactive, Concord will not show it to your users. When it is inactive, this will be displayed in the list window with a flag (tick symbol) in front of the area. Choices : Yes/No Option : Short name Description : The name used by the offline mail system for this msg area. This name is only used in the QWK/BlueWave/Omen mail system. The 'Name' entered earlier will be used in the BBS system itself. Example : Local ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 100 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Group Description : A three character word describing the group to which this message area belongs. Concord allows you to have different groups which can be used by some menu commands. Groups are a very flexible way of setting up your message and file areas, as they allow the users very quick and easy access to the areas they want. They can quickly select a 'Group' of areas rather than having to pick each area separately. Message groups/File Groups/Door groups can all be linked together to give a very powerful and flexible system.This feature is covered in some detail later in this manual. Here are some examples of group descriptions: LOC General Local Mail FID Fidonet echo areas INT International areas You are free to choose your own group names, these are only given as examples. Example : LOC Option : Format Description : The type of message base used by Concord for this area. Concord allows you to use multiple message bases at the same time. See the beginning of this section for a description of the various message base formats supported by Concord and their advantages/disadvantages. Choices : JAM/.MSG/Squish/Hudson Option : Path name Description : The full path to the directory where the message base files are stored. This line can have various entries depending on which message base format you are using. For example: JAM message base: You will have to specify the full path AND filename of the message area files to use, WITHOUT a file extension. ie: C:\CONCORD\MSGS\GENERAL ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 101 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── The 'GENERAL' in this example is NOT a directory name, but is the name of the files used to store the messages for this particular message area.JAM uses four files for each area.Concord will create these four files in the C:\CONCORD\MSGS directory. Because there are four files used for this type of area, you should NOT add any file extension, Concord will handle that itself. .MSG message base: You should only specify the directory for this type of message base. Every message will be stored in a separate *.MSG file. You will need to use a separate directory for EVERY message area you define, as the messages are all numbered the same for EVERY area. ie. C:\CONCORD\LOCAL\ Squish message base: As with the JAM message base format, you will have to enter the full path AND filename to use for this area. Concord will create the necessary files in the directory you specify. ie. C:\CONCORD\SQUISH\GENERAL The 'GENERAL' in this example is NOT a directory name, but is the name of the files used to store the messages for this particular message area. Squish uses multiple files to store each area. Concord will create these files in the C:\CONCORD\SQUISH directory. Because there are multiple files used for this type of area, you should NOT add any file extension, Concord will handle that itself. Hudson message base: Here you should enter the directory where the message base files for this area will be stored. Every message area should have the same path, unless you are using multiple Hudson message bases. ie: C:\CONCORD\HUDSON\ ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 102 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── In this case, Concord will store the Hudson message base files in the C:\CONCORD\HUDSON\ directory. If you use multiple Hudson message bases you can define a different directory for each message base. Remember,it is NOT possible to store more that ONE Hudson msg base in the same directory. Example : C:\CONCORD\MSGS\ Option : Password Description : If you enter a password here, Concord will ask the user to enter the password before allowing them access to the area. If they get the password wrong Concord will NOT allow access. Example : ******** Option : Open from Description : The starting time in 24 hour format, that the message area will be available to your users. This time is security level independent. Example : 13:45 Option : Open to Description : The time in 24 hour format, after which the area will no longer be available to your users. When used in combination with the 'Open from' option, it allows you to close an area off between certain times. Example : 23:30 Option : Area type Description : There are three types of areas available: Local mail: These are messages that will not leave your system. They are generally areas for your own users only, and are not designed to be sent to any other system. The recipient of the message is normally a user on your system, and Concord can be set to check that the user exists in your userbase and warn if the user is not found. Messages can be either Private or Public. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 103 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Echomail: These messages are exported to other BBS systems. The recipient can be anyone, they do not have to be a user on your system. Echomail can be spread all over the country, or even the world. Concord will add an origin line to the message and your echomail address. Echomail is NEVER private.It is designed to be spread around and read by everyone. Netmail: These are messages that are destined for a particular user on another BBS system. These are almost always private messages. Concord will ask for the address to send the message to if you enter a Netmail message. You will need to have a nodelist and a node number for this option to be functional. Please remember,that although netmail is private and cannot be read by any normal users on any system, it CAN be read by the Sysops of any system it passes through. Choices : Local/Echo/Net Option : Msg kinds Description : There are four types of messages available within Concord: Private messages: These can only be read by the sender and receiver of the message. Please note that anyone with Sysop access level can also read private messages even if they are not addressed to them. Please make this clear to your users. This type of message is normally only used in Netmail areas. Public messages: These can be read by everyone, even if they aren't addressed to them. This type of message is normally used in Echomail areas. Both: Allows the use of both private and public messages in one message area. Concord will ask the sender wether the message should be private or public. This is normally used in local message areas, unless you want all messages to be private. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 104 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ReadOnly: This type of message area will only allow users to read the messages, it will NOT allow them to write or reply to any messages.Useful for an area used for system news etc. Anyone with Sysop access can write in these areas. Choices : Private/Public/Both/ReadOnly Option : Reply status Description : If a user replies to a message, this option allows you to define what format the reply should be in. There are four options available: Normal: This means that the message you entered will be sent in the same area as the original message you are replying to. Used for local and echomail areas. Netmail: This means that the message you entered as a reply will be sent as a Netmail. Concord will get the address to send the message to from the origin line of the message Used in echomail areas. Both: Concord will ask how you want to reply, by echomail or by netmail. None: This stops any replies from being entered. Use this option in combination with the 'ReadOnly' area type to make an area read only. Choices : Both/Netmail/Normal/None ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 105 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Alias/Name Description : This option allows you to specify which name will be used when writing a message. There are four possible choices. Real name: The message will use the senders Real name as defined in Concords userbase. Ask alias: Concord will ask the user for an alias to use as the name of the message sender. Please note that this can be anything the user wants. This doesn't have to be the alias specified in Concords userbase. Also note that Concord will not check for messages received at the system with the alias, as no list is kept of the aliases used. Concord only checks for the name and alias defined in the userbase. Both: Concord will ask if the users alias should be used. If the user answers 'No', Concord will use the users real name. Please note that the alias (if used) is the one defined in the userbase, NOT the alias as described in the 'Ask alias' option. Aliases: When this option is used, the alias defined in the Concord userbase will be used as the name of the sender. Please note the difference between this option and the 'Ask alias' option. Choices : Real name/Ask alias/Both/Aliases Option : Use AKA Description : When entering this field, another window appears with the defined AKA's. Press ENTER and then choose the one you want using the cursor keys and press ENTER to select. This option is only available when the area type is echomail or netmail. Example : 2:256/651 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 106 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Origin line Description : All echomail messages have an origin line, which is used to tell the receiving systems where the message was originally posted. If you leave this option blank, Concord will use the default origin line defined in the general configuration menu. If you want to use something different to the default you can enter it here. This option only applies to echomail type areas. With other area types this option is ignored. Example : InfoSoft BBS, Cleveland, UK. +44-1642-764245 Option : Allow delete Description : Should Concord allow users to delete messages in this area? Users can only delete messages either addressed to them or sent by them. Anyone with Sysop access can delete ANY message, even if it was not written by them or addressed to them. Choices : Yes/No Option : Echo area tag Description : The echo area tag. This is used in Squish message bases, and is not required for the other formats. Example : ECHOTAG Option : Move replies to Description : If a none zero value is entered in this option, Concord will put all replies in the message area defined here. A value of 0 means Concord will place the reply in the same area the original message was posted in. Example : 284 Option : Allow tag lines Description : The offline message readers allow the addition of a tag line (Remark/comment) at the end of messages. This is not allowed in all echo areas, so use this option if you do NOT want tag lines on messages entered in this area. If this option is set to 'No', Concord will remove any tag lines as it imports the message into the message base. Please check the rules for the particular echo before allowing tag lines. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 107 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Allow ctrl chars Description : Control characters are characters which have a special meaning to Concord. When you use these characters in a message,Concord will translate them into other info. (See the section on control codes for more info) You will not always want to use these characters in all messages, because they can be confusing to other users who read the messages. Choices : Yes/No Option : Force mail check Description : Some of your users may not have an area selected for mail check, even though you might want them to check that area. With this option you can Force Concord to ALWAYS check that area for new mail. The user CANNOT deselect the area when this option is set to Yes. Choices : Yes/No Option : Sub-directory Description : This option tells Concord if this area is a normal area, or pointing to another group of areas. Normal areas will have this option set to No. A full explanation of the Sub-directory concept is given in the next section of this manual. Choices : Yes/No Option : Curr subdir num Description : This option tells Concord to which group of areas this area belongs. All areas which use the same number belong together. You can choose any number you want, but KISS (Keep It Simple Stupid!) is a good idea. Every group should have at least one normal area and one area pointing to the main list. Example : 10 Option : Where to jump Description : This option tells Concord which area it should jump to. This is used in areas that are not real areas, but point to another group of areas. A full explanation of the Sub-directory concept is given in the next section of this manual. Example : ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 108 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Ask receipt Description : Ask if the user wants to have a return receipt for the message. If the system that the message is sent to is setup correctly, it should automatically honor this request and return a message to the user letting him know that his message was received. Choices : Yes/No Option : Use char table Description : Which character table should Concord use for this msg area? 0 = use default char table. Press F10 or ENTER to select the character table from a pick list of those defined on your system. Example : 0 Option : Hudson board Description : The number of the board in the Hudson message base that corresponds to this message area. Since all Hudson messages are stored in one main file, they have to be given a unique number for each message area. Hudson allows message areas in the range of 1 to 200. Example : 23 Option : Read msgs security Description : The security level, flag settings, Age, and BPS rate needed for the user to read messages in this area. All the options are described below. Option : Write msgs security Description : The security level, flag settings, age, and BPS rate needed for the user to write messages in this area. All the options are described below. Option : Sysop security Description : The security level, flag settings, age and BPS rate needed for Sysop access to this message area. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 109 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Now we'll describe the various security options in more detail: Option : Security level Description: The security level needed to access this message area to Read/Write, or have Sysop access (see options above).If the users security level is lower than this value,they will not be able to read/write or have Sysop privelidges (See above options to determine wether this affects read, write, or Sysop functions or a combination of these). Example : 10 Option : Flags Description: Flag settings are a very powerful facility that can dramatically increase the flexibility of your system. If the flag settings of the user do not match those specified here, he will not be able to access the msg area.Wether this is a restriction on read, write, or Sysop functions is determined by the 'Read msgs security','Write msgs security', and 'Sysop security' menus setup earlier. The flags can have three possible settings, they are: Yes : The user must have this flag turned ON to have access.Indicated by an 'X' in the flag window. No : This user must have this flag turned OFF to have access.Indicated by an 'O' in the flag window. : Blank entry. It doesn't matter what the users flag setting is for this entry. Indicated by a '-' in the flag window. Choices : Yes/No/Blank (Blank = don't care) Option : Age Description: The minimum age required to gain access to this function for the message area (read/write/sysop). A 0 value means 'don't care'. Example : 21 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 110 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Bps rate Description: The connection speed needed to gain access to this function for the message area concerned. This is a MINIMUM value, so any speed HIGHER than or equal to that specified will have access, those that are lower will NOT have access. Example : 14400 That completes the various security level functions. We will now resume with the options on the 'Setup > Msg Area' menu. Option : No kludges visible Description : If this option is set, users cannot see the message kludge lines even if they have 'Show kludges' enabled in their user record. Choices : Yes/No Option : Force combined Description : This option allows you to force an area into the users combined list. If this option is set to Yes, ALL users will have this area forced on them, they will not be able to deselect it. Choices : Yes/No Option : In all groups Description : Should Concord display this area in ALL groups? If this option is set to 'Yes', Concord will show this area to the user in ALL groups. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 111 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > Msg Areas > F8 Global Changes ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ We will now explain the basics of the Global changes menu, which is accessed by pressing F8 when in the message area list window. This function will allow you to easily change any settings in your message areas,on a global basis. Global can either mean ALL message areas, or a selected group (or groups). After pressing F8, you will be presented with a window that asks which groups you want to apply the changes to. Type in the group name (or names) of the areas you want to alter, then press ENTER. You now have a window with a scrolling list and you can enter any changes you want made into it. Any field that you skip (ie don't enter anything) will be ignored by Concord, and the original settings will be left unaltered. You can globally change any of the following settings: Password Open from Open to Read sec Write sec Sysop sec Name Short name Path name Type Kinds Reply status Use alias Char table Group AKA Origin line Sub dir number Jump dir number Active Force mailchk Force combined (custom) All of these options work in the same way as was explained in the 'Msg Areas' section earlier. Simply enter the data you want to change and Concord will apply your changes to ALL groups you have selected, making it extremely easy to make large changes to your message areas. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 112 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Before applying these changes, Concord will ask if you want to proceed. Press Y to process the changes or N to abort without altering anything. The 'Custom' option is not really usable at the moment, and is mainly intended as a development tool for Pasi's use.However, we'll quickly describe it here. If you want any further information on it, please contact Pasi Talliniemi. The 'Custom' option expects four parameters to be entered, they are: Start, Format, Work, NewValue "Start" is the starting position of the field to edit in the area record. For example, the message area name starts at byte 89 in the record. "Format" describes the edit field type. Possible values are: 0=string, 1=longint (32 bit), 2=word (16 bit), 3=byte (8 bit), 4=bit. For example, the message area name is of type string. "Work" is only useful with strings and bits. It describes the maximum length of the string, or which bit (range 0-15) should be modified. For example, the maximum message area name length is 60. "NewValue" is the new value for the edit field. For example, the new message area name could be "New Message Area". So, in our example, the command line would be: 89,0,60,New Message Area ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 113 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > File Areas ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Now we move onto the file area configuration: Press ENTER when the selection bar is on the 'File Areas' option in the main menu bar. You will then be presented with a window which has the following options: ALT-A : Add a new file area. This will add an empty entry which you can then edit. ALT-D : Mark a file area as deleted. To actually remove the area from the file database you will have to use the F5 key to remove the entry totally. F5 : Purge (remove from the database) all deleted areas. Until you press F5, an area marked as deleted can still be undeleted by pressing ALT-D again. Once purged, the areas CANNOT be undeleted. F8 : Change settings globally. Handy for changing the same option in lots of different areas. This option is explained in detail later in this section. ESC : Return to the previous menu. You can also use SHIFT in combination with the cursor keys to move an entry to a different position in the list. Press SHIFT when the area you want to move is under the highlight bar, and then move it using the cursor keys to the position you want. Editing a file area is done by pressing ENTER when the area you want to edit is highlighted.You will then be presented with another window that will allow you to edit all the settings for that area. The 'Total' number displayed in the upper part of the window shows you the number of areas that have been defined. When ENTER is pressed, another window appears with the following options: Option : Name Description : The name of the file area as it is displayed by Concord to your users. Example : Concord Utilities Option : Active? Description : Tells Concord wether this area is active or not. When inactive, this area will not be used by Concord. If the area is inactive, this is shown in the list window as a flag (tick symbol) in front of the file area. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 114 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Group Description : The group this file area belongs to. This can be any three character (or less) combination. This allows you to group certain file areas together. You do not have to enter a group, you can leave it blank if you wish, but groups are a very flexible way of setting up your file areas. Example : DOS Option : Download path Description : The directory where the files are stored for this area. Concord will look in this directory to find the files. Example : C:\CONCORD\FILES\ Option : Upload area Description : The area NUMBER where uploaded files should be placed by Concord when a user uploads. If this is set to a value of 0, Concord will use the Download path as the upload directory. Please note that CD-ROM drives CANNOT be uploaded to as they are read only media. Ensure you point CD-ROM areas to a valid directory on your hard drive for uploads. Example : 3 Option : Password Description : This option allows you to password protect an area. If a user attempts to access this area,Concord will ask them to enter the password defined here before allowing them to enter the area. Example : ******** Option : Open from Description : The time in 24 hour format from which time the area is available to your users. Example : 13:45 Option : Open to Description : The time in 24 hour format that the area is available to. When used with the previous option, this allows you to close certain areas at certain times. Example : 23:50 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 115 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Curr subdir num Description : This tells Concord to which group the current area belongs. For normal areas this should be set to 0. See the section on 'Menu Layout' for a detailed description of the operation of sub-directories. Example : 10 Option : Where to jump Description : This tells Concord which group of areas it should jump to. Example : 3 Option : Offline area Description : This is a useful option for systems that change CD-ROM disks often. It allows you to mark an area as 'Offline' if the relevant CD-ROM is not in the drive. Concord will display the files normally, but the filesize will be replaced by OFFLINE to show that the files are not currently available. Choices : Yes/No Option : New files check Description : Should Concord check this area when a user opts to do a new files check. Concord will only scan the areas that are set to Yes for new files.This allows you to mark CD-ROM areas so that they are not checked, after all there will never be any new files on a CD-ROM. Choices : Yes/No Option : In all groups Description : Should Concord display this area in ALL groups? If this option is set to 'Yes', Concord will show this area to the user in ALL groups. Choices : Yes/No Option : Duplicate check Description : Should Concord check this area for duplicates if a user uploads? Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 116 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Virus check Description : Should Concord check uploads for viruses? Please note that this option will only work if you have defined a virus scanner for Concord to use earlier in the 'Setup > General' menu. If enabled, Concord will automatically run the virus scanner on any new uploads. Choices : Yes/No Option : CD-ROM area Description : This specifies that the area is stored on a CD-ROM. If it is a CD-ROM area, a separate FILES.BBS list will have to be specified as CD-ROM's are read only media. Choices : Yes/No Option : Copy to temp Description : This option is only used for CD-Rom areas. If it is set to 'Yes', Concord will copy any files for download to a temporary directory on your harddrive before commencing the download so that the CD-Rom drive is free for other users to access. Choices : Yes/No Option : Sub-directory Description : This option tells Concord that this area is only a pointer to another group of file areas. See the section on 'Menu Layout' later in this manual for full examples of how to use sub-directories. For normal areas this will be set to No. Choices : Yes/No Option : Filebase/FILES.BBS Description : Should Concord use it's built in filebase to store details of the files available for download, or should it use the older style FILES.BBS files. The filebase is faster and stores more information, but some older utilities still require a FILES.BBS file to operate. Choices : Filebase/FILES.BBS ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 117 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Basename Description : The name of the file Concord should use to store the data for this file area. This should be a valid DOS filename WITHOUT an extension. Concord will add the required file extension automatically. Example : AREA0001 Option : FILES.BBS Description : The full path and filename of the FILES.BBS to use for this file area. Example : C:\CONCORD\FILES\FILES.BBS Option : Download files security Description : Press RETURN to pop up another window that will allow you to edit the security level, flags, age, and Bps rate needed by the user to download files from this area. Each one of these options is described below. Option : Upload files security Description : Press RETURN to pop up another window that will allow you to edit the security level, flags, age, and Bps rate needed by the user to upload to this area. Each one of these options is described below. Option : List files security Description : Press RETURN to pop up another window that will allow you to edit the security level, flags, age, and Bps rate needed by the user to list files in this area. Each one of these options is described below. Now we'll describe the various security options in more detail: Option : Security level Description: The security level needed to access this file area to Download/Upload, or List files (see options above). If the users security level is lower than this value,they will not be able to Download/Upload or List files. (See above options to determine wether this affects Download, Upload, or List functions or a combination of these). Example : 10 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 118 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Flags Description: Flag settings are a very powerful facility that can dramatically increase the flexibility of your system. If the flag settings of the user do not match those specified here, he will not be able to access the file area. Wether this is a restriction on Download, Upload,or List functions is determined by the 'Download security', 'Upload security', and 'List security' menus setup earlier. The flags can have three possible settings,they are: Yes : The user must have this flag turned ON to have access.Indicated by an 'X' in the flag window. No : This user must have this flag turned OFF to have access.Indicated by an 'O' in the flag window. : Blank entry. It doesn't matter what the users flag setting is for this entry. Indicated by a '-' in the flag window. Choices : Yes/No/Blank (Blank = don't care) Option : Age Description: The minimum age required to gain access to this function for the file area (Download/Upload/List). A 0 value means 'don't care'. Example : 21 Option : Bps rate Description: The connection speed needed to gain access to this function for the file area concerned. This is a MINIMUM value,so any speed HIGHER than or equal to that specified will have access, those that are lower will NOT have access. Example : 14400 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 119 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > File Areas > F8 Global Changes ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ We will now explain the basics of the Global changes menu, which is accessed by pressing F8 when in the file area list window. This function will allow you to easily change any settings in your file areas, on a global basis. Global can either mean ALL file areas, or a selected group (or groups). After pressing F8, you will be presented with a window that asks which groups you want to apply the changes to. Type in the group name (or names) of the areas you want to alter, then press ENTER. You now have a window with a scrolling list and you can enter any changes you want made into it. Any field that you skip (ie don't enter anything) will be ignored by Concord, and the original settings will be left unaltered. You can globally change any of the following settings: Name Password Open from Open to Download sec Upload sec List sec Download path Upload area Group Base name FILES.BBS path Sub dir number Jump dir number Active New file check Dupe check Virus check CD-ROM area Jump area link Force FILES.BBS (custom) All of these options work in the same way as was explained in the 'File Areas' section earlier. Simply enter the data you want to change and Concord will apply your changes to ALL groups you have selected, making it extremely easy to make large changes to your file areas. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 120 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Before applying these changes, Concord will ask if you want to proceed. Press Y to process the changes or N to abort without altering anything. The 'Custom' option is not really usable at the moment, and is mainly intended as a development tool for Pasi's use.However, we'll quickly describe it here. If you want any further information on it, please contact Pasi Talliniemi. The 'Custom' option expects four parameters to be entered,they are: Start, Format, Work, NewValue "Start" is the starting position of the field to edit in the area record. For example, the message area name starts at byte 89 in the record. "Format" describes the edit field type. Possible values are: 0=string, 1=longint (32 bit), 2=word (16 bit), 3=byte (8 bit), 4=bit. For example, the message area name is of type string. "Work" is only useful with strings and bits. It describes the maximum length of the string, or which bit (range 0-15) should be modified. For example, the maximum message area name length is 60. "NewValue" is the new value for the edit field. For example, the new message area name could be "New Message Area". So, in our example, the command line would be: 89,0,60,New Message Area ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 121 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > Doors ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Now we move onto the Doors configuration: Doors are external programs that can be run by your users online. Things such as online games, Call back verifiers, etc etc. Press ENTER when the selection bar is on the 'Doors' option in the main menu bar. You will then be presented with a window which has the following options: ALT-A : Add a new Door. This will add an empty entry which you can then edit. ALT-D : Mark a Door as deleted. To actually remove the Door from the door database you will have to use the F5 key to remove the entry totally. F5 : Purge (remove from the database) all deleted areas. Until you press F5, and area marked as deleted can still be undeleted by pressing ALT-D again. Once purged, the areas CANNOT be undeleted. F8 : Change settings globally. Handy for changing the same option in lots of different Doors. This option is explained in detail later in this section. ESC : Return to the previous menu. You can also use SHIFT in combination with the cursor keys to move an entry to a different position in the list. Press SHIFT when the area you want to move is under the highlight bar, and then move it using the cursor keys to the position you want. Editing a Door is done by pressing ENTER when the area you want to edit is highlighted. You will then be presented with another window that will allow you to edit all the settings for that Door. The 'Total' number displayed in the upper part of the window shows you the number of Doors that have been defined. When ENTER is pressed, another window appears with the following options: Option : Name Description : The name of the Door as displayed to the user by Concord. Example : Mortal Combat ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 122 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Active? Description : Is this Door active or not? When inactive,this Door will not be used by Concord. If the Door is inactive,this is shown in the list window by a flag (tick symbol) in front of the Door. Choices : Yes/No Option : Group Description : The group this door belongs to. This can be any three character (or less) combination. This option allows you to group certain doors together. You can leave this option blank if you don't want to use groups. Example : GAM Option : Command line Description : This is the hard bit again... Here you specify the full command line Concord should use to run this Door. Please note that some doors require a batchfile to run rather than a single command line. Enter the command line, or the path and name of the batchfile here. You can use the following options: *B Translated by Concord into the users BPS rate. *C Translated by Concord into the current COMSPEC settings. That is the full path and filename of your command processor. *D1- Tells Concord NOT to create a DORINFOx.DEF drop file which is used by some doors. *D2- Tells Concord NOT to create a DOOR.SYS drop file which is used by some doors. *D3- Tells Concord NOT to create a EXITINFO.BBS drop file which is used by some doors. *E- Tells Concord NOT to create a EXITINFO.DAT drop file used by some doors. This file contains more info than the standard EXITINFO.BBS file , but is not in common usage yet. *F Translated by Concord into the users first name. *G Translated by Concord into the users color mode. *H OS/2 comport handle *J Translated by Concord into the users screen length. *L Translated by Concord into the users last name. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 123 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── *N Translated by Concord into the current node. *O Wait for OS/2 task *P Translated by Concord into the current COM port. *R Translated by Concord into the users record number in the user list. *S Tells Concord to attempt swap itself out of memory to leave more free memory for the program you are calling. You must tell the system how much memory you want to allocate by using the following format: *S:<minimum_memory_in_kb> ie. *S:384 *T Translated by Concord into the users time left in minutes. *W Wait when exiting *Z1 No time checking *Z2 No clear screen The *S option takes an additional parameter which defines the amount of memory to swap. With *S0 Concord will never swap to disk or EMS before running a program. With *S<amount> Concord will always attempt to swap to disk or EMS before running an external program. Example : C:\CONCORD\DOORS\MORTAL.EXE Option : Password Description : The password that Concord will ask the user to enter before allowing them to access this Door. When no password is entered, the user will not be asked for one. Example : ******** Option : Open from Description : The starting time in 24 hour format from which this Door is available to users. Example : 13:45 Option : Open to Description : The closing time in 24 hour format for this Door. When used with the Starting time, this option allows you to have Doors offline at certain times. Example : 23:50 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 124 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Sub-directory Description : This option tells Concord wether this is a pointer to to another group of Doors. See the section later in this manual on 'Menu Layout'for more information on Sub-directories and their usage. Choices : Yes/No Option : Curr subdir num Description : This option tells Concord which sub-directory group this Door belongs to. See the section later in this manual on 'Menu Layout' for more information. Example : 3 Option : Where to jump Description : This option tells Concord to which sub-directory group it should jump when this Door is selected.See the section later in this manual on 'Menu Layout' for more information. Example : 2 Option : In all groups Description : Should Concord display this Door in ALL groups? If this option is set to 'Yes', Concord will show this Door to the user in ALL groups. Choices : Yes/No Option : Run door security Description : Press RETURN to pop up another window that will allow you to edit the security level, flags, age, and Bps rate needed by the user to access the Door. Each one of these options is described below. Now we'll describe the various security options in more detail: Option : Security level Description: The security level needed to access this Door. If the users security level is lower than this value, they will not be able to access this Door. Example : 10 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 125 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Flags Description: Flag settings are a very powerful facility that can dramatically increase the flexibility of your system. If the flag settings of the user do not match those specified here, he will not be able to access the Door. The flags can have three possible settings,they are: Yes : The user must have this flag turned ON to have access. Indicated by an 'X'in the flag window. No : This user must have this flag turned OFF to have access.Indicated by an 'O' in the flag window. : Blank entry. It doesn't matter what the users flag setting is for this entry. Indicated by a '-' in the flag window. Choices : Yes/No/Blank (Blank = don't care) Option : Age Description: The minimum age required to gain access to this Door. A 0 value means 'don't care'. Example : 21 Option : Bps rate Description: The connection speed needed to gain access to this Door. This is a MINIMUM value, so any speed HIGHER than or equal to that specified will have access, those that are lower will NOT have access. Example : 14400 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 126 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > Doors > F8 Global Changes ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ We will now explain the basics of the Global changes menu, which is accessed by pressing F8 when in the Door list window. This function will allow you to easily change any settings in your Door areas, on a global basis. Global can either mean ALL Doors, or a selected group (or groups). After pressing F8, you will be presented with a window that asks which groups you want to apply the changes to. Type in the group name (or names) of the areas you want to alter, then press ENTER. You now have a window with a scrolling list and you can enter any changes you want made into it. Any field that you skip (ie don't enter anything) will be ignored by Concord, and the original settings will be left unaltered. You can globally change any of the following settings: Password Open from Open to Run door sec (manual edit) All of these options work in the same way as was explained in the 'Door Areas' section earlier. Simply enter the data you want to change and Concord will apply your changes to ALL groups you have selected, making it extremely easy to make large changes to your Door areas. Before applying these changes, Concord will ask if you want to proceed. Press Y to process the changes or N to abort without altering anything. The 'Custom' option is not really usable at the moment, and is mainly intended as a development tool for Pasi's use. However,we'll quickly describe it here. If you want any further information on it, please contact Pasi Talliniemi. The 'Custom' option expects four parameters to be entered,they are: Start, Format, Work, NewValue "Start" is the starting position of the field to edit in the area record. For example, the message area name starts at byte 89 in the record. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 127 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── "Format" describes the edit field type. Possible values are: 0=string, 1=longint (32 bit), 2=word (16 bit), 3=byte (8 bit), 4=bit. For example, the message area name is of type string. "Work" is only useful with strings and bits. It describes the maximum length of the string, or which bit (range 0-15) should be modified. For example, the maximum message area name length is 60. "NewValue" is the new value for the edit field. For example, the new message area name could be "New Message Area". So, in our example, the command line would be: 89,0,60,New Message Area ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > Lng Files ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Concord is designed to be as flexible as possible, and for this reason you can change almost every part of the program. This also includes the language files. Concord comes with a ready made language file in the distribution archive, so you do NOT have to understand (or even read) this chapter if you don't wish to. But it is included for information in case you want to customize your system in the future. This chapter will discuss every line in the DEFAULT.LNG language file. In some lines, macros are used, which are automatically replaced by Concord with information about the system. It also contains formatting macros which are described towards the end of this chapter, so that Concord knows exactly how to display the line on screen to the users. Anything beginning with a '^' and ending with a ';' is generally a formatting macro, and anything beginning and ending with a '@'is an information macro. Both of these are used extensively in the language file. The following keys are used in the language file editor: SPACE Used for showing how the highlighted line will actually look when displayed to the user in the BBS. F1 Help screen ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 128 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── F8 Msg read options F9 File list options F10 Displays information from the *.INF file belonging to the currently selected language. This shows the following: Description Menu path Text path Script path Top menu Selection key CTRL-D Enters the default line into the language file. This saves you having to type it all in if you just want to use the normal default entry. A..Z Searches for a keyword or phrase in the language file. PLEASE NOTE: Because of the length of some of the lines in the language file, they might not fit on the lines of these documents. So the following format has been used for lines which are too long: Line 001 : This is an example of a line which -> will not fit on one line in these -> documents. The -> should NOT be typed when you enter the line in the language file. It is only there to make it clear that the line continues, and the following line(s) should ALL be put on ONE line when you are editing the actual language file. Also note that if there is a space between the last character and the -> symbol then the space SHOULD be entered into the language file BEFORE adding the text that follows. All of the @MACROS@ are described in detail in a separate chapter later in this manual. Please refer to it if you need to know about any of the available @MACROS@. Now we will go through each line in the DEFAULT.LNG file and describe in detail what each one does: Line 001 : ^C15,0;Please identify yourself, stranger.^M;^C14,1;-> ^L35,CAPITFIRST;^M;^M; Description: The line shown to users when Concord asks them to enter their name at logon. The colour is set to 15,0 which is white on black, and the line 'Please identify yourself, stranger.' is displayed. Then there is a linefeed, and the colour is changed to yellow on blue. In this colour, Concord displays an input field on the screen with a length of 35 characters. When the user ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 129 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── types his/her name, Concord capitalizes the first letter of each word. When the user has entered their name and pressed RETURN, the last two line feeds are entered. These were after the ^L character, so Concord doesn't add them until the user has entered their name and pressed return. All the various control codes ^M, ^C, ^L etc. are explained at the end of this section. Line 002 : ^C13,0;Let me see. At least you seem to be in our fi-> les.^M;So you're @NAME@ from @CITY@, right? (~1Y/~2n-> ) ^W;^M;^M; Description: The line shown to the user by Concord after they have entered their name, to verify that they are from the city stored in the userfile. There may be someone else with the same name,so Concord uses this as a method of checking.The color is set to magenta on black, and the text is displayed on two lines, because of the ^M linefeed control macro in the textline. The two macros @NAME@ and @CITY@ are replaced by Concord with the users name and city from the user files. See the chapter on Macros later in this document for a full list of all macros available. At the end of the line a '(Y/n)' is displayed (without the ') and Concord waits for the user to enter either Y or N. In this case, the first option is hardcoded into Concord as being the 'Yes' input, and the second as being the 'No' input. The capital letter (Y in this case) is the default value, so if the user simply presses RETURN, Concord uses the default Y, or whatever you make it in your default language. The ^W tells Concord to Wait for the selection, otherwise it would just continue with the rest of the line without waiting for the user input. After the user has selected either Y or N,Concord adds two line feeds. Line 003 : ^C15,0;Show me your pass, and I might let you go.^M;-> ^C14,1;^L15,HIDDEN;^M;^M; Description: The line shown to the user when Concord asks for their password. The ^L15,HIDDEN; is responsible for hiding what the user types. It will replace anything typed by the user with the '*' character, just incase anyone is watching at the users terminal.This allows the user to keep his/her password secret. Line 004 : ^C13,0;Very well. Have a nice day.^M; Description: The line shown to the user when they have entered their password correctly. After displaying this line, Concord allows them to continue onto the BBS. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 130 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 005 : ^C13,0;Almost, but not quite. You know, I - as the r-> epresentative of the military^M;police - could put y-> ou in front of the execution squad because of this.^-> M;But today feels like my lucky day, so I give you a-> nother try. Don't blew it...^M;^M; Description: This line is shown to the user if they get their password wrong.It is a good example of how you can get Concord to display text that would be too long to fit on one line. This is entered into the language file as ONE line,but when Concord comes to display it the line will be split into several lines on the users display. This is because of the use of the ^M code, remember, ^M is the linefeed character, so everywhere that a ^M appears will cause Concord to start a new line before displaying the rest of the text. Line 006 : ^C13,0;Hahahaha. GUARDS! Take this man to the hot sp-> ot and show him what a nice^M;fellows we are. Hahaha-> ha. Any last wish? (~1Y/~2n) ^W;^M; Description: This line is shown to the user if they exceed the permitted number of password attempts. The user will then be logged off automatically by Concord. Line 007 : ^C13,0;Pardon me... You said your name was @NAME@, r-> ight? (~1Y/~2n) ^W;^M;Yeah, I knew it!^M;^M; Description: Shown to the user if the name they entered was not found in the userlist.Concord will display the line up to the (Y/n) prompt, and will then wait for the users input. When the user answers Y to the question,Concord will display the rest of the line. If they enter N, Concord will return them to the enter name prompt. The Y and N are hard coded into Concord for this option. Line 008 : ^C15,0;^M;^M;Checking for new mail... (Press Ctrl-C -> to abort or Ctrl-N to jump to next area)^M; Description: This line is shown to the user when Concord is scanning for new mail. The ^E1; means clear the screen. The Ctrl-C and Ctrl-N combinations are hard coded into Concord. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 131 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 009 : ^C11,0;@MAREA_GROUP@.03 @MAREA_NAME@^E3;^X-80;^C14,0; Description: This line is used by Concord to show the mail areas it is scanning for new mail. The colour is changed to light Cyan on black, and then the Message area Group name and Area name, as defined in the message area section of the configuration program, is displayed for every selected area. The ^E3; clears the line to the end. Then the ^X-80; code moves the cursor back to the beginning of the line by moving the cursor back 80 positions, the colour is changed again (to yellow on black) and if there is another area to scan, Concord restarts atthe beginning of the line.The @MAREA_GROUP@ and @MAREA_NAME@ macros are replaced by Concord with the group name and area name. The .03 after each of the @MAREA_GROUP@ macro tells Concord to pad the group to three characters. If the group is blank,or contains less than 3 characters, Concord will pad it out to a length three characters using spaces. This stops your screen output from becoming messy. If you don't want the lines to be overwritten, you should take out the ^X-80; control code. This will then place each area on a separate line, because the cursor is not moved back. If there is mail, Concord will jump to language file line 010. When done, Concord will continue with line 009 if there are more areas to scan. If not, Concord will jump to language file line 012. If there is no mail found after all areas have been scanned, Concord will display language file line 011. Line 010 : ^C14,0;@MSG_RCVD@:01 @MSG_FROM@.25 @MSG_SUBJ@.40 @MS-> G_DATE@^M; Description: The line used by Concord to inform the user that a new message was found. It tells the user that the message is marked as received, the senders name, the message subject, and the message date. The ^C14,0 code changes the colours to yellow on black. The :01 after the @MSG_RCVD@ macro tells Concord to only use ONE character position, even though the fully translated macro would be longer than 1 character. The .25 after the @MSG_FROM@ macro tells Concord to pad the macro to 25 spaces if it is shorter than 25 characters, so obviously the .40 after the @MSG_SUBJ@ macro pads it out to 40 spaces. If these two macros are longer than the values given (25 and 40 in this example), Concord will truncate the output to 25 and 40 characters respectively. The ^M; code tells Concord to add a linefeed at the end of the text, thereby moving the cursor to the next line. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 132 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 011 : ^C12,0;^M;Sorry, no new mail found. Press Enter to c-> ontinue.^A;^M; Description: Shown to the user when no personal new mail is found after doing a mailscan.The ^C12,0; macro tells Concord to change the colours to Light red on black. The ^A; code tells Concord to wait for the user to press ENTER, after which it will add a linefeed (the ^M; code). Line 012 : ^C15,0;^M;Do you want to read your mail now? (~1Y/~2-> n) ^W;^M; Description: The line shown to the user when Concord has found new mail. The colour is changed to white on black, the cursor moves to the next line (^M; code), displays the line of text, and then waits for the user to select Y or N as input.The ^W; code is the code telling Concord to wait for the user to press ENTER before continuing. If the user selects Y, Concord will display the messages to him, if he/she selects N, Concord will continue with the logon sequence. The 'Y' and 'N' characters can be replaced by the chars used in your own language. Line 013 : Yeah! Description: The textline meaning 'Yes'. This is displayed by Concord every time the user answers a Y/n question with a positive answer. Line 014 : Nah... Description: The textline meaning 'No'. This is displayed by Concord every time the user answers a Y/n question with a negative answer. Line 015 : Male Description: The textline used to define the word used by Concord for a male person. Line 016 : Female Description: The textline used to define the word used by Concord for a female person. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 133 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 017 : ^C15,0;No messages found. Press ENTER to continue.^A-> ;^M; Description: The textline used when a user selected to read or scan messages, and no messages were found in the current area. The ^C15,0; code changes the text colours to white on black ^A; waits for the user to press ENTER, and ^M; adds a linefeed. Line 018 : ^X-79;^C14,1;@FAREA_NUM@:05 @FAREA_GROUP@.03 @FARE-> A_NAME@^E3;^C15,0; Description: This line is shown to the user when they do a new files scan, or searches for files, or for file descriptions. Concord replaces the three macros with the file area number the file area group, and the file area name. Line 019 : ^X-79;^C15,0;^E3; Description: This clears the current line. The ^X-79; code moves the cursor to the beginning of the line, ^C15,0; sets the colours to white on black, and ^E3; clears the line. This is used when scanning for new messages when a line needs to be cleared for example. Line 020 : ^C15,0;^M;No files found.^E3;^M; Description: This line is shown to the user when there are no files found in the files list, or in the new files list, or when searching for files or key words. Line 021 : ^C12,0;Viewing file @FILE_NAME_EXT@ dated on @FILE_D-> ATE_SMALL@^M; Description: Shown when viewing a file as the top line. It tells you which file you are viewing, and the file date.This can be either a text file or an archived file. Line 022 : ^C14,0;@VIEW_FILENAME@.12 ^C7,0;@VIEW_COMPMETHOD@.15-> ^C11,0;@VIEW_ORIGSIZE@:07 ^C9,0;@VIEW_COMPSIZE@:07 -> ^C10,0;@VIEW_FILEDATE@^M; Description: This line is used when Concord displays information about the file you are viewing, when the file you want to view is an archived file.Concord uses this line for every file included in the archive. It shows the filename, compression method, original filesize before compression, size of the compressed file, and the date of the file inside the archive. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 134 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 023 : ^C7,0;%1 ^C15,0;%2 ^C14,0;%3^M; Description: This is the list format when viewing files in binary mode. %1 is the file position, %2 is the HEX listing, and %3 is the ASCII listing. Line 024 : ^C15,0;Search files by keyword (/ALL=all areas, /COM-> B=comb. areas, none=curr. area) :^M;^C14,1;^L79;^C15-> ,0;^M; Description: This is a help line which is displayed to users when they are using the keyword file search option. Line 025 : ^C15,0;Search files by filemask (/ALL=all areas, /CO-> MB=comb. areas, none=curr. area) :^M;^C14,1;^L79;^C1-> 5,0;^M; Description: This is a help line which is displayed to users when they are using the filemask file search option. Line 026 : ^C15,0;Date format: @CURRDATEFMT@^M;^M;^C14,0;Search-> all files from combined file areas which are newer -> than date : ^C14,1;^L8;^C15,0;^M; Description: This line is used when a new files scan is about to be performed and the user has to enter the date from which the file scan is to start. Line 027 : ^C12,1; The given search string was not found in the-> list. ^C14,1;Press Enter to continue.^E3;^A;^C15,0; Description: This line is displayed to the user when a search was done in the files or messages area select screens, and the string entered was not found. Line 028 : 01,Y,Y,N;^C14,0;@FAREA_NUM@:05@FAREA_COMB@:01 @FAREA-> _GROUP@.03 @FAREA_NAME@.25 ^M; Description: This line is replaced by Concord with the file names in the in the file area select screen. The first four characters have the following meaning: 1st : Number of columns in the area list. 2nd : Force draw of all lines in the list. This can be Y(es) or N(o). 3rd : Jump directly to the wanted position.This can be Y(es) or N(o). 4th : Line can be cleared with a clear to end of line command (ClrEol). This can be Y(es) or N(o). ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 135 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 029 : 20,37,014,112,01;@FAREA_NUM@:05@FAREA_COMB@:01 @FARE-> A_GROUP@.03 @FAREA_NAME@.25 Description: This line is used to display the current file area in the file area selection list.The first four characters have the following meaning: 1st : Cursor <x> position 2nd : Cursor length 3rd : Cursor off colour 4th : Cursor on colour 5th : Number of lines taken to display this prompt. When displaying the area list, line 028 is used to display all areas that are available to the user (cursor off), and line 029 is used to display the area that is currently selected by showing an inverse line (Cursor on). Line 030 : 013,032,081,063,067,084 Description: These are the key scan codes generated by the key presses for the various functions in the file area selection screen.If you want to use different keys for the options this is where you should change them. A list of the more common key scan codes is given at the end of this section. Below is a list of what each one does,in the same order that they appear in the default language file. 1st (013) : This is the key code for the RETURN key. It is used to select the area. 2nd (032) : This is the key code for the SPACE key. It executes the question for searching for a string. 3rd (081) : This is the key code for the Q key. This Quits the area selection and returns you to the area you were in when you selected the file area selection option. 4th (063) : This is the key code for the ? key. It brings up the help screen. The helpfile is called SELFAREA.ANS and should be in your textfile directory. 5th (067) : This is the key code for the C key. It is used to select a Combined area. Combined areas are marked with an asterisk behind the file area number. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 136 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── You can switch combined areas on or off in the file area configuration menu of CSETUP. 6th (084) : This is the key code for the T key. It is used to define the character for setting more than one combined area at the same time. This command will display the question 'Set combined areas :'. Line 031 : 04;^C13,1; Enter search string : ^E3;^L20; Description: The question shown to the user when they want to search for a string in the file area select screen. Line 032 : 04;^C13,1; Enter area number : ^E3;^L5,KEEP; Description: The line shown to the user when they enter a number of an area to jump to in the file area select screen. Line 033 : ^G20,1;^C15,1; NUM GROUP NAME ^-> C15,0;^M;^M; Description: This is the white text on blue background bar which is displayed on the top of the file area selection screen. Line 034 : ^C15,0;^E3;^M;^C15,1; ENTER/num: Select area, SPACE:-> Find, C: Combined or Q: Cancel.^E3; Description: The line shown at the bottom of the file area selection screen, telling them which options are available. Line 035 : ^C13,0;^E3;^M; Enter new area number (? = list) : ^E-> 3;^L5; Description: Fast mode for selecting the area number to jump to, or shown when FILEAREA.ANS is found and displayed. Line 036 : 02,Y,Y,Y;^C14,0;@MAREA_NUM@:05@MAREA_COMB@:01@MAREA_-> SCAN@:01@MAREA_PKT@:01@MAREA_GROUP@.03 @MAREA_NAME@.-> 25^M; Description: This line is replaced by Concord with the message area names in the message area select screen. Similar in operation to the file areas in language file line 028. The first four characters have the following meanings: 1st : Number of columns in the area list. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 137 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── 2nd : Force draw of all lines in the list. This can be Y(es) or N(o). 3rd : Jump directly to the wanted position.This can be Y(es) or N(o). 4th : Line can be cleared with a clear to end of line command (ClrEol). This can be Y(es) or N(o). Line 037 : 01,37,014,112,01;@MAREA_NUM@:05@MAREA_COMB@:01@MAREA-> _SCAN@:01@MAREA_PKT@:01@MAREA_GROUP@.03 @MAREA_NAME@-> .25 Description: This line is the inverse line displayed in the message area selection screen. The first four characters have the following meaning: 1st : Cursor <x> position 2nd : Cursor length 3rd : Cursor off colour 4th : Cursor on colour 5th : Number of lines taken to display this prompt. Line 038 : 013,032,081,063,067,077,084,080 Description: These are the key scan codes generated by the key pressed on the keyboard for the various options in the message area selection screen. If you want to use different keys for the options, this is where you change them. A list of the most common key codes are given later in this manual. The following lists the keys in the order they are in. The default is in brackets: 1st (013) : The key code for the RETURN key. This key is used to select the area. 2nd (032) : The key code for the SPACE key. This key is used to execute the question for searching for a string. 3rd (081) : The key code for the Q key. This key Quits the area selection and returns you to the area you were in when you selected the message area selection option. 4th (063) : The key code for the ? key. This brings up the help screen. The help file is called SELMAREA.ANS and should be in your textfile directory. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 138 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── 5th (067) : The key code for the C key. This is used to add a Combined area. Combined areas are marked with an asterisk after the message area number. You can switch combined areas on or off in the message area configuration menu in CSETUP. 6th (077) : The key scan code for the M key. This is used to Mark areas for mailscan. This is shown in the area selection list as an asterisk in front of the group. In mail area selection lists there are two possible asterisks visible, one for the combined setting, and one for the mailscan. 7th (084) : The key scan code for the T key. This is the character Concord will use to allow users to set more than one area at a time.It will display the question 'Set combined areas :'. Some of these keys are NOT displayed by default, on the line at the bottom of the screen. See language file line 042. Line 039 : 04;^C13,1; Enter search string : ^E3;^L20; Description: The line shown to the user when they want to enter a search string in the message area select screen. Line 040 : 04;^C13,1; Enter area number : ^E3;^L5,KEEP; Description: The line shown to the user when they enter a number of an area to jump to in the message area select screen. Line 041 : ^G1,1;^C15,1; NUM GROUP NAME ^C-> 15,0;^C15,1; NUM GROUP NAME^E3;^C15,0;^M;^E3;^M; Description: This is the white text and blue bar on top of the message area selection screen. Line 042 : ^C15,0;^E3;^M;^C15,1; Enter=Select, Space=Find, C,P,-> M: Combined, Q=Cancel. ^]@LIST_MOREUP@=1;[PGUP]^@LIS-> T_MOREUP@=0; ^]@LIST_MOREDOWN@=1;[PGDN]^]1;^E3; Description: The line shown at the bottom of the message area selection screen, telling the user which options are available. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 139 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 043 : ^C13,0;^E3;^M; Enter new area number (? = list) : ^E-> 3;^L5; Description: The message area selection prompt used for selecting a message area when MSGAREA.ANS is found, or when selecting an area in 'fast' mode. Line 044 : ^C14,0;Press ^C15,1; ENTER ^C14,0; to continue.^E3;^-> A;^X-40;^E3; Description: Displayed to the user when they have to press ENTER. Line 045 : ^C15,0;Which file(s) to view (wildcards allowed) : ^-> C14,1;^L15;^C15,0;^M; Description: Shown when the user has selected the view file menu option, and Concord wants to know which file(s) to view. Line 046 : ^C15,0;^E1; Description: This is the file list header. It is always displayed before listing files. By default it only clears the screen. Line 047 : ^C14,1; (D)own (U)p (S)top (A)gain (Space)=Flag (V)i-> ew (H)elp ^]@FLIST_MOREDOWN@=0;[END OF FILELI-> ST]^]1;^E3;^X-65; Description: This line is displayed at the bottom of the screen while doing a file listing. The keys themselves are defined in language file line 048. Line 048 : 068,085,083,067,065,336,328,032,070,086,069,060,062,-> 339,072,078 Description: These are the key codes for the various functions in the file listing screen. If you want to use different keys for these options,this is where you should change them.The following is a listing of the keys in order.. The default is given in brackets: 1st (068) : The key code for the D key. The key means Down, and is used to display the next screen in the file listing. 2nd (085) : The key code for the U key. The key means Up, and is used to display the previous screen in the file listing. 3rd (083) : The key code for the S key. The key means Stop, and will abort the listing ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 140 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── and return you to the menu you came from. 4th (067) : The key code for the C key. This key means Continuous, and will list all files in the filelist without stopping. 5th (065) : The key code for the A key. This key means Again, and will cause Concord to display the current page of the file listing again. 6th (336) : The key code for the Page Down (PgDn) key. This key means Down, and is used to display the next screen in the file listing. 7th (328) : The key code for the Page Up (PgUp) key. This key means Up, and is used to display the previous screen in the file listing. 8th (032) : The key code for the SPACE key. This acts as the file tagging key. The ninth entry can also be used to define a second key for file tagging. 9th (070) : The key code for the F key. As with the eighth number, this is used as the file tagging key. 10th (086) : The key code for the V key. This is used as the key to View a file while in the file list. 11th (069) : The key code for the E key. This is used to define the key used for Editing a highlighted files description. 12th (060) : The key code for the < key. This defines the key used to jump to the previous page of the file listing if there is one. 13th (062) : The key code for the > key. This defines the key used to jump to the next page of the file listing if there is one. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 141 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── 14th (339) : The key code for the DEL key. This defines the key used to delete a file from the list. This option is only available to users with Sysop access level. 15th (072) : The key code for the H key. This is used to call up the help screen. 16th (078) : The key code for the N key. This is used to jump to the Next page in the file list if there is one. Please note that some of these keys are not mentioned in the line displayed to the users (Line 047), though they are all active even though they aren't listed. If you wish, you can edit that line to incorporate everything you want, as long as you stay within 80 characters. Line 049 : ^C12,0;Not enough download limit (@LIMIT_LEFT@k & @F-> ILES_LEFT@ files) left^M;to download all flagged fil-> es.^M;^C15,0;Press Enter.^A;^M; Description: Textline that is shown to the user when they don't have enough time or Kb limit left to download all the files they have tagged. Line 050 : ^C12,0;Not enough ratio to download all flagged file-> s. You should upload first.^M;^C15,0;Press Enter.^A;-> ^M; Description: Shown to the user when they don't have enough file ratio remaining to download all the tagged files. Line 051 : ^C14,1;@FAREA_NUM@:05 @FAREA_GROUP@.03 @FAREA_NAME-> @^E3;^C14,0;^M; Description: The blue bar with white text that shows the area number, group, and name when searching for files. Line 052 : ^C15,0;More? (~1Yes/~2No/~3Cont/~4Back~6/~5Line) ^W;-> ^X-40;^E3;^CN,N; Description: The line displayed by Concord when a user is viewing a file or text and Concord has reached the end of the file and wants to know what to do next. The responses are hard coded into Concord. However, the key that follows the code is the character that needs to be pressed to activate the option.Pressing N in the above ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 142 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── example will result in a No option in Concord.Here are the defaults: ~1 : Means Yes (Y in the example above) ~2 : Means No (N in the example above) ~3 : Means Continuous. ~4 : Means previous page. ~5 : Means Show next line. ~6 : Is not used. Line 053 : 02,Y,Y,Y;^C14,0;@DOOR_NUM@:05 @DOOR_GROUP@.03 @DOO-> R_NAME@.25 ^M; Description: This line displays the available Doors in the Door selection screen. The first four characters mean: 1st : Number of columns in the area list. 2nd : Force draw of all lines in the list. This can be Y(es) or N(o). 3rd : Jump directly to the wanted position. This can be Y(es) or N(o). 4th : Line can be cleared with a clear to end of line command (ClrEol). This can be Y(es) or N(o). Line 054 : 01,37,014,112,01;@DOOR_NUM@:05 @DOOR_GROUP@.03 @DO-> OR_NAME@.25 Description: This is the inverse line displayed in the Door selection screen. The first four numbers mean: 1st : Cursor <x> position 2nd : Cursor length 3rd : Cursor off colour 4th : Cursor on color 5th : Number of lines taken to display this prompt. Line 055 : 013,032,081,063,067 Description: These are the key codes used for the various functions in the Door selection screen. If you want to use different keys, this is where you should change them. A list of key codes is given later in this manual. The following is a list of them in order, the default is given in brackets: 1st (013) : The key code for the RETURN key. This key selects a door. 2nd (032) : The key code for the SPACE key.This is ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 143 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── used to display the question for a search string. 3rd (081) : The key code for the Q key. This Quits the Door selection menu and returns you to the menu you were in previously. 4th (063) : The key code for the ? key. This is usedto call the help file SELDAREA.ANS which should be in your text file directory. 5th (067) : The key code for the C key. This is used to mark a Door as Combined. Combined Doors are marked with an asterisk after the Door number. You can switch combined doors on or off in the Doors configuration of CSETUP Line 056 : 04;^C13,1; Enter search string : ^E3;^L20; Description: The line shown to the user when they want to search for a string in the door select screen. Line 057 : 04;^C13,1; Enter door number : ^E3;^L5,KEEP; Description: The line shown to the user when they enter a number of a Door to jump to in the door select screen. Line 058 : ^G1,1;^C15,1; NUM GROUP NAME ^C-> 15,0;^C15,1; NUM GROUP NAME^E3;^C15,0;^M;^E3;^M; Description: This is the white text and blue bar displayed on top of the door selection screen. Line 059 : ^C15,0;^E3;^M;^C15,1; ENTER/num: Select door, SPACE:-> Find or Q: Cancel.^E3; Description: The line shown at the bottom of the door selection screen. Telling the user what options are available. Line 060 : ^C13,0;^E3;^M; Enter new door number (? = list) : ^E-> 3;^L5; Description: The prompt displayed by Concord when the user selects a door in 'fast' mode, or when the file DOORAREA.ANS is found. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 144 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 061 : ^C15,0; Enter files to flag : ^C14,1;^L12;^C15,0;^M; Description: Used by the tag file menu type. This is currently not used by Concord. Line 062 : ^C13,1; Enter files to view : ^E3;^L12;^X-40; Description: Displayed at the bottom of the screen when the user has selected the view file option in the file list. Line 063 : ^C13,1; Enter files to flag : ^E3;^L12;^X-40; Description: Displayed at the bottom of the screen when the user has pressed the key that means tag a file in the file list. This line is not shown when the user presses the spacebar to tag a file. The file that is currently highlighted will be the default choice, and will be shown after the question. Line 064 : ^C14,1; No files found! Press ENTER to continue. ^E3-> ;^A;^X-45; Description: Shown to the user when there was no file found that matched the name given in answer to the questions in line 062 or 063. This is displayed on the bottom line of the file listing. Line 065 : ^C15,0;Enter reason to yell SysOp : ^C14,1;^L40;^C15-> ,0;^M; Description: Shown when Concord asks for the reason for a page request when the user wants to page the Sysop. Line 066 : ^C13,0;Yelling Sysop for ^C15;%1^C13; seconds. Press-> <^C14;~1S^C13;> to abort.^W;^X-60;^E3;^M; Description: The line shown to users while Concord is paging the Sysop. The %1 parameter is replaced by the number of seconds Concord will yell. The ~1 character will abort the yell. Line 067 : ^C15,0;Enter filename to unpack to temp directory : -> ^C14,1;^L12;^C15,0;^M; Description: Displayed when Concord wants to know which file to unpack to the temporary directory. Line 068 : ^C15,0;Which files to unpack? (Wildcards valid, Ente-> r when ready, /? to view)^M;^C14,1;^L79;^C15,0;^M; Description: Concord displays this line when the user selects to unpack some selected file(s) to the temporary directory. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 145 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 069 : ^C15,0;Enter filename to copy to temp directory : ^C-> 14,1;^L12;^C15,0;^M; Description: Displayed when the user wants to copy a file to the temp directory. Line 070 : ^C15,0;Enter filename to pack files in temp director-> y : ^C14,1;^L8;^C15,0;^M; Description: Displayed when Concord needs to know what to call the file that is created when packing the files in the temporary directory. Line 071 : ^C15,0;Which files to pack? (Wildcards valid, Enter -> when ready)^M;^C14,1;^L79;^C15,0;^M; Description: Line shown to the user when Concord asks for the file to be packed inside the new archive in line 070. Line 072 : ^C15,0;Enter filename(s) to erase in temp directory -> : ^C14,1;^L12;^C15,0;^M; Description: Concord displays this line when the user selects to erase files in the temporary directory. Line 073 : ^C15,0;List files in temp directory (Wildcards valid-> ) : ^C14,1;^L12;^C15,0;^M; Description: Shown to the user when they use the list command for the temporary directory. Line 074 : ^C15,0;View file in temp directory : ^C14,1;^L12;^C1-> 5,0;^M; Description: When the user wants to view a file in the temporary directory,this line is displayed by Concord to ask for the filename. Line 075 : ^C15,0;%1.12 ^C14,0;%2:08 ^C12,0;%3 %4^M; Description: This line is used to display the file list in the temporary directory. The %1 is replaced by the filename, the %2 is the filesize, %3 is the filedate, and %4 is the time. Line 076 : ^C13,0;Total of %1 files (%2 bytes). Free disk space-> %5 bytes.^M; Description: The textline shown at the bottom of the temporary directory file list. It shows information about the number of files and diskspace used. %1 is the number of files, %2 is the total size of these files, and %5 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 146 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── is the amount of free diskspace. Line 077 : DIR Description: Used by Concord when listing a DOS directory to indicate that it is a directory listing. Line 078 : Description: The string shown to the user when the Sysop has configured 'No Yell device' in the CSETUP program, so that the user knows that no music is played at the Sysop terminal. By default, this is blank in the default language file. Line 079 : ^M;^C13,0;System Operator is here...^M; Description: The line shown by Concord at the beginning of a chat with the Sysop. Line 080 : ^M;^C13,0;System Operator was here...^M; Description: The line shown by Concord to the user at the end of a chat with the Sysop. Line 081 : ^C12,0;20 seconds until inactivity hangup!^M; Description: Shown to the user 20 seconds before Concord will disconnect the user because of no response from the remote keyboard. You can set this time in the main configuration program CSETUP. Line 082 : ^C12,0;User inactive - so long...^M; Description: Shown to the user at the moment Concord disconnects because of inactivity by the user. Line 083 : ^C12,0;Less than 2 minutes left!^M; Description: Displayed to the user by Concord when they have 2 minutes of time left remaining for the current call. Line 084 : ^C12,0;^M;^M;Time limit exceeded - see you tomorrow!-> ^M; Description: Shown to the user when Concord disconnects because they have no daily time left for the day. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 147 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 085 : ^C15,0;Enter filename(s) to move : ^C14,1;^L12;^C15,-> 0;^M; Description: Shown by Concord when it needs to know which file(s) to move. Line 086 : ^M;^C13,0;Password required (%1) : ^C14,1;^L15,HIDDE-> N;^C15,0;^M; Description: When the user selects an option that is password protected, Concord will display this line asking them to enter the password. The HIDDEN parameter means that Concord will replace any letters typed with an asterisk. The %1 option is replaced by the area name. Line 087 : ^C12,0;Password failure!^M; Description: The line shown to the user when they have entered a wrong password. Line 088 : ^C15,0;Ok.^M; Description: The line shown when the user has entered the required password correctly. Line 089 : 01,Y,Y,Y;^C14,0;@MSG_NUM@:05 @MSG_PRIV@:01 @MSG_FRO-> M@.25 @MSG_TO@.25 @MSG_RCVD@:01 @MSG_DATE@:09^E3;^-> M;^C14,0; @MSG_SUBJ@.52^E3;^M;^E3;^M; Description: This line is used to display the messages in the list messages command. Concord will use this line to display all messages available in the area. The first four characters have the following meaning: 1st : Number of columns in the area list. 2nd : Force draw of all lines in the list. This can be Y(es) or N(o). 3rd : Jump directly to the wanted position.This can be Y(es) or N(o). 4th : Line can be cleared with a clear to end of line command (ClrEol). This can be Y(es) or N(o). Line 090 : 01,79,014,112,03;@MSG_NUM@:05 Description: Used by Concord as the inverse line in the quickscan message selection screen. Similar to language file line 029 for the file area selection. The first four numbers have the following meaning: 1st : Number of columns in the area list. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 148 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── 2nd : Force draw of all lines in the list. This can be Y(es) or N(o). 3rd : Jump directly to the wanted position.This can be Y(es) or N(o). 4th : Line can be cleared with a clear to end of line command (ClrEol). This can be Y(es) or N(o). Line 091 : 013,032,081,063,077 Description: These are the key codes for the various functions on the message list screen. If you want to use different keys, here is where you should change them. A list of the most common key codes are given later in this manual. The ones used in the above example are as follows: 1st (013) : The key code for the RETURN key. This selects the message and Concord then goes into view mode. 2nd (032) : The key code for the SPACE key. This shows the search string question. 3rd (081) : The key code for the Q key. This Quits the message list and returns you to the previous menu. 4th (063) : The key code for the ? key. This brings up the help screen SELMSG.ANS. 5th (077) : The key code for the M key. This key is used to Mark messages which can then be read with the read marked menu option. Line 092 : 04;^C13,1; Enter search string : ^E3;^L20; Description: The question shown to the user when they want to search for a string in the message list screen. Line 093 : 04;^C13,1; Enter msg number to jump : ^E3;^L10,KEEP; Description: The line shown to the user when they enter a message number to jump to in the message list screen. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 149 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 094 : ^G1,1;^C15,1; NUM ₧ FROM TO -> SUBJ RCVD DATE^E3;^C15,0;^-> M;^E3;^M; Description: This is the white text on blue bar displayed at the top of the message list screen. Line 095 : ^C15,0;^E3;^M;^C15,1; Press ENTER to select msg, SPA-> CE to find msg or Q to cancel.^E3; Description: The line shown at the bottom of the messages list screen. Telling the user which options are available. Line 096 : ^X-79;^C14,1;@MAREA_NUM@:05 @MAREA_GROUP@.03 @MARE-> A_NAME@^E3;^C15,0; Description: Used by Concord when scanning areas, for example, when reading messages in combined areas. Line 097 : ^C15,0;File to upload (Enter to stop) : ^C14,1;^L12;-> ^C15,0;^M; Description: The line shown to the user when they have selected the upload command and Concord wants to know which file(s) are going to be uploaded to the system. Line 098 : ^C14,0;Enter descriptions for files to upload^M; Description: Displayed by Concord when it wants to know the file descriptions for the file(s) that are going to be uploaded. Line 099 : ^X-79;^E3;^C12,0;%1.12 ^C14,1;^L60;^C15,0; Description: The line displayed by Concord when asking for a file description when doing an upload. This line is shown below line 098 and is used for every file to be uploaded. It will display the filename and then the field where the user can enter the file description. The %1 is replaced with the filename. Line 100 : ^X-79;^E3; ^C14,1;^L60;^C15,0; Description: Used by Concord as the second and following lines of the file description. This will be used after displaying lines 098 and 099 if necessary. Line 101 : ^C15,0;Next file in transfer queue : ^C12,0;%1^C15,0-> ;.^M; Description: Line informing the user which file is expected by Concord as the next file to be uploaded. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 150 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 102 : Press Ctrl-R to redraw screen, Ctrl-W to clear wind-> ow, Ctrl-Z to end chat. Description: Shown when in the chat window, informing you and the user about the keys available while in chat mode. Please note it starts with a space. Line 103 : ^C15,0;Online message from %1 on node %2 :^M;^C14,0; Description: Line used to inform the user that there is a message from one of the other lines in a multiline setup. The %1 is replaced by the name of the sender, and the %2 is replaced by the node number of the sender. Line 104 : 01,Y,Y,Y;^C14,0;@WHO_NUM@:05 @WHO_NAME@.25 @WHO_CITY-> @.25 @WHO_BPSRATE@:05 @WHO_WHATDONE@^E3;^M; Description: The line used by Concord to display a list of users online on all nodes when the user uses this menu function. It shows the node the user is on, the users name, the users city, the Bps rate,and what he/she has done while online. The first four characters have the following meaning: 1st : Number of columns in the area list. 2nd : Force draw of all lines in the list. This can be Y(es) or N(o). 3rd : Jump directly to the wanted position.This can be Y(es) or N(o). 4th : Line can be cleared with a clear to end of line command (ClrEol). This can be Y(es) or N(o). Line 105 : 01,37,014,112,01;@WHO_NUM@:05 @WHO_NAME@.25 @WHO_CIT-> Y@.25 @WHO_BPSRATE@:05 @WHO_WHATDONE@^E3; Description: The inverse line used by Concord when the user is selecting a node to send a message to. It shows the same information as described in line 104. The first four numbers have the following meaning: 1st : Cursor <x> position 2nd : Cursor length 3rd : Cursor off colour 4th : Cursor on colour 5th : Number of lines taken to display this prompt. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 151 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 106 : 013,032,081,063 Description: The key codes used for the various functions in the online message screen. If you want to use different keys, here is where you should change them. The example above uses the following keys, the default is shown in brackets: 1st (013) : The key code for the RETURN key. This is used to select the node number to which you want to send an online message. 2nd (032) : The key code for the SPACE key. This asks the searching for node question. 3rd (081) : The key code for the Q key. This Quits the node list menu, and returns you to the previous menu. 4th (063) : The key code for the ? key. This key brings up the help screen. Line 107 : 04;^C13,1; Enter search string : ^E3;^L20; Description: The text shown to the user when they want to search for a string in the node list screen. Line 108 : 04;^C13,1; Enter node number : ^E3;^L5,KEEP; Description: The line shown to the user when Concord wants to know which node number to send an online message to. Line 109 : ^G1,1;^C15,1; NODE NAME CITY-> BPS DURWQYN^E3;^C15,0;^M;^E3;^M; Description: The line shown above the list of nodes when the user is viewing the other users online. The DURWQYN stands for the following: D : Download U : Upload R : Read message W : Wrote message Q : Offline mail system Y : Yelled sysop N : New user Concord displays a '-' if the user hasn't accessed one of the options, and an 'X' if the user has accessed an option. A list like this: X-X----,would mean that the user had downloaded files, and read messages. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 152 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 110 : ^C15,0;^E3;^M;^C15,1; Press ENTER or node number to -> send msg, SPACE to find node or Q to cancel.^E3; Description: Line shown at the bottom of the node list screen, informing the user about the options available. Not all options are listed in the default line,though they are still active. See line 106 for a list of active keys. Line 111 : DOWN Description: When Concord displays the status of the other nodes and the node is down, this line is shown. Line 112 : Waiting for call Description: When Concord displays the status of the other nodes and the node is waiting for a call, this line is shown. Line 113 : Doing nothing special Description: When Concord displays the status of the other nodes and the user is doing something not listed in one of the options, this line is shown. Line 114 : Downloading file(s) Description: When Concord displays the status of the other nodes and the user is downloading a file, this line is shown. Line 115 : Uploading file(s) Description: When Concord displays the status of the other nodes and the user is uploading files, this line is shown. Line 116 : Reading message(s) Description: When Concord displays the status of the other nodes and the user is reading messages, this line is shown. Line 117 : Writing message Description: When Concord displays the status of the other nodes and the user is writing a message, this line is shown. Line 118 : Chatting with %1 Description: When Concord displays the status of the other nodes and the user is chatting with someone, this line is shown. The %1 is replaced with the name of the user they are chatting to or Sysop. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 153 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 119 : Using door %1 Description: When Concord displays the status of the other nodes and the user is in a door, this line is shown. The %1 is replaced with the name of the door. Line 120 : Logging in Description: When Concord displays the status of the other nodes and the user is logging in to the system, this line is shown. Line 121 : Using QWK/OMEN offline msg system Description: When Concord displays the status of the other nodes and the user is using the offline mail system, this line is shown. Line 122 : Browsing filelist Description: When Concord displays the status of the other nodes and the user is browsing the file lists, this line is shown. Line 123 : 01,Y,Y,Y;^C14,0;@BBSLIST_NUM@:05 @BBSLIST_NAME@.25 -> @BBSLIST_BPSRATE@:05 @BBSLIST_NUMBER@.15 @BBSLIST_-> OPEN@.11 @BBSLIST_VERIFIED@^E3;^M; Description: The line used by Concord to display the BBS list when a user selects the BBS list option. Line 124 : 01,79,014,112,01;@BBSLIST_NUM@:05 @BBSLIST_NAME@.25 -> @BBSLIST_BPSRATE@:05 @BBSLIST_NUMBER@.15 @BBSLIST-> _OPEN@.11 @BBSLIST_VERIFIED@^E3; Description: The inverse line used by Concord to show the highlighted BBS in the BBS list option. Line 125 : 013,032,081,063 Description: The key codes used by Concord for the various functions in the BBS list screen. If you want to use different keys, this is where you should change them. The following is a list of the keys used in the default language. the default is shown in brackets: 1st (013) : The key code for the RETURN key. This is used to select the BBS you want to see extended information for. 2nd (032) : The key code for the SPACE key. This brings up the search for a BBS option. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 154 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── 3rd (081) : The key code for the Q key. This is used to Quit the BBS list and return to the previous menu. 4th (063) : The key code for the ? key. This brings up the help screen. Line 126 : 04;^C13,1; Enter search string : ^E3;^L20; Description: The question shown to the user when they want to search for a string in the BBS list screen. Line 127 : 04;^C13,1; Enter record number : ^E3;^L5,KEEP; Description: The line shown to the user when Concord wants to know the record number of a BBS they want to see extended BBS info about. Line 128 : ^G1,1;^C15,1; NUM NAME BPS -> PHONENUMBER OPEN VERIFIED^E3;^C15,0;^M-> ;^E3;^M; Description: The line shown above the BBS list, explaining what the various bits of information displayed by Concord are. Line 129 : ^C15,0;^E3;^M;^C15,1; Press ENTER or number to view -> BBS info, SPACE to find BBS or Q to cancel.^E3; Description: The line shown at the bottom of the BBS list, telling the user which options are available. Line 130 : ^C15,0;Menu is open daily from %1 to %2.^M; Description: The text line shown to the user when they try to access a menu that is closed because of the times you have defined. The %1 is replaced by the opening time, and %2 is replaced by the closing time. Line 131 : ^C15,0;You are the first caller today!^M; Description: When a user views the today's callers list and he/she is the first user, this line is displayed. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 155 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 132 : 02;^E1;^C14,1; Node Name City -> Bps LogOn LogOff DURWQYN^E3;^C15,0;^M;^E3;^M; Description: The text line shown above the callers lists. The 02 tells Concord how many lines the header (1 line) and the more prompt (1 line) takes. This line is used for the last callers list, explaining what each field means to the user. The DURWQYN mean the following: D : Download U : Upload R : Read message W : Wrote message Q : Offline mail system Y : Yelled sysop N : New user Concord displays a '-' if the user hasn't accessed one of the options, and an 'X' if the user has accessed an option. A list like this: X-X----,would mean that the user had downloaded files, and read messages. Line 133 : ^C7,0; @LAST_NODE@:04 ^C15,0;@LAST_NAME@.20 ^C14,0;@-> LAST_CITY@.24 ^C13,0;@LAST_BPSRATE@:05 ^C12,0;@LAST_-> LOGONTIME@:05 ^C11,0;@LAST_LOGOFFTIME@:05 ^C10,0;@L-> AST_WHATDONE@^M; Description: Concord will replace the macros in this text line with the information needed to create the last caller and today's callers lists. This is used to show the usernames, when they logged on and off, and what they did. Line 134 : Local Description: The line used by Concord when the baud rate of a caller was 0, or in other words, a local login. Concord will use this line instead of putting 0 in the last caller and today's callers lists underneath the BPS rate. Please note that this line should not have more than 5 characters. Line 135 : ^C15,0;Your time left is reduced due to approaching -> system event (at @NEXT_EVENT@).^M; Description: The line shown to a user at logon when their online time is adjusted by Concord because of an approaching event. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 156 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 136 : ^C15,0;Your calls per day limit has been exceeded. C-> all again tomorrow. Bye...^M; Description: Concord will show this line to users who have exceeded their daily call limit as set in the limits. After displaying this line, Concord will disconnect. Line 137 : ^C15,0;^M;Which message editor do you want to use?^M; Description: The line shown by Concord when a user selects to use a different message editor. Line 138 : ^C14,0;@EDITOR_KEY@^C7; - ^C11;@EDITOR_NAME@^M; Description: Used by Concord in conjunction with language file line 137 to display a list of the available message editors. Line 139 : ^C10,0;^M;@EDITOR_NAME@ selected.^M; Description: Used to inform the user which message editor they have selected. Line 140 : ^C12,0;You no not have write rights to area @MAREA_N-> AME@.^M; Description: Displayed when a user selects to write a message in an area to which they have no write access. Line 141 : ^C12,0;The destination address of the net mail messa-> ge to %1^M;was empty. ^C14;Enter new destination or -> press <Enter> to kill message :^M;^C15,1;^L17;^C14,0-> ;^M; Description: A message was entered in the netmail area, but Concord could not find the destination address in the nodelist. It asks the user for it. The %1 will be replaced with the name of the person the message is addressed to. Line 142 : ^C12,0;^M;Private message was addressed to 'All'. Di-> scarded.^M; Description: This line is shown when the user attempts to enter a private message to 'All'.When mail is addressed to All, it can never be private. This is used by the offline mail system in Concord. Line 143 : ^C12,0;^M;No replies are allowed on area @MAREA_NAME-> @. Discarded.^M; Description: This will be shown to users if they attempt to enter a reply in an area that doesn't allow replies. This is used by the offline mail system in Concord. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 157 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 144 : *; ; Description: The character used by Concord to inform the user that the file is tagged. The character before the first semicolon is the 'ON' character, and the character before the second semicolon is the 'OFF' character. These characters are shown in the file lists. Line 145 : ^C14,0;^E1;^C14,1;Starting to move files...^M; Description: Shown when Concord starts to move files to a directory. Line 146 : ^C15,0;^M;Which packer do you want to use?^M; Description: This line is displayed above the list of archivers available when Concord needs to know which archiver to use. Line 147 : ^C14,0;@PACKER_KEY@^C7; - ^C11;@PACKER_NAME@^M; Description: Concord will use this line as many times as necessary to show a list of all available archivers you have defined in CSETUP. It will display the key the user should press to select an archiver,and the name of the archiver. Line 148 : ^C10,0;^M;@PACKER_EXT@ selected.^M; Description: This line is used to inform the user which archiver they have selected from the list. Line 149 : ^C15,0;Please enter your choice (^C14;%1^C15;): Description: The line shown by Concord when the user needs to select from a list. The %1 is replaced by the default selection key. This is used when selecting an archiver, protocol, message editor, character set etc. Line 150 : ^C15,0;^M;Which transfer protocol do you want to use-> ?^M; Description: The line shown to the user when Concord wants to know which transfer protocol to use.This is displayed above the list of available protocols. Line 151 : ^C14,0;@PROTO_KEY@^C7; - ^C11;@PROTO_NAME@^M; Description: This text line is used to display the transfer protocols available. It is called by Concord as many times as necessary for the number of protocols you have defined. It shows the selection key, and the name of the protocol. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 158 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 152 : ^C10,0;^M;@PROTO_NAME@ selected.^M; Description: The line displayed by Concord to inform the user of the protocol they have selected. Line 153 : ^C15,0;There is @DISKSPACE@ KB free on current disk.^M; Description: Line shown to the user to inform him/her how much free diskspace there is on the harddisk before an upload is done. Line 154 : ^C15,0;^M;Move file %1 from which directory : ^C15,1-> ;^L40;^C14,0;^M; Description: Shown when a local upload is done, to ask from which directory the file should be moved. The %1 is replaced by Concord with the filename. Line 155 : ^C10,0;^M;Press <^C14;~1Enter^C10;> to start transfe-> r, <^C14;~2S^C10;> to abort, <^C14;~3!^C10;> to log -> off after transfer,^M; <^C14;~4P^C10;> to chang-> e transfer protocol.^W;^M; Description: The line shown before a transfer is started informing the user of the available options. Line 156 : ^C15,0;Start your transfer now or press <^C14;Ctrl-X-> ^C15;> over a dozen times to abort.^M;^M; Description: Concord shows this line when the transfer is started, informing the user that the transfer can be aborted by pressing ^X several times. After displaying this line, Concord will call the transfer protocol. Line 157 : ^C12,0;Transfer aborted. Try again? (~1Y/~2n)^W;^M; Description: Concord displays this line when a transfer was aborted, asking if the user wants to try again. Line 158 : ^C13,0;Logoff in ^C15;%1^C13; seconds. Press <^C14;-> ~1!^C13;> to logoff now or <^C14;~2S^C13;> to abort -> logoff.^W;^M;^M; Description: When the user selected to logoff after a file transfer, Concord shows this line to the user.The %1 is replaced by the number of seconds left before Concord disconnects. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 159 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 159 : ^C15,0;^M;Where to copy files in download queue :^M;-> ^C15,1;^L67;^C14,0;^M; Description: If you are logged on locally, Concord will not start a download protocol when you select to download a file, but instead it will ask you where to move the file(s) in the download queue. Line 160 : ^C14,0;Which name to use? ^C15,1;^L35;^C14,0;^M; Description: When the user wants to enter a message in an area that allows the use of an alias, Concord will display this line asking which alias to use. This is NOT the alias defined in the userbase. Line 161 : ^C14,0;Use alias? (~1y/~2N)^W;^M; Description: When a user wants to enter a message in an area that allows the user to use his/her own name or an alias, Concord will use this line. Concord will ask which to use, and if the user selects Y to use alias, Concord will use the alias name defined in the userbase. Line 162 : ^C14,0;Public? (Original message was %1) (~1Y/~2n)^W-> ;^M; Description: Concord will display this line when the user wants to enter a reply in an area that allows both private and public messages. The %1 will be replaced by the status of the original message (public or private). Line 163 : ^C12,0;User not found. ^C15,0;Use "?" or "<searchstr-> ing>? " to scan user names and aliases.^M; Description: When the user enters a message in a local area, and the user name does not exist in the userbase, Concord will show this line informing the user that the person the message is addressed to doesn't exist in the userbase. Line 164 : ^C14,0;^]@MAREA_KINDS@<>1;^M;Enter "All" if message -> is to everyone.^]1;^M;To (?=List) : ^C15,1;^L35;^C14-> ,0;^M; Description: The text line shown to the user when he/she starts to enter a new message and Concord wants to know who the msg is to. Depending on the area type, Concord will either display the whole line or just the last bit. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 160 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 165 : ^C14,0;^M;Subj : ^E3;^C15,1;^L72;^C14,0;^M; Description: Line displayed when Concord asks for the subject line of the message. Line 166 : %1 entered a message addressed to you. Description: Shown when a user on another line entered a message to you in a multiline system. Line 167 : This message is a reply to a message originally post-> ed^M;by @MSG_FROM@ to @MSG_TO@ on @MSG_DATE@ :^M;^M; Description: This line is used when replying to a message as the first line in the message text. It informs the reader where you quoted the text in the message from. Line 168 : ^C7,0;^M;[@TAGFILES_COUNT@ files (@TAGFILES_KB@k, @T-> AGFILES_TIME@ min) already waiting in your download -> queue.]^M;^C15,0;Enter file(s) to download (Enter to-> continue) : ^M;^C15,1;^L79;^C14,0;^M; Description: When a user selects the download command from the menu, this line is displayed. It informs the user of the number of files tagged,the total Kb, and the estimated download time.The user is then given the option to add more files, or to press enter to continue the download. Line 169 : ^C12,0;No files were found to download. Press ENTER -> to continue.^A;^M; Description: The line shown to the user when there are no files tagged for download, or the filename entered could not be found. Shown when they select the download menu option. Line 170 : 06;^C15,0;^E1;^M;Protocol: @PROTO_NAME@^M;Files to -> transfer:^M;^C9,0; Description: The line shown to inform the user that the files are ready to transfer,and the selected protocol to be used for the transfer.The actual filenames are displayed by line 171. Line 171 : %1.13 Description: Concord uses this line to display the files mentioned in line 170. The %1 is replaced by the filename. This line is called as many times as necessary for the number of files tagged. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 161 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 172 : ^C15,0;Total of ^C12,0;%1^C15,0; files consuming ^C1-> 2,0;%2^C15,0; bytes of disk space;^M;Transfer takes -> about ^C12,0;%3^C15,0; minutes.^M;^M; Description: The line used to inform the user of the amount of kilobytes to transfer and the estimated time this will take. This line is shown after line 170 and 171. The %1 is replaced by the number of files,%2 is the amount of kilobytes, and %3 is the estimated time to transfer the files. Line 173 : ^C14,0;^M;Enter msg number to jump to : ^C14,1;^L6;-> ^C14,0;^X-40;^E3; Description: Shown to the user when the jump message command is pressed while reading messages. Concord asks which message number to jump to. Line 174 : ^C12,0;^M;Are you sure to delete this message? (~2y/-> ~1N) ^W;^X-45;^E3; Description: Shown to the user when he/she selects to delete a message from the options while reading messages. Line 175 : ^C14,0;^M;Search for text : ^C14,1;^L40;^C14,0;^X-40-> ;^E3; Description: When a user selects the message search command while reading messages,this line is displayed asking for the text to search for. Line 176 : ^C15,0;Searching for next occurrence... Press Ctrl-C-> to abort.^M; Description: While Concord is searching for the text entered in line 175 this line is displayed. Line 177 : ^C14,0;Press <~1S> to stop, <~2C> to change informat-> ion, <~3R> to remove from list,^M; <~4V> to ver-> ify existence or <~5A> to show again. (S/C/R/V/A)^W;-> ^M; Description: The line shown underneath the extended BBS information in the BBS list. Line 178 : ^C14,0;Are you sure to remove BBS from list? (~1y/~2-> N) ^W;^M; Description: When the Remove option in line 177 is selected, this line is shown to ask if the user is sure they want to remove the BBS from the list. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 162 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 179 : ^C12,0;BBS removed.^P;^M; Description: Used by Concord to confirm that the BBS has been removed. Line 180 : ^C12,0;BBS verified.^P;^M; Description: Used by Concord to confirm that the BBS has been verified by the Sysop. Line 181 : ^C14,0;Which BBS to operate : ^C14,1;^L40;^C15,0;^M; Description: Shown by Concord when it wants to know which BBS you want to add, change, or remove etc. Line 182 : *; ; Description: The character used by Concord to inform the user if the message area is selected as a combined area. The character before the first semicolon is the 'ON' character, and the character before the second semicolon is the 'OFF' character. Line 183 : *; ; Description: The character used by Concord to inform the user if the file area is selected as a combined area. The character before the first semicolon is the 'ON' character, and the character before the second semicolon is the 'OFF' character. Line 184 : *; ; Description: The character used by Concord to inform the user if the area is to be scanned for new mail at logon. The character before the first semicolon is the 'ON' character, and the character before the second semicolon is the 'OFF' character. Line 185 : R; ; Description: The character used by Concord to inform the user if the message has been received.The character before the first semicolon is the 'Received' character, and the character before the second semicolon is the 'Not received' character. Line 186 : ^C14,0;Which offline format do you want to use? (~2Q-> )WK, (~4B)lueWave, (~3O)men, (~1A)SCII?^W;^M; Description: The line used by Concord when asking which offline mail system the user wants to use. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 163 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 187 : ^C11,1;%2:05^X-05; Description: The line used to inform the user of the progress made by the offline mail system when exporting messages. %1 can be used to show the number of messages exported in the current area, and %2 is replaced by the total number of messages exported in all areas so far. Line 188 : ^C12,0;Last read pointer file uploaded. Are you sure-> to update pointers? (~1y/~2N) ^W;^M; Description: When Concord receives an uploaded mail package and there is a file with updated lastread pointers included, Concord will ask for confirmation that the user really does want to update their lastread mail pointers. Line 189 : ^C12,0;Restoring last read pointers! Please stand by-> , this might take a while...^M; Description: When the user gave a positive response to the question in line 188, Concord will display this message informing the user that it is updating their lastread pointers. Line 190 : ^C12,1; Delete file @TRUE_FILE_NAME@ and remove from-> list? (~2y/~1N) ^E3;^W;^X-40; Description: The line shown when you have Sysop access to a file area and you are listing the files, you can press the delete key (Or any other key you have defined) and remove a file from the list. This line is used by Concord to ask if you are sure you want the file to be removed. This option is only available to users with Sysop access. Line 191 : ^C15;Please select your language:^M; Description: The line shown above the available languages when Concord asks the user which language he/she wants to use. Line 192 : ^C14,0;@LNG_KEY@^C11; - @LNG_DESC@^M; Description: Concord will use this line to display all the available languages to the user. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 164 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 193 : ^C15,0;Please enter your choice (^C14;%1^C15;): Description: The line displayed by Concord when the user is asked for the language they wish to use. The %1 is replaced by the default selection key. This is the first language defined in the language control file (LNG.CTL). Line 194 : ^C10,0;^M;Using '@LNG_DESC@'.^M; Description: The text line used to inform the user which language file Concord is going to use. Line 195 : ^C15,0;^M;Which charset do you want to use?^M; Description: When the user has a choice of character sets available, Concord will use this line to ask the user which character set to use. Line 196 : ^C14,0;@CHARSET_KEY@^C7; - ^C11;@CHARSET_NAME@^M; Description: This line is used to list all of the available character sets the user can choose from. Line 197 : ^C10,0;^M;@CHARSET_NAME@ selected.^M; Description: This line informs the user which character set is selected. Line 198 : ^C15,0;^M;Enter your comment to next user (max. 5 li-> nes) :^M;^C14,0;(------------------------------------> -----------------------------------------)^M; Description: The line shown to the user when they are asked to enter a comment to the next user. The line of minus characters is 77 characters long and is displayed above the line where the user can enter his/her comment. Line 199 : ^C15,1;^L79;^C15,0;^M; Description: The text line used by Concord to display the entry field for the comment to be entered by the user. Line 200 : ^M;^C13,0;Save comment? (~1Y/~2n) ^W;^M;^M; Description: The line used to ask the user if they want to save the comment they entered in lines 198 and 199. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 165 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 201 : ^M;^C12,0;Logout comment^M;^M;^C12,0;Date : ^C14,0;@-> CURRDATE@ @CURRTIME@^M;^C12,0;From : ^C14,0;@NAME@ ^-> C12,0;from ^C14,0;@CITY@^M;^C12,0;To : ^C14,0;Next-> user^M;^M;^C11,0; Description: The line used to display a comment to the next caller. It gives information about who wrote it and when. Line 202 : ^M;^C15,0;Press ^C7,0;[^C14,0;ENTER^C7,0;] ^C15,0;to-> continue.^A;^M; Description: This line is displayed after Concord has shown the comment to the next user. All it does is to pause the display until the user presses enter, so that they have time to read the comment. Line 203 : ^M;^M;^C12,0;N O D E S H U T D O W N ! Please ca-> ll back later...^M;^M; Description: When a node is closing down, this line is displayed to the user informing them of that fact. Line 204 : ^C10,0;Checking for new bulletins...^M; Description: The text line shown by Concord when it is scanning for new bulletins. Line 205 : ^C10,0;No bulletins found.^M;^M; Description: The line displayed to users if no new bulletins were found after scanning. Line 206 : ^C10,0;Select bulletin to view (~AS=Stop, %1) [S] : -> ^W;^M;^M; Description: The line used to inform the user about new bulletins that are available.The %1 is replaced by the number of the new bulletin(s). Line 207 : ^C10,0;^E1;List of bulletins :^M; Description: Text line used by Concord to list any new bulletins. This is used in conjunction with line 208. Line 208 : ^C14,0;%1 ^C7,0;- ^C13,0;%2 ^C7,0;- ^C15,0;%4^M; Description: After displaying line 207, Concord uses this line to make a list of all new bulletins.The %1 is replaced by the bulletin number, %2 is replaced by the bulletin name, and %4 is the description. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 166 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 209 : ^C15,0;^X-79;Enter string to search: ^E3;^C14,1;^L40-> ;^C15,0;^X-79;^E3;^CN,N; Description: Line 210 : ^C14,0;Sysop shelled to DOS!^M; Description: This line is used by Concord to inform the user that the Sysop has shelled to DOS (or OS/2). Line 211 : ^C14,0;Sysop came back...^M; Description: The line used to inform the user that the Sysop has returned from a DOS shell. Line 212 : Online message to node #%1 Description: Used by Concord when there is an online message for one of the other nodes in a multiline setup. The %1 is replaced with the node number the message was sent to. Line 213 : ^C14,0;Processing file request "^C15,0;%1^C14,0;"...^M; Description: This line is displayed by Concord when it is processing a file request received through the offline mail system. Line 214 : ^C14,0;Setting message areas... Hold on...^M; Description: Used to inform the user that Concord is processing changes to the message settings for the users message areas. Line 215 : ^C15,0;Message saved : ^M;^C13,0;To: ^C14,0;@MSG_TO@-> ^M;^C13,0;Subj: ^C14,0;@MSG_SUBJ@^M;^C13,0;Area: ^C1-> 4,0;@MAREA_NAME@^M;^C11,0;@MSG_PRIV@^M; Description: This is shown to the user after they have written or replied to a message, to inform them that Concord has saved their message. Line 216 : ^C7,0;This is kinda weird time to call for Sysop. Yo-> u may better chances to reach him^M;during the day l-> ight...^M;Press Enter to continue.^A;^M; Description: Shown to the user when the Sysop is paged outside the paging hours that have been defined. Line 217 : ^C7,0;Sysop may not be currently available. Please t-> ry later again...^M;Press Enter to continue.^A;^M; Description: Text line used to inform the user that the Sysop is not available for a chat. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 167 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 218 : ^C7,0;You have already paged Sysop. Just relax and h-> ave a seat, or perhaps you can^M;come back later...^-> M;Press Enter to continue.^A;^M; Description: Shown to the user when they have exceeded the permitted number of pages to the Sysop, but still insist on trying to page him. Line 219 : ^C14,0;Please send your reply message packet (.REP, -> .NEW, OMEN...) now...^M; Description: The line displayed by Concord when it is ready to receive the new messages and replies in the offline mail system. Line 220 : ^C14,0;Area # Description To-> tal msgs Msgs to you Msgs packed^M;^C7,0;─────────-> ────────────────────────────────────────────────────-> ──────────────────^M; Description: The line used by Concord as a header to inform the user how many messages have been packed. The line is the full width of the screen. Line 221 : ^C15,0;^X-79;@MAREA_NUM@:06 @MAREA_NAME@.33 @MAREA-> _MAX@:10 %1:10 %2:10^E3;^M; Description: The line used by Concord when packing the messages in the offline mail system. It shows the user information about the number of messages in an area, the number of messages to the user, and the number of messages packed. This line is used for every area that is defined for the offline mail system. Line 222 : ^C7,0;──────────────────────────────────────────────-> ─────────────────────────────────^M;^C14,0; T-> otal %1:10 %2:10 %3:10^M;^M; Description: This line is used to show the totals for this session when the offline mail system is used. it is displayed after line 221. Line 223 : ^C15,0;Hold on, packing messages...^M; Description: The text line shown to users when Concord is shelling to the archiver to pack messages selected in the offline mail system. Line 224 : ^C15,0;No messages found to pack.^M; Description: Displayed by Concord when there are no messages found to pack in the offline mail system. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 168 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 225 : ^C14,0;Hold on, exporting BBS list... (Press Ctrl-C -> to abort.)^M; Description: The line shown to the user when Concord is preparing the internal BBS list for the user to download. Line 226 : ^C14,0;Examining BBS list...^M; Description: Shown to the user when Concord is searching the BBS list for a BBS. Line 227 : ^C12,0;BBS not found!^M; Description: Shown when Concord cannot find the BBS specified. Line 228 : ^C12,0;Duplicate BBS name found - you have to give a-> nother BBS name.^M;New name: ^C14,1;^L35;^C15,0;^M;^M; Description: This line is shown if the user enters a BBS in in the BBS list and the name already exists. Concord will ask the user to enter a new BBS name. Line 229 : ^C13,0;BBS named "@BBSLIST_NAME@" has not been verif-> ied since @BBSLIST_VERIFIED@^M;If this BBS is still -> operating, please (V)erify it to keep it in BBS list-> .^M;^C15,0;Press ENTER to see BBS information.^A;^M; Description: Concord has the option to verify BBS's in the BBS list after a certain period of time. When a Sysop calls and his/her BBS has not been verified for the amount of time defined, Concord will ask the above question. Line 230 : 04;^C13,1; Set combined areas : ^E3;^L40; Description: When a user selects the combined area change function in the message area list, Concord will display this line. The 04 tells Concord where to place the cursor in the area list screen. 01 and 02 are the two topmost lines, and 03 and 04 are the two bottom lines. Line 231 : 04;^C13,1; Set combined areas : ^E3;^L40; Description: When a user selects the combined area change function in the file area list, Concord will display this line. The 04 tells Concord where to place the cursor in the area list screen. 01 and 02 are the two topmost lines, and 03 and 04 are the two bottom lines. Line 232 : ^C14,0;Setting areas, hold on...^M; Description: When Concord is changing the combined area settings, this line is displayed to the user. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 169 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 233 : ^C12,0;Max number of messages in one packet exceeded-> . No more added to this packet...^M; Description: This line is used to inform the user that the maximum amount of messages allowed in one offline mail packet has been reached. Concord will stop searching for more mail and start packing the messages. Any remaining messages can be downloaded by selecting the download option again. Line 234 : ^C12,0;Out of disk space. No more messages added to -> this packet...^M; Description: This message is displayed when Concord is exporting messages and it runs out of disk space. Concord will then start to pack the messages. Line 235 : ^M;New files list from %1 to %2 (%3 days). Description: A new files list is included in offline mail packets. At the top of this list, this textline is shown. The %1 is replaced with the date the user used the offline mail system for the last time, %2 is the date the mail packet was created, and %3 is the number of days between them. Don't use colour codes in this line, as this is shown to the user in their offline mail reader and should be plain ascii. Line 236 : ^C14,0;Exporting new files list... (Press Ctrl-C to -> abort.)^M; Description: Displayed to the user when Concord is generating the new files list for the offline mail packet. Line 237 : ^C15,0;Area: @FAREA_NAME@ ... ^E3;^C14,0; Description: The line shown to the user to inform him/her which area Concord is currently scanning for new files for the offline mail packet. Line 238 : @FILE_NAME_EXT@@FILE_SIZE_KB@:04k @FILE_DATE_SMALL@ -> [@FILE_DLCOUNT@:03] Description: This is the line used by Concord as the format of the new files list added to the offline mail packet.Do not use colour codes in this line as it will be read by the user in their offline mail reader, and should be plain ascii. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 170 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 239 : ^C7,0;[Scanning...]^E3;^X-15; Description: Displayed to the user when Concord is scanning for new messages at a mail scan. Line 240 : ^C7,0;[WAIT]^X-10; Description: The text line shown to users when Concord is busy doing something and the user has to wait for a moment. Line 241 : ^C7,0;Press Enter to continue.^M;^A; Description: Line used by Concord when the user has to press enter. Line 242 : ^M;■ Detecting terminal emulation...^M;^M; Description: The textline shown when Concord is detecting the users terminal emulation at login. This line is used just after the connection is established. Line 243 : ^C14,0;^E1;Flagged files list :^M;^M; Description: The header used for the tagged files list. Line 244 : 05,03; ^C15,0;%1:03. ^C13,0;%2:12 ^C11,0;%3:04^C10,0;k Description: The line used by Concord to build the tagged files list. The %1 is replaced by the number of the file, %2 is the filename, and %3 is the size in kilobytes. The 05 tells Concord how many lines the header plus more prompt takes. The first 03 tells Concord how many columns there are in the tagged file list. Line 245 : ^M;^C14,0;Total of ^C15,0;@TAGFILES_COUNT@ ^C14,0;fi-> les (^C15,0;@TAGFILES_KB@^C14,0;k, ^C15,0;@TAGFILES_-> TIME@ ^C14,0;min). DL limit left ^C15,0;@LIMIT_LEFT@-> ^C14,0;k, time left ^C15,0;@TIME_LEFT@ ^C14,0;min.^M-> ;^M; Description: This line is used to show the totals in the tagged file list. Shown when the user selects to edit the tagged list. Line 246 : ^C7,0;(^C14,0;~1S^C7,0;)^C15,0;top, ^C7,0;(^C14,0;~2-> R^C7,0;)^C15,0;emove file(s) from download queue? ^W-> ;^M;^M; Description: Used to inform the user of the available options in the tagged files edit list. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 171 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 247 : ^C14,0;Which files to remove from download queue? Gi-> ve name(s) or number(s)...^M;^C14,1;^L79;^C14,0;^M;^M; Description: When the user decides to remove a file from the tagged file list, Concord will show this line to ask which file should be removed. Line 248 : ^C12,0;@FILE_NAME_EXT@ is duplicate and will be remo-> ved!^M; Description: The textline shown to an uploader when the file they have uploaded already exists on the system. Line 249 : ^C15,0;^M;Checking uploaded file %1 ...^M; Description: The line shown by Concord when the program is checking the uploaded file. The %1 is replaced by the filename. Line 250 : ^C12,0;VIRUS found from uploaded file!!!^M; Description: This line is displayed when the anti virus program (an external program) has returned a wrong errorlevel to Concord and Concord informs the user of a possible virus infection. If you see this with every upload, please check the settings in your virus scanner carefully as there is almost certainly something wrong with the setup or command line. Line 251 : ^C15,0;Tossing message packet to message base...^M; Description: Concord shows this line when it is tossing an uploaded mail packet in the offline mail system. Line 252 : ^C12,0;Duplicate message found from message packet. -> Deleted. Press Enter.^A;^M; Description: When Concord detects a duplicate message in the reply packet, it will display this line and delete the duplicate message. Line 253 : * List of users in chat channel %2 :^M;Node Nick -> Name City Description: The header used for the list of users in multiline chat. 'Nick' is the name the user is using in the multiline chat. The %2 is replaced by the chat channel number. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 172 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 254 : @WHO_NUM@:04 %1.15 @WHO_NAME@.35 @WHO_CITY@ Description: This line is used by Concord to display the information about the multiline chat channels. The %1 option is replaced by the users nick name. Line 255 : * List of chat channels :^M; # Name -> Users Topic Description: The list header for all chat channels that are available. Line 256 : %1:03 %2.30 %3:05 %4.35 Description: The line used by Concord to display the information about the chat channels. The %1 is replaced by the number, %2 by the name, %3 by the number of users, and %4 by the topic. Line 257 : 007,010,013,011,014,031 Description: This defines the colours used in the multiline chat. They have the following meanings: 1st (007) : The text colour in the multinode chat. 2nd (007) : The colour for the lists in multinode chat. 3rd (013) : The colour for private messages. 4th (007) : The colour for /ME messages. 5th (007) : The colour for information strings in the multinode chat. 6th (031) : The edit colour in the multinode chat. You can change these colours if you wish. Line 258 : No users in this channel. Description: Shown to the user when there are no users in the multinode chat channel. Line 259 : #concord Description: The default name given to the first chat channel. This one is defined by the Sysop, other channels can be defined by the users. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 173 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 260 : 01;^C15,0;^E1;Welcome to Concord multinode chat syst-> em.^M;^C14,0;Type /HELP for help screen.^M; Description: The line used to welcome users to the multinode chat. Line 261 : %1 (@NAME@ from @CITY@) joins the channel... Description: Used to inform users that a new user has joined the chat channel. The %1 is replaced by the nickname the user is using in the chat channel. Line 262 : %1 (@NAME@) is now known as %2 Description: When a user changes his/her nickname, this line is used to inform the other chat channel users about the name change. Line 263 : Changing current chat channel to %2 (%3 users), titl-> e: "%4". Description: When changing to a different chat channel, Concord uses this line. The %2 is replaced by the chat channel number, %3 is replaced by the number of users in the channel, and %4 is replaced by the name of the channel. Line 264 : Changing current chat channel title to "%4". Description: The line used to inform users that the name of the chat channel has been changed. The %4 is the new name. Line 265 : %1 (@NAME@ from @CITY@) leaves the channel... Description: The line used to inform other users in the channel that a user has left the chat. The %1 is replaced by the nickname of the user. Line 266 : ^C15,0;Message marked...^P;^M; Description: Displayed when a message is marked in the message list screen. Line 267 : *; ; Description: The character used to inform the user if the mail area is marked as active in the offline mail system. If the area is active, Concord will pack messages from this area into the users offline mail packet when they download a mail packet. The character before the first semicolon is the 'ON' char, and the character before the second semicolon is the 'OFF' character. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 174 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 268 : ^STRASHCAN.ANS; Description: This is displayed to the user if their name is found in the trashcan file of the BBS. The trashcan file is called TRASHCAN.CTL, and is stored in the \CTL directory. In this case, because of the ^S<filename>; code, Concord will display the ANSI file called TRASHCAN.ANS. This file should be in your textfile directory. Line 269 : ^C12,0;Sorry, file ^C15,0;%1 ^C12,0;is not accepted -> due to system policy.^M; Description: This line is displayed when an upload is rejected because it is defined as /UNWANTED in the UPLOAD.CTL file. The %1 is replaced with the file name. Line 270 : ^C15,0;File %1 requires password.^M; Description: The line displayed to the user to inform them that the file they want to download is password protected. The %1 is replaced with the filename. Line 271 : ^C14,0;QWK setup: Adding msg area @MAREA_NAME@ to us-> er combined boards.^M; Description: The textline displayed to the user when they used the ADD option in a QWK mail packet. Line 272 : ^C14,0;QWK setup: Adding msg area @MAREA_NAME@ to us-> er combined boards and^M;setting last read pointers -> to #@LASTREADPTR@ of @MAREA_MAX@ msgs.^M; Description: The line displayed to the user when they have used the ADD option in a QWK mail packet. It informs them that the area has been added to their combined list, and that the lastread message pointers have been adjusted. Line 273 : ^C14,0;QWK setup: Dropping msg area @MAREA_NAME@ fro-> m user combined boards.^M; Description: Line used by Concord when a DROP option is sent in a QWK mail packet. Line 274 : ^C15,0;An aphorism for today :^M;^C14,0; Description: Text line displayed when an aphorism (quote for the day) is shown to a user. This line is shown before the aphorism. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 175 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 275 : ^C15,0;^M;Press ENTER to continue.^A;^M; Description: Line displayed after an aphorism is displayed. Line 276 : ^C13,0;Forwarding message...^M; Description: The line shown when Concord is forwarding a message. Line 277 : * Originally by @MSG_FROM@^M; * Originally to @MSG_-> TO@^M; * Originally dated on @MSG_DATE@^M;^M; Description: The header used for the message that is being forwarded, so other people can see that it is a forwarded message. Line 278 : ^C13,0;Editing message...^M; Description: Line shown to the user when the user selects to edit a message in the mail reading menu. Line 279 : ^C14,0;Do you want to change message area from @MARE-> A_NAME@? (~1Y/~2n) ^W;^M; Description: The line used when Concord asks the user who selected to edit a message if they want to change the area. Line 280 : ^C14,0;Do you want to edit message text? (~1Y/~2n) ^-> W;^M; Description: Textline used when Concord asks the user if they want to edit the text in a message, when selecting the edit text menu option. Line 281 : ^C14,0;^E1;Thanks for using Concord multinode chat.^M; Description: Shown to the user when they leave the multinode chat. Line 282 : ^X-80;^C15,0;/HELP^C14,0;-Help screen ^C15,0;/QUIT^-> C14,0;-Exit chat ^C15,0;/JOIN^C14,0;-Join channel^E-> 3;^M; Description: The information line shown at the bottom of the chat screen, telling the user which commands are available. Line 283 : ^C7,0;<~1C>ontinue or <~2R>eply to message? ^W;^M; Description: The line used by Concord to ask the user if they want to reply to the message that has been sent to the user. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 176 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 284 : ^C14,0;Detected terminal emulation @EMULATION2@ diff-> ers from your old settings. Keep it? (~1Y/~2n) ^W;^M; Description: Displayed by Concord when it detects as a user logs in, and the emulation is different from that stored in the user record in the userbase. Line 285 : ^C14,0;Copying file %1 (size %2) to temp path...^M; Description: Displayed by Concord when copying tagged files to the temporary directory. %1 is replaced by the filename, and %2 is the filesize. Line 286 : ^C14,0;^E1; # Group Name CP -> Total msgs New Personal^M; Description: When Concord displays the message area statistics, this line is used as the header. Line 287 : ^C7,0;@MAREA_NUM@:04 ^C9,0;@MAREA_GROUP@.03 ^C15,0-> ;@MAREA_NAME@.25 ^C10,0;@MAREA_COMB@:01@MAREA_PKT@:0-> 1 ^C11,0;@MAREA_MAX@:10 ^C12,0;@MAREA_NEW@:07 ^C13,0-> ;@MAREA_PERS@:08^M; Description: The macro command line used to display the message area statistics. A full explanation of all macros is given later in this manual. Line 288 : ^C14,0;Total of %1 new messages (of which %2 persona-> l messages).^M;Press Enter to continue.^A;^M; Description: The bottom line of the message area statistics screen, with the totals, and the number of personal messages. The %1 is replaced by the total, and %2 is replaced by the number of personal messages. Line 289 : available Description: Displayed when Concord needs to display the word for 'available'. You can change this to suit your own language. Line 290 : not available Description: Displayed when Concord needs to display the 'not available' prompt.You can change this to suit your own language. Line 291 : ^C15,0;Message unmarked...^P;^M; Description: When a message is unmarked, this line is displayed. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 177 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 292 : 015;^C15,1; %1 Description: This is the full screen chat Sysop line. Where the name of the Sysop (or Co-Sysop) is displayed. The %1 is replaced by the name. Line 293 : 014;^C15,1; @NAME@.35 Time: Mi-> ns: Description: This is the user line in the full screen chat. It gives the user name and the time left online. Line 294 : 60,2,31;72,2,31;018,002,025,023,026,007,001,017 Description: These are the keys available in the full screen chat window. The numbers have the following meanings: 1st (60) : The horizontal position of the chat clock. 2nd (2) : The vertical position of the chat clock. 3rd (31) : The colour of the chat clock. In this case it is white on blue. 4th (72) : The horizontal position of the minutes chatted timer. 5th (2) : The vertical position of the minutes chatted timer. 6th (31) : The colour of the minutes chatted timer. In this case white on blue. 7th (18) : The key scan code for the key that redraws the screen. In this case CTRL-R. 8th (002) : The key scan code for the key that is the backscroll key. In this case the CTRL-B key. 9th (025) : The key scan code for the delete line key. In this case the CTRL-Y key. 10th(023) : The key scan code for the clear window key. In this case the CTRL-W key. 11th(026) : The key scan code for the end chat key. In this case the CTRL-Z key. 12th(007) : The key scan code for the beep key. In this case the CTRL-G key. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 178 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── 13th(001) : The key scan code for the key that allows the Sysop to show a file to the user. This key only works on the Sysop side. In this case it is the CTRL-A key. Line 295 : ^C14,0;^E1;Type /HELP in the beginning of the line t-> o get editor help.^M;^C13,0;# (--------------------> -----------------------------------------------------> --)^M; Description: The top line of the internal line editor in Concord. Line 296 : %1:04 %2 Description: The line used by Concord to display the textline in the internal line editor. Line 297 : ^X-5;^C14,0;~2A^C15;bort ^C14;~1C^C15;ontinue ^C14;~-> 3D^C15;isplay ^C14;~4E^C15;dit ^C14;~5H^C15;elp ^C14-> ;~6I^C15;nsert ^C14;~7K^C15;ill ^C14;~8M^C15;ove ^C1-> 4;~9Q^C15;uote ^C14;~AR^C15;edraw ^C14;~BS^C15;ave ^-> C7;[^C14;C^C7;] : ^W;^M; Description: Displayed in the internal line editor when the / (help) key is pressed at the beginning of a line. Line 298 : ^C11,0;Do you want to abort this message? (~1y/~2N) -> ^W;^M; Description: Displayed in the internal line editor when the abort key is pressed. Line 299 : ^C11,0;Edit line number : ^C14,1;^L4;^C11,0;^M; Description: Displayed in the internal line editor when the edit command is used. Line 300 : ^C11,0;Where to insert line (Empty = End of message)-> : ^C14,1;^L4;^C11,0;^M; Description: Displayed in the internal line editor when the insert command is used. Line 301 : ^C11,0;Which line(s) to kill? (Empty = Nothing)^M; Description: Displayed in the internal line editor when the kill command is used. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 179 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 302 : ^C11,0;Which line(s) to move? (Empty = Nothing)^M; Description: Displayed in the internal line editor when the move command is used. Line 303 : ^C11,0;Which line(s) to quote? (Empty = Nothing, /? -> = View original text)^M; Description: Displayed in the internal line editor when the quote command is used. Line 304 : ^C11,0;From line : ^C14,1;^L4;^C11,0;^M; Description: Displayed in the internal line editor when Concord needs to know from which line to start a specified action. Line 305 : ^C11,0;To line : ^C14,1;^L4;^C11,0;^M; Description: Displayed in the internal line editor when Concord needs to know to which line an action should be performed. Line 306 : ^C11,0;Save message? (~1Y/~2n) ^W;^M; Description: Displayed in the internal line editor when the save command is used. Line 307 : ^C11,0;Where to move lines (Empty = End of message) -> : ^C14,1;^L4;^C11,0;^M; Description: Used in the internal line editor when Concord needs to know where to move the line(s). Line 308 : ^C11,0;Display text from line : ^C14,1;^L4;^C11,0;^M; Description: Displayed in the internal line editor when Concord needs to know which lines to display. Line 309 : 07,219,220;^C14,0;^E1;^C14,1; Concord BBS system use-> rs age statistics histogram^E3;^C14,0;^M;^M;Listing -> %1 users with an average age of %4.04 years.^M;^C15,-> 0;%3^M;^C7,0; Description: The line used by Concord as the header to the age statistics diagram. Line 310 : ^C7,0; │ ^C13,0;%1^M; Description: The line used to display the ages in the age statistics diagram. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 180 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 311 : ^C7,0;──────┴───┬──┬──┬──┬──┬──┬──┬──┬──┬──┬──┬──┬──-> ┬──┬──┬──┬──┬──┬──┬──┬──┬──┬───^M;^C14,0;Age - 07 -> 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34 37 40 43 46 49 52 55 58 6-> 1 64 67 70 +^M;^C15,0;Press ENTER to continue.^A;^M; Description: The line used in the age statistics diagram as the age lines and the bottom line of the screen. Line 312 : ^C12,0;Do you want to pack messages prepared so far?-> (~2Y/~1n) ^W;^M; Description: When scanning for offline mail is aborted by the user, Concord will ask if the already prepared mail should be packed into an archive. Line 313 : %1 Offline message packet (%2 messages)^M; Description: Used in the offline mail packet generation. Line 314 : ^C15,0;Enter filename(s) to erase in local file atta-> ch path : ^C14,1;^L12;^C15,0;^M; Description: Displayed by Concord when the program needs to know which file(s) to erase from the local attach path. Line 315 : ^C15,0;Erase ALL files attached to you? (~1Y/~2n) ^W-> ;^M; Description: Used by Concord when the program needs to know if ALL local attach files to you need to be erased. Line 316 : ^C14,0;Attach file(s) to whom (?=List) : ^C15,1;^L35-> ;^C14,0;^M; Description: Used by Concord when it needs to know who to attach the files to. Line 317 : ^C14,0;Hold on, packing new files list...^M; Description: Line displayed when Concord is packing the new files list. Line 318 : 01,Y,Y,Y;^C14,0;@VOTE_NUM@:05@VOTE_NEW@ @VOTE_QUESTI-> ON@.53 @VOTE_DATE@.08 @VOTE_USERSTATUS@.09^E3;^M; Description: The line used to display the vote questions. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 181 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 319 : 01,79,014,112,01;@VOTE_NUM@:05@VOTE_NEW@ @VOTE_QUEST-> ION@.53 @VOTE_DATE@.08 @VOTE_USERSTATUS@.09^E3; Description: The line used by Concord to display the inverse bar in the vote selection screen. This line is used in combination with line 318. Line 320 : 013,032,081,063 Description: These are the key codes used for the various functions on the vote selection screen. If you want to use different keys this is where you should change them. The following is a list of the keys in order, the default is in brackets: 1st (013) : The key code for the RETURN key. This is the key that selects the question. 2nd (032) : The key code for the SPACE key. This is the key that executes the search for a string. 3rd (081) : The key code for the Q key. This is used to Quit the vote area selection and returns you to the previous menu. 4th (063) : The key code for the ? key. This key brings up the help screen. Line 321 : 04;^C13,1; Enter search string : ^E3;^L20; Description: The line that is displayed when you use the search string option in the vote selection screen. Line 322 : 04;^C13,1; Enter record number : ^E3;^L5,KEEP; Description: The line that is shown when you want to select a vote by entering a number. Line 323 : ^G1,1;^C15,1; NUM VOTE QUESTION -> DATE YOUR VOTE^E3;^C15,0;^M;-> ^E3;^M; Description: The top line of the screen where the votes are displayed. Line 324 : ^C15,0;^E3;^M;^C15,1; Press ENTER or number to vote,-> SPACE to find question or Q to cancel.^E3; Description: The bottom line of the screen where the votes are displayed ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 182 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 325 : *; ; Description: The first character is the character to display that the vote is new. The character before the second semicolon is displayed if the vote is old. Line 326 : Voted Description: This line is displayed when you voted on this question. Line 327 : Not voted Description: This line is displayed when you have not voted on this question. Line 328 : Private Description: This line is displayed when the macro @MSG_PRIV@ is shown in Concord and the message is private. Otherwise line 329 is displayed. Line 329 : Public Description: See line 328. Line 330 : ^C14,0;Listing local attach files :^M; Description: This line is displayed at the top of the list of the local attach files. Line 331 : ^C15,0;^E1;^C15,1; Concord Vote System / Add Questio-> n^E3;^C14,0;^M;^M; Enter question %1 :^M;^M; Description: The line displayed at the top of the screen where you can enter a new vote question. Line 332 : ^C14,1; ^L78;^C14,0;^M; Description: The line used as the entry field when entering a new vote question. Line 333 : ^C14,0;^M; Now give the possible vote selections (em-> pty line to end) :^M;^M; Description: Used when Concord needs to know the answers to the vote question. Line 334 : ^C11,0; %1) ^C14,1;^L60;^C14,0;^M; Description: The line used as the entry field for entering the answers to a vote question. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 183 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 335 : ^C14,0;^M; Do you want to allow users to share point-> s to these selections? (~1y/~2N) ^W;^M; Description: Shown when Concord needs to know if there is more than one possible answer to a vote question. Line 336 : ^C14,0; ... How many points? (1-100) ^C14,1;^L3;^C14-> ,0;^M; Description: Displayed when Concord needs to know how many points can be given in total to all answers for the vote question. Line 337 : ^C14,0; ... To how many selections can user share po-> ints? (Empty = All) ^C14,1;^L2;^C14,0;^M; Description: The question asked by Concord so it will know how many answers can share points. Line 338 : ^C14,0; Can user add more selections? (~1y/~2N) ^W;^M; Description: The question asked by Concord so that it knows wether the user can add more selections to the vote question or not. Line 339 : ^C14,0; Can user change his vote later? (~1y/~2N) ^W-> ;^M; Description: Is the user allowed to change his/her vote at a later date. Line 340 : ^C14,0; Can user look at vote results before voting? -> (~1y/~2N) ^W;^M; Description: Question asked by Concord to determine wether or not the user can view the results before voting. Line 341 : ^C14,0; Do you want to save this vote question? (~1Y-> /~2n) ^W;^M; Description: Should Concord save this question? If the answer is no, Concord will erase it and it will not be used. Line 342 : ^C15,0; Saved.^M; Description: Used to confirm that the vote question has been saved. Line 343 : ^C15,0; Not saved.^M; Description: Used to confirm that the vote question was NOT saved. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 184 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 344 : ^C12,0; Are you sure to abort? (~1y/~2N) ^W;^M; Description: The question asked by Concord for the user to confirm that they want to abort the vote question. Line 345 : 16;^C15,0;^E1;^C15,1; Concord Vote System^E3;^C14,0;-> ^M;^M; Description: The line displayed at the top of the screen where the user can vote on the selected question. Line 346 : ^C14,0; Question @VOTE_NUM@ by @VOTE_ADDEDBY@ on @VO-> TE_DATE@ :^M;^M;^C13,0; @VOTE_QUESTION@^M;^M;^C15,0; -> @VOTE_USERS@ users voted so far.^M;^M; Description: Used to display information about the vote question. Line 347 : ^C14,0; Possible votes are :^M; Description: The line used above the list of possible answers to a vote question. Line 348 : ^C11,0; %1) ^C12,0;%2.60 %3^M; Description: The line used to display all the possible answers to a question. Line 349 : ^C14,0;^M; Your vote : %1^M;^M; Description: The line used when you vote. Line 350 : ^C14,0;^M; You have %1 points left.^M;^M; Description: The line used when voting to display the number of points left remaining. Line 351 : R;D;A;Q;?;^C15,0; Select vote by entering the select-> ion number.^M; Enter (R) to see results before votin-> g, (D) to delete this question,^M; (A) to add -> new selection or (Q) to go back to questions : ^C14,-> 1;^L2;^C14,0;^M;^M; Description: The line used to display a list of actions available in the vote screen. Line 352 : %1:03 points. Description: Used when voting using points to show the number of points given. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 185 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 353 : Selected. Description: The line used in the voting display to display the answer you voted for. Line 354 : ^C12,0; Are you sure to delete this question? (~1y/~-> 2N) ^W;^M; Description: The question asked by Concord to confirm that the user wants to delete a question. Line 355 : ^C15,0; Returning back to vote questions... Do you w-> ish to see vote results? (~1Y/~2n) ^W;^M; Description: The line displayed when the user selected to return to the vote selection menu. Line 356 : ^C15,0; How many points do you want to give for numb-> er %1 (%3 points left) ? ^C14,1;^L3;^C15,0;^M; Description: The line displayed when setting up the number of points for each vote question. The %1 is replaced by the question number, and %2 is replaced by the number of points left. Line 357 : ^C15,0; %1 points given. You have %2 points left.^M; Description: The line used to confirm the number of points allocated in line 356. Line 358 : ^C15,0; Number %1 (%2) selected.^M; Description: Used to confirm which answer was selected. Line 359 : 14;^C15,0;^E1;^C15,1; Concord Vote System / Results^-> E3;^C14,0;^M;^M; Description: The line used as a header above the voting results. Line 360 : ^C13,0; # Vote -> Yours Others^M;^M; Description: The line used as a top line to show what the results are. Line 361 : ^C11,0;%1:02) %2.45 %3.12 %4:06 %5:06%^M; Description: The line used by Concord to list the votes for each question. The %1 is the question number, %2 is the vote, %3 is your answers, and %4 are the other answers. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 186 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 362 : ^C15,0;^M; Total : -> %1:06^M;^M; Press Enter to continue.^A;^M; Description: Line displayed below the vote results giving the total number of votes cast. Line 363 : ^C15,0; Add new vote selection (Enter to discard) : -> ^M;^C14,1;^L60;^C15,0;^M;^M; Description: The line displayed by Concord when the user can add a new vote selection to the current question. Line 364 : ^C14,0;Do you wish to get a receipt when the recipie-> nt gets your message? (~1y/~2N) ^W;^M; Description: The line used by Concord to ask the user if they want to receive a message when sending mail and this mail is received by the addressee. Line 365 : ^C12,0;You cannot share points to any more selection-> s. Press Enter.^A;^M; Description: The line displayed by Concord when you have shared all of your available voting points. Line 366 : ^C12,0;You cannot change your vote for this question-> . Press Enter.^A;^M; Description: The line shown by Concord when the user wants to change their vote, but it is not allowed to be altered. Line 367 : ^C12,0;You cannot preview results before voting. Pre-> ss Enter.^A;^M; Description: Used when the user is not allowed to preview the results before voting. Line 368 : ^C12,0;You cannot delete this question. Press Enter.-> ^A;^M; Description: Used by Concord when a user attempts to delete a question that they did not write. The Sysop can delete ANY question, even if they did not write it. Line 369 : ^C12,0;You cannot add new selections for this questi-> on. Press Enter.^A;^M; Description: The line displayed by Concord when the user tries to add answers to a vote question, but is not allowed to. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 187 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 370 : Description: Blank entry by default. This line is used after the more prompt, and could be used to clear the screen etc. Line 371 : ^C12,0;Do you really want to abort setting areas? (~-> 1Y/~2n) ^W;^M; Description: Displayed by Concord when it asks the user if they really do want to stop setting areas. Line 372 : ^C7,0;^X-80;File @TRUE_FILE_NAME@ found from area @F-> AREA_NAME@.35 Description: Used when a file was found, to display where Concord found it. Line 373 : ^C14,0;Hold on, scanning nodelist...^M; Description: Used to inform the user that Concord is scanning the nodelist. Line 374 : ^C14,0;%1.30 ^C12,0;%3.30 ^C7,0;(^C11,0;%2^C7,0;)^M; Description: Used to display each user name and address that is found in the nodelist when doing a search. %1 is replaced with the Sysop name, %2 is replaced with the net address, %3 is replaced with the BBS name, %4 is replaced with the City name, and %5 is replaced by max BPS rate. Line 375 : ^C12,0;User not found from the nodelist!^M; Description: Used when Concord could not find the user in the nodelist. Line 376 : ^C12,0;Cannot send online message; user has logged o-> ff.^M; Description: Displayed when a user tries to send an online message to another user, but they have logged off the system. Line 377 : Chatting as %2 in node chat channel %1 Description: Displayed in macro @WHO_WHATDOING@ if the user is currently in nodechat. %1 is replaced with the channel number the user is in, and %2 is replaced with the users 'Nickname'. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 188 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 378 : Nick %1 is already in use. Please select another one. Description: Used when the user selects a nickname in multiline chat that is already being used. %1 is replaced with the 'Nick' name the user tried to select. Line 379 : User %1 has already left node chat. Description: Displayed when the user tries to send a /MSG to a user in nodechat,but the user has already logged off. %1 is replaced with the nickname of the user that the message was addressed to. Line 380 : ^C14,0;Download file descriptions? (~1Y/~2n) ^W;^M; Description: Used by Concord to ask if the user wants to download the file descriptions with a file download. If answer=2, file descriptions are not sent. Displayed if "Download file descs" switch is active in both CSetup and user settings. Line 381 : ^C15,0;Collecting descriptions... Hold on.^M; Description: Used to inform the user that Concord is getting the file descriptions to send with the downloaded files. Line 382 : M; ; Description: Tells the user if the current message is marked or not. Displayed as a result of the @MSG_MARKED@ macro. The char before the first semicolon is the message marked character,the character before the second semicolon is the message not marked character. In this case an 'M' will be used to show messages that are marked. Line 383 : Sunday Description: Used by Concord to define the word it should use for sunday. This can be altered to suit your own language. Displayed when the @WEEKDAY@ macro is used. Line 384 : Monday Description: Used by Concord to define the word it should use for monday. This can be altered to suit your own language. Displayed when the @WEEKDAY@ macro is used. Line 385 : Tuesday Description: Used by Concord to define the word it should use for tuesday. This can be altered to suit your own language. Displayed when the @WEEKDAY@ macro is used. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 189 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 386 : Wednesday Description: Used by Concord to define the word it should use for wednesday. This can be altered to suit your own language. Displayed when the @WEEKDAY@ macro is used. Line 387 : Thursday Description: Used by Concord to define the word it should use for thursday. This can be altered to suit your own language. Displayed when the @WEEKDAY@ macro is used. Line 388 : Friday Description: Used by Concord to define the word it should use for friday. This can be altered to suit your own language. Displayed when the @WEEKDAY@ macro is used. Line 389 : Saturday Description: Used by Concord to define the word it should use for saturday. This can be altered to suit your own language. Displayed when the @WEEKDAY@ macro is used. Line 390 : ^C15,0;^L79,CAPIT,KEEP; Description: Used to get command line input from the user. (user is in non hotkey mode). Line 391 : ^C14,0;Verify net address for user %1 : ^C14,1;^L20;-> ^C15,0;^M; Description: Used when Concord needs the user to verify the destination netmail address. The %1 is replaced with the name of the user that the message is addressed to. Line 392 : Jan,Feb,Mar,Apr,May,Jun,Jul,Aug,Sep,Oct,Nov,Dec Description: Used to define the short format of the months. You can edit this to suit your own language.Used in long dates (ie. 21-Nov-96). Line 393 : * Reply to message originally on area @MAREA_NAME@^M; Description: Added to a reply that is saved in another message area to that of the original message. Used when quoting a message as the first line of the quoted text, so that others know it is a quoted reply. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 190 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 394 : ^C14,0;Send reply in netmail? (~2y/~1N) ^W;^M; Description: If the area allows replies to be entered in netmail, should Concord send the reply via netmail? This is only displayed in areas that allow both normal and netmail messages. Line 395 : ^C12,0;Not enough time (@TIME_LEFT@ min) left to dow-> nload all flagged files.^M;^C15,0;Press Enter.^A;^M; Description: This line is displayed by Concord if the user has tagged files that would exceed their remaining online time. Line 396 : ^C12,0;Not enough disk space for uploads!^M; Description: Shown by Concord when there is insufficient diskspace available for uploads. Line 397 : ^C15,0;List files in path %1 (Wildcards valid) : ^C1-> 4,1;^L12;^C15,0;^M; Description: Displayed in menutype 1018 to ask the filemask to use to display files in the given directory.%1 is replaced with the directory name. Line 398 : ^C12,0;Login name not accepted. Please give your rea-> l name.^M; Description: Displayed by Concord if the name entered by the user was found in the NONAME.CTL file. This allows you to specify a list of names that are not acceptable. The user will be prompted to re-enter their name. Line 399 : ^C12,1; Suggest deleting file @TRUE_FILE_NAME@? (~2y-> /~1N) ^E3;^W;^X-40; Description: The user can suggest that files are deleted when in the file list by using the delete command. The suggested files are added to FILEBASEPATH\DELSUGG.TXT, as an ascii file with the format; Counter+pointer+filename. The name of the user is stored in FILEBASEPATH\DELSUGG.DAT This line asks if the user really does want to add the file to the list, the files are NOT physically deleted, or removed from the filebase. Line 400 : ^C14,0;Where to export : ^C14,1;^L60,CAPIT;^C14,0;^M; Description: When using the export message feature, this line is used when Concord asks for the destination. The destination can be a filename or device (eg. PRN). ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 191 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 401 : 01,Y,Y,Y;^C14,0;@SELGROUP_NUM@:05 @SELGROUP_NAME@.0-> 3 @SELGROUP_MAREA@:01 @SELGROUP_FAREA@:01 @SELGROUP-> _DOOR@:01 @SELGROUP_DESC@.60^E3;^M; Description: Select group line. Line 402 : 01,37,014,112,01;@SELGROUP_NUM@:05 @SELGROUP_NAME@.-> 03 @SELGROUP_MAREA@:01 @SELGROUP_FAREA@:01 @SELGROU-> P_DOOR@:01 @SELGROUP_DESC@.60^E3; Description: Select group cursor. Line 403 : 013,032,081,063 Description: Select group keys. Line 404 : 04;^C13,1; Enter search string : ^E3;^L20; Description: Select group find. Line 405 : 04;^C13,1; Enter group number : ^E3;^L5,KEEP; Description: Select group jump. Line 406 : ^G1,1;^C15,1; # GROUP M F D DESCRIPTION^E3;^C15,0-> ;^M;^E3;^M; Description: Select group top. Line 407 : ^C15,0;^E3;^M;^C15,1; ENTER/number to select, SPACE -> to search or Q to cancel.^E3; Description: Select group bottom. Line 408 : %1 message areas affected. Press Enter. ^A; Description: After setting combined message areas in the new area selection menutype, the results are displayed to the user. For example, how many message areas the user turned on with the "ALL ON" command. %1 is replaced with the number of areas affected. Line 409 : %1 file areas affected. Press Enter. ^A; Description: After setting combined file areas in the new area selection menutype, the results are displayed to the user. For example, how many file areas the user turned on with the "ALL ON" command. %1 is replaced with the number of areas affected. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 192 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 410 : ^G1,1;^C15,1; Concord Full Screen Editor -> Ctrl-O = Menu Time left: @TIME_LEFT@:04^E-> 3;^C14,0;^M;^C14,2;Area: @MAREA_SHORT@.15 To: @MSG_T-> O@.25 Subj: @MSG_SUBJ@.20^E3; Description: Header line used in the full screen message editor. Line 411 : ^G76,1;^C15,1;@TIME_LEFT@:04^GN,N;^CN,N; Description: This line is displayed in the full screen editor every time the clock is updated. Line 412 : 010,011,065;001;002;003;004;005;006;007;008;009;010;-> 011,069;012;013;014;015;016;017;018;019;020;021;022;-> 023;024;025;026;011,065;373;375;374;388;279;011,063;-> 011,067 Description: The colours and keys available for use in the full screen message editor. The following format is used: Textcolor, quotecolor, rmargin; key1; key2;...key34; Where keyx is either num1, num2 or num. Two numbers mean two key presses, one number means one key press. For example: 011,063; is ^K? and 001; is ^A. Full list of functions: KEY_WORDLEFT : 01 = ^A, ^Left KEY_REORGBLOCK : 02 = ^B KEY_PGDN : 03 = ^C, PgDn KEY_RIGHT : 04 = ^D, Right KEY_UP : 05 = ^E, Up KEY_WORDRIGHT : 06 = ^F, ^Right KEY_DELRIGHT : 07 = ^G, Del KEY_DELLEFT : 08 = ^H, BkSpc KEY_TAB : 09 = ^I, Tab KEY_SEARCH : 10 = ^J KEY_EDITMSGHDR : 11 = ^KE KEY_REDRAW : 12 = ^L KEY_ENTER : 13 = ^M, Enter KEY_LINEDRAW : 14 = ^N KEY_MENU : 15 = ^O, Esc KEY_ENDOFLINE : 16 = ^P, End KEY_QUOTE : 17 = ^Q KEY_PGUP : 18 = ^R, PgUp KEY_LEFT : 19 = ^S, Left KEY_DELWORD : 20 = ^T KEY_UNDOLINE : 21 = ^U KEY_INSERT : 22 = ^V, Insert KEY_BEGOFLINE : 23 = ^W, Home KEY_DOWN : 24 = ^X, Down ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 193 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── KEY_DELLINE : 25 = ^Y, Alt-D KEY_SAVE : 26 = ^Z KEY_ABORT : 27 = ^KA KEY_ERASEEND : 28 = ^End KEY_TOPOFWIN : 29 = ^Home KEY_ENDOFMSG : 30 = ^PgDn KEY_BEGOFMSG : 31 = ^PgUp KEY_IMPORT : 32 = Alt-I KEY_HELP : 33 = ^K? KEY_CENTERLINE : 34 = ^KC Line 413 : ^G1,1;^C14,0; ~1C^C15;ontinue ^C14;~2S^C15;ave ^C14;-> ~3A^C15;bort ^C14;~4Q^C15;uote ^C14;~5H^C15;elp ^C7;-> [^C14;C^C7;] : ^E3;^W;^C14,0; Description: Full screen message editor commands.Answer=1 : Continue, 2 : Save, 3 : Abort, 4 : Quote, 5 : Help. Line 414 : ^C15,1;Quote Window : (Enter to quote, Ctrl-Q to ret-> urn.) ^E3;^C14,0; Description: Full screen message editor quote header line. Line 415 : ^G1,1;^C14,0; Edit message header? (~1Y/~2n) ^E3;^W; Description: Question used to verify that the user wants to edit the message header in the full screen editor. If answer<>2 the message header is edited. Line 416 : ^G1,1;^C13,0; Which file to import: ^E3;^C14,1;^L40,-> UPPER;^C14,0; Description: Question used to get the name of the file the user wants to import into the full screen editor in local mode. Line 417 : ^G1,1;^C13,0; Search for string: ^E3;^C14,1;^L40,UPP-> ER;^C14,0; Description: Asks which string the user wants to search for in the message text in the full screen editor. Line 418 : ^G1,1;^C14,0; Save message? (~1Y/~2n) ^E3;^W; Description: Displayed when asking the user to verify that they want to save the message in the full screen editor. If answer<>2, the message is saved. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 194 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 419 : ^G1,1;^C14,0; Abort message? (~1Y/~2n) ^E3;^W; Description: Question used to verify that the user wants to abort the message in the full screen editor. If answer<>2, the message is aborted. Line 420 : ^C14,0;Enter "sender" name for this message : ^C14,1-> ;^L35;^C14,0;^M; Description: Displayed when the Sysop edits a message using the <E>dit message command. Line 421 : === Cut === Description: Concord adds this line before and after any imported file in the full screen editor. Line 422 : Description: Currently a blank line. Line 423 : 01,Y,Y,Y;^C14,0;@USERLIST_NAME@.25 ^C13,0;@USERLIST_AL> IAS@.25 ^C12,0;@USERLIST_CITY@.20 ^C11,0;@USERLIST_SE> CLVL@:05^E3;^M; Description: Lines 423 to 429 are used to define how Concord should display the user lists. This line (423) is the main one that displays the users name, alias, city, and sec level. Line 424 : 01,37,014,112,01;@USERLIST_NAME@.25 ^C13,N;@USERLIST_A> LIAS@.25 ^C12,N;@USERLIST_CITY@.20 ^C11,N;@USERLIST_S> ECLVL@:05^E3; Description: This line displays the highlighted, ie. currently selected entry. Line 425 : 013,032,081,063 Description: The keys that can be used when displaying a user list. Line 426 : 04;^C13,1; Enter search string : ^E3;^L20; Description: Shown when Concord wants the user to enter a search string. Line 427 : 04;^C13,1; Enter user number : ^E3;^L5,KEEP; Description: Shown when Concord wants the user to enter a user number to search for. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 195 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 428 : ^G1,1;^C15,1;Name Alias > City SecLvl^E3;^C15,0;^M;^E> 3;^M; Description: The Header line that is displayed above the user list. Line 429 : ^C15,0;^E3;^M;^C15,1; Press ENTER to select user, SPACE> to find user or Q to cancel.^E3; Description: The bottom line that is displayed below the user list. This line also tells the user which keys can be used when displaying a user list. Line 430 : ^C12,0;^M;Copying file %1 (size %2) to temp path fail> ed.^M; Description: This line is displayed if Concord was unable to copy a file to the temporary directory. Line 431 : ^C15,0;^L79,KEEP; Description: Input field for multiline chat. Line 432 : Chat channel %1 does not exist. Description: Displayed when a user tried /WHO on a non-existent chat channel. Line 433 : Chat channel %1 does not exist, creating a new one. Description: Displayed when a new chat channel is created using /JOIN Line 434 : Default topic. Description: The default chat channel title for new channels. Line 435 : ^C12,0;You do not have upload rights to this area.^M; Description: Displayed when a user attempts to upload a file to an area that he/she does not have access to. Line 436 : ^C12,0;YOU HAVE ALREADY BEEN LOGGED IN TO NODE @WHO_N-> UM@!^M;Hanging up...^M; Description: Displayed if a user tries to log onto two nodes at once. Concord will display this message and immediately hangup on the user. Line 437 : ^C12,0;You do not have read rights to area @MAREA_NAM-> E@.^M; Description: Displayed if a user tries to read messages in the current area but does not have read rights for that area. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 196 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── The file listings and mail read listings that are displayed to your users can be changed to whatever format you prefer by pressing the F8 and F9 function keys and editing the default strings. Because of Concord's flexible approach, YOU can define how your file and mail read listings will look. You can define as many different listing types as you wish, and allow your users to select the one they prefer. The following sections give details on the layout of the file and mail read listings, so you can alter them if you wish. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > Lng Files - File Listings ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ You can configure your file lists to suit your own system totally. This section describes the two setups included in the DEFAULT.LNG file. You can use it as a guide to setup your own file lists, and can configure as many different types as you wish. Press F9 to display a pop-up window with the default entries for the File list listings. Line 1 : --- Description: This line marks the start of the file list types. DO NOT edit! The --- defines the next selectable subject. Line 2 : 8 Description: The number of lines that define one file list type. This means that all file list types are taking up 8 lines in the following section. Line 3 : ### SHORT FILE LIST ................................-> ........................... Description: The name of the first file list type. The ### in this line defines a next string list. Line 4 : Short file list Description: The name of the file list type. This line should not contain any special codes, but should be plain ASCII. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 197 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 5 : ^C12,0;@FILE_TAGGED@ ^C14,0;@FILE_NAME_EXT@^C11,0;@F-> ILE_SIZE_KB@:04^C7,0;k ^C10,0;@FILE_DATE_SMALL@ ^C7,-> 0;^C13,0;@FILE_DLCOUNT@:02^C7,0; ^C15,0;@FILE_DESC@.-> 47^M; Description: This is the main line in the list. It contains the file name, size, date, download counter, and the start of the file description. All in different colours. Line 6 : ^C15,0; @FILE_DESC@.47^M; Description: This line is used to display any remaining lines of the file description. The first line is handled by language line 434. This line is called as many times as necessary to display the files description. Line 7 : ^C13,0;@FILE_TEXTLINE@^M; Description: The line used to display a textline from the FILES.BBS file. ie. A line with no filename and not belonging to a description. Line 8 : ^C12,0; @FILE_NAME_EXT@ ^C8,0;OFFLINE ^C15,0;-> @FILE_DESC@.47^M; Description: The textline used by Concord instead of line 434 when a file is missing. ie.The file exists in the filebase, but is not found on the drive itself. Line 9 : ^C12,0;@FILE_TAGGED@ ^C15,1;@FILE_NAME_EXT@ Description: The line used by Concord to display the cursor line in the file list. This marks the currently active line in the filelist. This is called the cursor ON line. The line has to use the same format as line 5,since this line is written on top of that line to mark it as active. Only the tag mark and the filename are needed. Line 10 : ^C12,0;@FILE_TAGGED@ ^C14,0;@FILE_NAME_EXT@ Description: Line used by Concord to restore the display to normal after the cursor line in the file list has been displayed. This restores the colours to the normal colours as they were in line 5. This is called the cursor OFF line.The line has to use the same format as line 9, since this line is written on top of that line to mark it as non active. Only the tag mark and the filename are needed. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 198 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 11 : ^C10,1;#^CP,P; Description: Used by Concord to highlight the 'searchword' in the file list. Used when a user is searching for files on keyword or filename. A second file list type is included in the DEFAULT.LNG file. It's format is exactly the same as above, but it displays a different listing to your users. They can select which file list type if you allow them to do so. Line 1 : ### DEFAULT FILE LIST .............................-> ............................ Description: The name of the second file list type. The ### in this line defines a next string list. Line 2 : Default file list Description: The name of the file list type. This line should not contain any special codes, but should be plain ASCII. Line 3 : ^C12,0;@FILE_TAGGED@ ^C14,0;@FILE_NAME_EXT@^C11,0;@-> FILE_SIZE_BYTES@:08^C7,0; ^C10,0;@FILE_DATE_BIG@ ^C-> 15,0;@FILE_DESC@.00Uploader: @FILE_UPLOADER@.35^M; Description: This is the main line in the list. It contains the file name, size, date, download counter,and the start of the file description. All in different colours. Line 4 : ^C15,0; @FILE_DESC@-> .45^M; Description: This line is used to display any remaining lines of the file description. The first line is handled by language line 3. This line is called as many times as necessary to display the files description. Line 5 : ^C13,0;@FILE_TEXTLINE@^M; Description: The line used to display a textline from the FILES.BBS file. ie.A line with no filename and not belonging to a description. Line 6 : ^C12,0; @FILE_NAME_EXT@ ^C8,0;OFFLINE ^C-> 15,0;@FILE_DESC@.45^M; Description: The textline used by Concord instead of line 3 when a file is missing. ie.The file exists in the filebase, but is not found on the drive itself. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 199 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 7 : ^C12,0;@FILE_TAGGED@> Description: The line used by Concord to display the cursor line in the file list.This marks the currently active line in the filelist. This is called the cursor ON line. The line has to use the same format as line 3, since this line is written on top of that line to mark it as active. Only the tag mark and the filename are needed. Line 8 : ^C12,0;@FILE_TAGGED@ ^C12,0; Description: Line used by Concord to restore the display to normal after the cursor line in the file list has been displayed. This restores the colours to the normal colours as they were in line 3. This is called the cursor OFF line. The line has to use the same format as line 7,since this line is written on top of that line to mark it as non active. Only the tag mark and the filename are needed. Line 9 : ^C10,1;#^CP,P; Description: Used by Concord to highlight the 'searchword' in the file list. Used when a user is searching for files on keyword or filename. You can continue to add as many different file list types as you wish. Just follow the format given in the two examples listed above. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > Lng Files - Mail Read Listings ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ You can configure your mail read lists to suit your own system totally. This section describes the two setups included in the DEFAULT.LNG file. You can use it as a guide to setup your own mail read lists, and can configure as many different types as you wish. Press F8 to display a pop-up window with the default entries for the Mail read listings. Line 1 : --- Description: This line marks the start of the mail read list types. DO NOT edit! The --- defines a next selectable subject. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 200 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 2 : 14 Description: The number of lines that define one mail read list type. This means that all mail read list types take up 14 lines in the following section. Line 3 : ### SHORT READ MSG ................................-> ............................ Description: The name of the first message read list type. The ### in the language file defines a next string list. Line 4 : Fast read msg Description: Description of the read list. This line should not contain any special codes, but should be plain ASCII. Line 5 : 04;00;02;10;11;07;-;+;Q;D;U;C;A;P;N;S;J;H;M;G;R;W;/-> ;K;#;=;F;E;T;);L;X Description: This line contains the information for the more prompt and the possible options available.If you want to use a different key for an action, this is where you should change it. The default entry uses the following numbers and key codes: 1st (04) : The number of lines used for the header while reading messages. This can be a maximum of 5 lines. In this example it is set to 4 lines. 2nd (00) : 3rd (02) : The number of lines used as a footer while reading messages. This can be a maximum of 5 lines.In this example it is set to 2 lines. 4th (10) : The text colour used to display the msg. This colour is used to display the normal message text. Quoted text is shown in the colour specified in the 5th option. 5th (11) : The quote text colour. Used to display quoted lines in a message. 6th (07) : The colour used to display the origin line in messages. 7th (-) : Previous reply key. Finds the previous reply in a message chain. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 201 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── 8th (+) : Next reply key. Finds the next reply in a message chain. 9th (Q) : Quit reading replies. Stop reading messages in a reply chain and return to the original message. 10th (D) : Page down. Displays the previous page of the current message. 11th (U) : Page up. Displays the next page of the current message. 12th (C) : Continuous. Read messages without stopping when the end of the page is reached. 13th (A) : Again. Read the current message again. 14th (P) : Previous message. Read the previous message in the message list. Note the difference between this and option 7. 15th (N) : Next message. Read the next message in the message list. Note the difference between this and option 8. 16th (S) : Stop reading. Stop reading messages and return to the menu. Note the difference between this and option 9. 17th (J) : Jump to message. Jumps directly to a msg number in the current area. Concord will ask which message number to jump to. 18th (H) : Displays the help file READMSG.ANS 19th (M) : Mark the message.Mark a message so it can be read later. 20th (G) : Goto message area. Change message area. 21st (R) : Reply. Reply to the current message. 22nd (W) : Write a new message. Write a new message in the current area. 23rd (/) : Find message. Search for a message in the current area. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 202 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── 24th (K) : Keep unread. Do not mark this message as read. Normally a message read by the addressee is marked as received. This option allows you to remove the received status. 25th (#) : Delete. Remove the current message from the system. Concord will ask for confirmation. 26th (=) : Toggle private/public. This allows you to toggle the private flag on or off for the current message. If it was on it is turned off and vice versa. 27th (F) : Forward. Forward the current message to another user and/or area. 28th (E) : Edit. Edit the current message. 29th (T) : Toggle pointer. Set the last read pointer to the current message in the current area. 30th ()) : Writes the current message to a file called EXPORT.TXT 31st (L) : List messages. Displays a list of the msgs in the current area. 32nd (X) : Remember, if you change the keys used here, you CANNOT use the same character twice! Line 6 : ^]@MSG_MOREFIRST@=0;^G1,45;^]@MSG_MOREFIRST@=1; Description: The first of the header lines. You can have a maximum of 5 header lines. These lines give the user information about the addressee of the message, the sender, date, subject, and other information. Line 7 : ^C14,0;^E1; From: ^C15,0;@MSG_FROM@.35 ^C15,0;@MSG-> _NUM@/@MAREA_MAX@ (@MAREA_SHORT@)^M; Description: The second header line. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 203 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 8 : ^C14,0; To: ^C15,0;@MSG_TO@.35 ^C15,0;@MSG_DATE@:-> 08 @MSG_TIME@:05 ^C7,0;@MSG_PREVREP@<->@MSG_NEXTREP-> @ ^C13,0;@MSG_RCVD@:01^M; Description: The third header line. Line 9 : ^C14,0; Subj: ^C15,0;@MSG_SUBJ@^M;^]1; Description: The fourth header line. Line 10 : ^C7,0; ────────────────────────────────────────────-> ──────────────────────^]@MSG_MOREUP@=1;[^C14,1; UP-> ^C7,0;]^]@MSG_MOREUP@=0;────────^]1;────^M; Description: The fifth header line. Line 11 : ^C7,0;(%1)^CN,N; Description: Line 12 : ^C7,0; ────────────────────────────────────────────-> ──────────────────────^]@MSG_MOREDOWN@=1;[^C14,1; D-> OWN ^C7,0;]^]@MSG_MOREDOWN@=0;────────^]1;────^M; Description: First line of the footer. A maximum of 5 footer lines is allowed. These are displayed under the message. Line 13 : ^C15,0; ^]@MSG_MOREDOWN@=1;Pg^C7;[^C14;D^C7;]^C15;n-> ^]@MSG_MOREDOWN@=0; ^]1; ^]@MSG_MOREUP@=1;Pg^C-> 7;[^C14;U^C7;]^C15;p^]@MSG_MOREUP@=0; ^]1; ^C7-> ;[^C14;P^C7;]^C15;rev ^C7;[^C14;N^C7;]^C15;ext Description: The second line of the footer. In this example it is the line that displays some of the keys defined in line 5. Line 14 : ^C7;[^C14;R^C7;]^C15;eply ^C7;[^C14;J^C7;]^C15;ump-> ^C7;[^C14;S^C7;]^C15;top ^C7;[^C14;H^C7;]^C15;elp Description: The third line of the footer. It continues displaying the keys defined in line 5. Line 15 : Description: Fourth line of the footer. A blank line in this example. Line 16 : Description: Fifth line of the footer. A blank line in this example. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 204 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 17 : ^C10,1;#^CP,P; Description: The line used by Concord to highlight the searchword when doing a search. A second mail read list type is included in the DEFAULT.LNG file. It's format is exactly the same as above, but it displays a different listing to your users. They can select which mail read list type to use if you allow them to do so. Line 1 : ### DEFAULT READ MSG ..............................-> ............................ Description: The name of the second message read list type.The ### in the language file defines a next string list. Line 2 : Default read msg Description: Description of the read list. This line should not contain any special codes, but should be plain ASCII. Line 3 : 05;00;05;15;07;08;-;+;Q;D;U;C;A;P;N;S;J;H;M;G;R;W;/-> ;K;#;=;F;E;T;);L;X Description: This line contains the information for the more prompt and the possible options available.If you want to use a different key for an action, this is where you should change it. The default entry uses the following numbers and key codes: 1st (04) : The number of lines used for the header while reading messages. This can be a maximum of 5 lines. In this example it is set to 4 lines. 2nd (00) : 3rd (02) : The number of lines used as a footer while reading messages. This can be a maximum of 5 lines. In this example it is set to 2 lines. 4th (10) : The text colour used to display the msg. This colour is used to display the normal message text. Quoted text is shown in the colour specified in the 5th option. 5th (11) : The quote text colour.Used to display quoted lines in a message. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 205 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── 6th (07) : The colour used to display the origin line in messages. 7th (-) : Previous reply key. Finds the previous reply in a message chain. 8th (+) : Next reply key. Finds the next reply in a message chain. 9th (Q) : Quit reading replies. Stop reading messages in a reply chain and return to the original message. 10th (D) : Page down. Displays the previous page of the current message. 11th (U) : Page up. Displays the next page of the current message. 12th (C) : Continuous. Read messages without stopping when the end of the page is reached. 13th (A) : Again. Read the current message again. 14th (P) : Previous message. Read the previous message in the message list. Note the difference between this and option 7. 15th (N) : Next message. Read the next message in the message list. Note the difference between this and option 8. 16th (S) : Stop reading. Stop reading messages and return to the menu. Note the difference between this and option 9. 17th (J) : Jump to message. Jumps directly to a msg number in the current area. Concord will ask which message number to jump to. 18th (H) : Displays the help file READMSG.ANS 19th (M) : Mark the message. Mark a message so it can be read later. 20th (G) : Goto message area. Change message area. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 206 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── 21st (R) : Reply. Reply to the current message. 22nd (W) : Write a new message. Write a new message in the current area. 23rd (/) : Find message. Search for a message in the current area. 24th (K) : Keep unread. Do not mark this message as read. Normally a message read by the addressee is marked as received. This option allows you to remove the received status. 25th (#) : Delete. Remove the current message from the system. Concord will ask for confirmation. 26th (=) : Toggle private/public. This allows you to toggle the private flag on or off for the current message.If it was on it is turned off and vice versa. 27th (F) : Forward. Forward the current message to another user and/or area. 28th (E) : Edit. Edit the current message. 29th (T) : Toggle pointer. Set the last read pointer to the current message in the current area. 30th ()) : Writes the current message to a file called EXPORT.TXT 31st (L) : List messages. Displays a list of the msgs in the current area. 32nd (X) : Remember, if you change the keys used here, you CANNOT use the same character twice! Line 4 : ^C15,0;^E1;^C0,6; Message @MSG_NUM@/@MAREA_MAX@ on -> board @MAREA_NAME@^E3;^M; Description: The first of the header lines. You can have a maximum of 5 header lines. These lines give the user information about the addressee of the message, the sender, date, subject, and other information. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 207 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 5 : ^C15,1; Date: ^C14,1;@MSG_DATE@:09 @MSG_TIME@:05^E3-> ;^M; Description: Second header line. Line 6 : ^C15,1; From: ^C14,1;@MSG_FROM@ @MSG_ORIGADDR@^E3;^M; Description: Third header line. Line 7 : ^C15,1; To: ^C14,1;@MSG_TO@ @MSG_DESTADDR@^E3;^M; Description: fourth header line. Line 8 : ^C15,1; Subj: ^C14,1;@MSG_SUBJ@^E3;^C15,0;^M; Description: fifth header line. Line 9 : ^C7,1;(%1)^CN,N; Description: Line 10 : ^C7,0;(^C14,0;-^C7,0;)^C15,0; Prev Reply ^C7,0;(^-> C14,0;+^C7,0;)^C15,0; Next Reply ^C7,0;(^C14,0;Q^C7-> ,0;)^C15,0; Quit Replies^M; Description: First line of the footer. A maximum of 5 footer lines is allowed. These are displayed under the message. Line 11 : ^C7,0;(^C14,0;D^C7,0;)^C15,0; Page Down ^C7,0;(^-> C14,0;U^C7,0;)^C15,0; Page Up ^C7,0;(^C14,0;C^C7-> ,0;)^C15,0; Continous ^C7,0;(^C14,0;A^C7,0;)^C15-> ,0; Page Again^M; Description: Second footer line. Line 12 : ^C7,0;(^C14,0;P^C7,0;)^C15,0; Prev Msg ^C7,0;(^-> C14,0;N^C7,0;)^C15,0; Next Msg ^C7,0;(^C14,0;S^C7-> ,0;)^C15,0; Stop Read ^C7,0;(^C14,0;J^C7,0;)^C15-> ,0; Jump Msg ^C7,0;(^C14,0;H^C7,0;)^C15,0; Help^M; Description: Third footer line. Line 13 : ^C7,0;(^C14,0;M^C7,0;)^C15,0; Mark Msg ^C7,0;(^-> C14,0;G^C7,0;)^C15,0; Goto Area ^C7,0;(^C14,0;R^C7-> ,0;)^C15,0; Reply To ^C7,0;(^C14,0;W^C7,0;)^C15-> ,0; Write New ^C7,0;(^C14,0;/^C7,0;)^C15,0; Find M-> sg^M; Description: fourth footer line. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 208 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Line 14 : ^C7,0;(^C14,0;K^C7,0;)^C15,0; Keep Unread ^C7,0;(^-> C14,0;#^C7,0;)^C15,0; Delete ^C7,0;(^C14,0;=^C7-> ,0;)^C15,0; Priv/Public ^C7,0;(^C14,0;F^C7,0;)^C15-> ,0; Forward ^C7,0;(^C14,0;E^C7,0;)^C15,0; Edit M-> sg^M; Description: fifth footer line. Line 15 : ^C10,1;#^CP,P; Description: The line used by Concord to highlight the searchword when doing a search. Concord can be configured to use any number of languages. Just create it, and compile it, then add it to the control file LNG.CTL which is stored in the CONCORD\CTL directory. The format of the language control file is very simple: <Language File Name> <Description> You simply give the name of the Language file WITHOUT an extension and then follow it with the description. This description will be used by Concord when it asks which language the user wishes to use. Each language should be entered on a separate line. So your LNG.CTL file might look something like this: DEFAULT English SUOMI Finnish DEUTSCH German You must then create and compile a language file for each language you have defined in the control file. Concord comes with a default language file, and lots of others are available from the various Concord support sites around the world. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 209 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Language File Control Codes ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ There are several control codes you can use to control the way Concord behaves. You can use these in the language files to perform certain actions. PLEASE NOTE: These control codes should be entered EXACTLY as they appear. For example, ^A; is entered as '^', 'A', ';' and NOT by pressing the Ctrl key and the A key simultaneously. The ';' behind the control code is mandatory! This tells Concord that the control sequence is finished. Options within square brackets [..] are optional, anything within <..> is mandatory. Macro : ^A; Description : Wait for Enter. Macro : ^B; Description : Backspace. Macro : ^C<foreground colour>[,<background colour>]; Description : Change the colours to the specified foreground and optional background colours.You can use this option to specify a foreground colour only, OR to specify a foreground AND background colour. The values for the colours are as follows: 00 Black 01 Blue 02 Green 03 Cyan 04 Red 05 Magenta 06 Brown 07 Grey 08 Dark Grey 09 Light Blue 10 Light Green 11 Light Cyan 12 Light Red 13 Light Magenta 14 Yellow 15 White ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 210 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Only the colours 0 to 7 can be used as background colours.You can also add 16 to any of the values to give blinking colours. ie. 19 is Blinking Cyan. You do not have to enter the 0 in front of the numbers. For example, brown is colour 6. Macro : ^CN[,N]; Description : Return the colours back to their original values before the previous change colour command. The 'N' is NOT a number, but the character 'N'. Macro : ^E1; Description : Clear the screen. Macro : ^E2; Description : Clear the line. Macro : ^E3; Description : Clear till end of line FROM the cursor position. Macro : ^G<x>,<y>; Description : Goto position x,y. This is a physical screen position. The <x> stands for the horizontal position, and the <y> is the vertical position. Think of your screen as a grid 80 characters wide by 25 characters deep. So the top left corner of your screen is the 0,0 position, and the top right corner of your screen would be 80,0. Macro : ^K[<top x, top y, bottom x, bottom y>]; Description : Allows you to save and restore parts of the screen display. To save the screen, you must specify the top x,y co-ordinates, and the bottom x,y co-ordinates. For example: ^K1,1,80,25; Saves the whole screen (1,1)-(80,25). ^K+40,+10; Saves the screen from the current x,y co-ordinates to x+40,y+40. ^K; Restores the saved screen. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 211 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Macro : ^L<length>; Description : The length of the answer field. This allows you to specify the length of the field that is available to be edited by the user. In general you would change the colours and then define the field length. This then allows you to create answer boxes on screen. Four main options are available here: ^L<length>,CAPIT; Or ^L<length>,CAPITFIRST; Tells Concord to capitalize the First letter of the users input. This will capitalize the first letter of each word typed by the user. ^L<length>,UPPER; This tells Concord to capitalize ALL of the input typed by the user. ^L<length>,HIDDEN; Tells Concord NOT to show what is being typed in the edit field, but to replace any characters typed with a star. For example when asking for a password. ^L<length>,KEEP; Tells Concord to use insert mode when the user enters any text. Concord would normally, by default, use overwrite mode. Using the KEEP parameter allows the user to type at the beginning of an entry field without erasing any text that was already entered. You can use the above parameters (CAPIT, CAPITFIRST, UPPER, HIDDEN, and KEEP) in combination with one another to make things even more flexible. Take a look at the language file for examples of how to combine these parameters. Macro : ^M; Description : Line feed. Macro : ^P[<length>]; Description : Wait <length> * 0.1 seconds. If no length is specified, Concord will use a default of 0.5 seconds. This option allows you to pause a textline. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 212 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Macro : ^S<drive:\path\filename.ext>; Description : Tells Concord to display an ANSI file. You could use this option to display an ANSI file instead of a normal language textline, for example as a time limit warning. Macro : ^^; Description : Use this if you need to enter a '^' character. Macro : ^1<char>,^2<char> ... ^Z<char>; Description : Defines a selection option. The <char> parameter is replaced by a character. This allows you to define valid characters that the user can select from. In most cases you will find a line following this in the language file that specifies the action to take when these keys are pressed by the user. This is explained in more detail earlier,where we described the language file in detail. Macro : ^W; Description : Wait for the selection to be made by the user from the previous macro. Concord will then supply the number corresponding to the character the user pressed.For example,if you defined ^Y1^2N^3C^4S^5Q; in the previous macro and the user pressed C, Concord would supply the number 3 for the action to perform. Macro : ^X<x>; Description : Moves the cursor <x> positions horizontally from where it was originally. Macro : ^Y<y>; Description : Moves the cursor <y> positions vertically from where it was originally. Macro : ^]Statement; Description : This macro will allow you to display some parts of the textline only when the Statement is true. Any following ^] macro will cancel the previous statement. This is explained more fully earlier in this manual when we discussed the language file in detail. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 213 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── If you don't understand any of these macros, there are lots of examples in the language files supplied with Concord. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Language File Key Scan Codes ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Concord uses the key scan code to determine what key has been pressed.These are used extensively in the language file for example, and are just the standard Ms-Dos scan codes which are listed in most MS-DOS manuals. Some of the more common ones are listed here for your reference. Please note that keys outside the range 13, 32-96 could cause problems for some users, no t everyone has a machine capable of generating some of the scan codes outside this range. Scan Code : Ascii Character Scan Code : Ascii Character 001 : Ctrl-A 002 : Ctrl-B 007 : Ctrl-G 013 : RETURN key 018 : Ctrl-R 023 : Ctrl-W 025 : Ctrl-Y 026 : Ctrl-Z 032 : SPACE key 033 : ! 034 : " 035 : # 036 : $ 037 : % 038 : & 039 : ' 040 : ( 041 : ) 042 : * 043 : + 044 : , 045 : - 046 : . 047 : / 048 : 0 049 : 1 050 : 2 051 : 3 052 : 4 053 : 5 054 : 6 055 : 7 056 : 8 057 : 9 058 : : 059 : ; 060 : < 061 : = 062 : > 063 : ? 064 : @ 065 : A 066 : B 067 : C 068 : D 069 : E 070 : F 071 : G 072 : H 073 : I 074 : J 075 : K 076 : L ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 214 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── 077 : M 078 : N 079 : O 080 : P 081 : Q 082 : R 083 : S 084 : T 085 : U 086 : V 087 : W 088 : X 089 : Y 090 : Z 091 : [ 092 : \ 093 : ] 094 : ^ 095 : _ 096 : ` 123 : { 124 : | 125 : } 126 : ~ 127 : 128 : Ç 142 : Ä 143 : Å 144 : É 146 : Æ 153 : Ö 154 : Ü 156 : £ 157 : ¥ 165 : Ñ 168 : ¿ 224 : α 225 : ß 226 : Γ 227 : π 228 : Σ 229 : σ 230 : µ 231 : τ 232 : Φ 233 : Θ 234 : Ω 246 : ÷ 328 : PgUp key 336 : PgDn key 339 : DEL key ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > Other Files ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ The Other Files menu allows you to view and edit all the various *.CTL and Script files on your system. The *.CTL files are stored by default in the \CONCORD\CTL directory. You can change the directory from the CSETUP program if you wish, but for now we'll assume that they are in the default directory. They are used to control the way the BBS system behaves. Script files are stored in the \CONCORD\SCRIPT directory (again you can alter that in CSETUP). The script files are probably best thought of as a powerful programming language that can be used to fully customize your BBS system. By necessity they are fairly complicated things, and are perhaps not for the beginner. Having said that, they do allow you to change almost everything you could think of, and you should try to get to grips with them if possible. They can even be used to write online door style programs such as a ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 215 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── timebank etc. Take a look at the TIMEBANK.SCR file that is supplied in the main distribution archive for an example timebank script file. If you are new to running a BBS, or simply don't want to be bothered with script files that's not a problem... You do NOT have to use them, they are there as an enhancement, NOT a necessity. The following two sections will describe the .CTL files and the Script files in more detail. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > Other Files > .CTL Files ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ As explained in the previous section, .CTL files are used to control the behavior of the BBS system. Here we will discuss the various default files that are supplied in the distribution archive. When you have selected the 'Other files' menu, move the highlighted bar to the '.CTL files' option and press RETURN. You will then be presented with a list window which shows all the files in the default \CONCORD\CTL directory (or whatever directory name you have specified in CSETUP paths). You can scroll up and down the list using the cursor keys. Move the highlighted bar to the one you want to edit and press RETURN. CSETUP will then ask you which editor you want to use to edit the file with. By default this is Q.EXE, but you can change that by typing in the path/filename of the editor you want to use. Then press RETURN, and the file will be loaded into the editor. The installation program will have placed the following CTL files into your \CTL directory: BULLET.CTL : Descriptions for the bulletin files BULLET1.ANS to BULLET9.ANS FILES.CTL : Download file control list FMAGIC.CTL : Magic file names for certain files GROUPS.CTL : Area group descriptions LISTS.CTL : Control file for different kinds of user lists LNG.CTL : Language Selection Configuration File NETZONES.CTL : Match net mail zones NONAME.CTL : List of names that are not accepted in login prompt NOTFOUND.CTL : Strings to display when Sysop is yelled and yell is not answered ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 216 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── RAWEMUL.CTL : List of additional RAW emulation text files TOADDR.CTL : List of netmail addresses for user names TRASHCAN.CTL : List of unwanted users UPLOAD.CTL : Upload file control list VIEW.CTL : Control file for *local* view file options (view from file list) YELLLIST.CTL : Use special yell tones for users in this file YELLTUNE.CTL : Default yell tune Each one of these files contains detailed descriptions and examples of how to use them. Please browse through the various *.CTL files for more information on their use. They are simple ascii text files, and can be edited with any ascii text editor. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > Other Files > Script Files ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Introduction : The Concord Script Language is very powerful way of writing your own additions to the software itself. The syntax is something between Basic and Pascal without type and range checking which makes it closer to the C language, because all responsibility is left to the author. Script files are interpreted on the run and they do not need to be compiled before use. If you are not used to programming, these can seem very complicated at first glance.Do NOT be put off! There are examples supplied in the distribution archive which should help to get you started, and the support sites will be only too pleased to help if you get really stuck. The easiest way to learn about Script files is to play with them. With a little bit of patience you will soon see just how flexible they can be, and how they can be used to greatly enhance your BBS. Amongst other things, Script files can use Concords menu functions, as well as macros. Menu functions and macros are described in detail later in this manual. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 217 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Some features : - single type variables (string, number, date) - mathematical formulas - arithmetical operations - string handling commands - IF-THEN-ELSE construction - sub-routines: functions and procedures - various units - run external programs - run Concord menutypes - redirectable output - scripts can be edited with any ASCII editor Reserved words : - commands : GOTO GOSUB RETURN QUIT CALL EXIT VAR SET WRITE OUTPUT EXEC MENUTYPE IF ELSE END PARAM INPUT ALLPARAM - variable types : ARRAY STRING NUMBER DATE TIME DATETIME - string handling : STRLEN STRCPY STRDEL STRPOS STRINS STRUPP STRLOW STRCAP RANDOM - macros : @ANSWER@ + all valid Concord macro codes (@XXX@) General : - Default script file extension is .SCR, scripts are searched from Concord script path. - No limitations concerning number of variables, subroutines and units - Max line length is 255 (in expanded format, which means after macro codes have been converted) ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 218 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── - Remark and comment lines start with semicolon character, ie. ";anything possible here" - Variables are identified with percent signs, ie. "%THIS_IS_A_VARIABLE%" - Variables must be assigned to some type before use, ie. "VAR %variable% = NUMBER" - All variables are global which means that they can be referenced anywhere in the script even if assigned in subroutine. - Subroutine labels are defined like they are in DOS batch files, ie. ":THIS_IS_A_LABEL" - Subroutine parameters must be assigned to some type in the beginning of each subroutine, ie. "PARAM %parameter% = NUMBER" - Parenthesis must be used in comparisons, ie. "IF (variable1 = variable2)" or "IF ((a = b) OR (a = c))" - All commands must be on separate lines and cannot be divided into several lines. Command usage : GOTO <label> [<parameters>] GOSUB <label> [<parameters>] RETURN PARAM %variable% = type GOTO and GOSUB jumps into subroutine <label> with given parameters. In GOTO, it is not possible to return back to the original position in script without another GOTO command. In GOSUB, RETURN continues execution from the original position. PARAM defines subroutine parameters and their types. This must be done in the beginning of a subroutine. In STRING types, max length must also be specified. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 219 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Example : GOTO main :greet PARAM %firstname% = STRING 15 PARAM %lastname% = STRING 15 PARAM %seclvl% = NUMBER write "^C14,0;Hello, %firstname%! Let me guess, your " write "security level is... %seclvl%, isn't it?^M;^M;" RETURN :demo write "^C13,0;No parameters for this sub-routine.^M;^M;" RETURN :main GOSUB greet @name@ @seclvl@ GOSUB demo quit QUIT QUIT ends the script and returns control to Concord. CALL <scriptfile> EXIT CALL jumps into another script file. EXIT returns back to the calling script. VAR %variable% = type SET %variable% = <newvalue> SET @macro@ = <newvalue> VAR assigns variable to type. This must be done before variable is used. In STRING types, max length must also be specified. Arithmetical operations and string handling commands are allowed with the SET command. Arithmetical operations : [ (SHL) ] (SHR) | (OR) & (AND) ^ (XOR) $ (MOD) * (MUL) / (DIV) + (ADD) - (DEC) Parenthesis are allowed and will normally affect the calculation order, ie. 2+3*5=17 but (2+3)*5=25 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 220 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Special commands : RANDOM <max> returns random value from 0 to max-1, ie. RANDOM 100 = [0..99] String handling commands : STRLEN <str> returns length of string <str>, ie. STRLEN pasi = 4 STRCPY <pos> <len> <str> copies <len> chars from position <pos> in string <str>, ie. STRCPY 6 5 talliniemi = niemi STRDEL <pos> <len> <str> deletes <len> chars from position<pos> in string <str>, ie. STRDEL 6 5 talliniemi = talli STRPOS <searchstr> # <str> returns the position of the first occurrence of string <searchstr> in string <str>, ie. STRPOS niemi # talliniemi = 6 STRINS <pos> <ins> # <str> inserts string <ins> to position<pos> in string <str>, ie. STRINS 3 s # pai = pasi STRUPP <str> Converts the string to uppercase STRLOW <str> Converts the string to lowercase STRCAP <str> Begin words with uppercase. Example 1 : VAR %test% = STRING 35 write "^C15,0;Please enter your name: ^C14,1;^L35;^C15,0;^M;" SET %test% = @ANSWER@ write "^C14,0;You entered: %test%^M;" quit ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 221 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Example 2 : SET @HOTKEYS@ = OFF SET @SECLVL@ = 32000 quit Example 3: VAR %totalmsgs% = NUMBER SET %totalmsgs% = (@PUBLICMSGS@+@PRIVATEMSGS@) write "^C15,0;You have written %totalmsgs% messages.^M;" quit Example 4: VAR %str% = STRING 10 VAR %len% = NUMBER SET %str% = STRCPY 6 10 Pasi Talliniemi SET %len% = STRLEN %str% write "^C14,0;%str% (length %len%)^M;" quit WRITE <string> OUTPUT [<filename>] OUTPUT [<device>] WRITE outputs the given string. By default, this is the console. It can be changed with the OUTPUT command which redirects output to the given destination (generally into an ASCII text file). When writing to the console, normal screen macros can be used, eg. ^M; sends a linefeed and ^E1; clears the screen. Example : WRITE "^C14,0;This comes to screen.^M;" OUTPUT SCRIPT.LOG WRITE "@CURRDATE@ @CURRTIME@ @NAME@ was here.^M;" OUTPUT WRITE "^C14,0;Now returning to board...^M;" quit EXEC <cmdline> EXEC shells to operating system and runs given command line. All normal MENU_EXEC parameters can be used, eg. *B is current bps rate and *T is user's time left. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 222 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Example : EXEC c:\doors\xoremote.exe *P *G *D1- *D2- *E- quit MENUTYPE <num> <params> MENUTYPE runs given menutype with given parameters. All menutypes are valid. Example : MENUTYPE 5 WELCOME.ANS MENUTYPE 5 /NEW NEWS.ANS quit IF ELSE END IF-ELSE-END allows you to create conditional loops where IF-loop is executed only if IF-statement is TRUE and ELSE-loop if IF-statement is FALSE. These can be one within one-another. The ELSE branch is optional. Example 1 : IF (@SECLVL@ = 32000) write "^C14,0;You must be sysop!^M;" ELSE write "^C15,0;Your security level is @seclvl@^M;" END quit Example 2 : IF (@TAGFILES_COUNT@ > 0) write "^C12,0;You have flagged files to download.^M;" END quit ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 223 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Example 3 : write "Sysops only: do you want to continue? " write "(~1Y/~2n) ^W;^M;" IF ((@ANSWER@ = 1) AND (@SECLVL@ = 32000)) write "Haha, nothing really important here...^M;" ELSE IF (@ANSWER@ <> 1) write "Wise choice...^M;" END END quit INPUT <filename> Opens file <filename> for input. File can be read with macros @INPUT_NEXT@ and @INPUT_PREV@. Current file position is reported (and can be modified) in macro @INPUT_POS@. Input file size is reported in macro @INPUT_SIZE@ (-1=file not open). ALLPARAM <varname> = type Assigns all remaining parameters to <varname>. Does not clear the parameter list. Examples : See *.SCR in your Concord Script directory for example scripts. Known Problems : - Calculating : Works only with %VARIABLES% (not @CONSTANTS@). Always remember to use () chars around formula... - String / Date / Time comparing : Always use double quotes (") around variables. For example, VAR %STR1% = STRING 5 VAR %STR2% = STRING 5 SET %STR1% = STRCPY 1 5 @BIRTHDAY@ SET %STR2% = STRCPY 1 5 @CURRDATE@ IF ("%STR1%"="%STR2%") WRITE "HAPPY BIRTHDAY!^M;" END ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 224 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── The following is a list of the script files that are automatically run by Concord if they exist: AFTERUSER.SCR : Run after user logoff. BBSHELP.SCR : Run if the user key press is not recognized in the BBS list. BBSLIST.SCR : Edit/Add/Delete BBS from the BBS list. EXPIRE.SCR : Expiration script. GOODBYE.SCR : Logoff script. MINUTE.SCR : Run once per minute. NEWUSER.SCR : New user script. SELDOOR.SCR : Run if the user key press is not recognized in the Select door list. SELFAREA.SCR : Run if the user keypress is not recognized in the select file area list. SELMAREA.SCR : Run if the user keypress is not recognized in the select message area list. SELMSG.SCR : Run if the user keypress is not recognized in the message list. SELVOTE.SCR : Run if the user keypress is not recognized in the vote questions list. STARTUP.SCR : This is run when Concord first takes an incoming call. It is run before displaying the LOGO.ANS, and can be used, for example, to get user info such as screen length, terminal emulation, and language type etc etc. TIMEBANK.SCR : Time and download limit bank. USERFORM.SCR : New user form script. VERIFY.SCR : Verify user script. WELCOME.SCR : Logon script. WHOISON.SCR : Run if the user keypress is not recognized in the Who is on list. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 225 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Setup > Quit ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ This is the easiest menu in CSETUP! :-) If you press RETURN when the 'Quit' option is highlighted, CSETUP will ask if it should 'Save the configuration files? (Y/n)' Press RETURN or Y to save any changes you have made, or press N to abort the changes. PLEASE NOTE! If you press N in the Quit menu, NO changes you may have made will be saved, they will be lost. You have been warned! ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Lng Editor ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Concord is designed to be as flexible as possible, and for this reason you can change almost every part of the program. This also includes the language files. Concord comes with a ready made language file in the distribution archive, so you do NOT have to understand (or even read) this chapter if you don't wish to. But it is included for information in case you want to customize your system in the future. Every line in the DEFAULT.LNG language file is discussed in detail earlier in this manual, refer to the section on 'Setup > Lng File' for more info. The following keys are used in the language file editor: SPACE Used for showing how the highlighted line will actually look when displayed to the user in the BBS. F1 Help screen F8 Msg read options F9 File list options F10 Displays information from the *.INF file belonging to the currently selected language. This shows the following: Description Menu path Text path Script path Top menu Selection key ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 226 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── CTRL-D Enters the default line into the language file. This saves you having to type it all in if you just want to use the normal default entry. You can also load in an old language file and update any blank entries using the Ctrl-D method. This allows you to update an old format language file to a newer version if you have a customized language file in use on your system... Much easier than redoing the whole thing all over again. A..Z Searches for a keyword or phrase in the language file. All of the @MACROS@ are described in detail in a separate chapter later in this manual. Please refer to it if you need to know about any of the available @MACROS@. Please refer to the 'Setup > Lng File' section of this manual for a full description of every line in the default language file and a list of available key scan codes used in various parts of the language file. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - User Editor ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ The user files are next. Some of the available keys in the user editor are: F1 : Display Concord documentation F2 : Edit current user F3 : Display userlist F4 : Display/Edit flags for this user F10 : Display menu ALT-F : Display/Edit flags for this user ALT-S : Edit user security level ALT-D : Toggle delete field PgDn : Next screen PgUp : Previous screen ENTER : Switch to edit mode SPACE : Toggle options in edit mode Arrows : Move within screen when in edit mode More keys are available. See the menu (by pressing F10) for shortcuts to most of the options available. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 227 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── When the User editor is started, you are presented with user number 0 from your userlist. In case you started the User editor with the -CREATE option, as the installation program does, you will only have one user called DEFAULT USER. NEVER delete this user! It is used for all the default settings whenever a new user calls your system. This user is very important as it defines the settings for your new users calling in to your system. Here you specify which securitylevel they will have, what their default settings are and how some of the options are set. Here are the available options in the User editor for every user. Note that it is possible to change the look of the User editor by editing the control files. This list however is about the default User editor screens as supplied with Concord. User editor Screen 1: Option : Name Description : User name. For the default user this is 'Default user'. This is the name the user used to login with and this is used by most external programs when reading user information. Example : Eddy Matthews Option : Alias Description : The alias the user entered (if any). An alias can only be entered if you have setup your system to allow their use. Example : The Spaceman Option : City Description : City as the user has entered it. Please note the difference with the address field explained later. This field is used by most external programs when reading user information. Example : Thornaby, Cleveland, UK Option : Voice Description : The voice phone number as entered by the user at logon. Example : +44-1642-763673 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 228 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Data Description : The data phone number as entered by the user at logon. Example : +44-1642-764245 Option : Birthday Description : Users birthday in the format MM-DD-YY. This format is not necessarily what the user select inside the BBS. This is the format Concord stores it in the userfiles.The format it is displayed in may differ from this. Example : 11-18-62 Option : Sex Description : The gender of this user. Choices : Male/Female Option : Sysop page times Description : The number of times the user has paged the Sysop. Example : 3 Option : Public msgs Description : The number of public messages the user has written on your system. Example : 12 Option : Private msgs Description : The number of private messages the user has written on your system. Example : 32 Option : Upload KB Description : The total number of kilobytes the user has uploaded to your system. Example : 1272 Option : Upload files Description : The total number of files uploaded to your system by this user. Example : 7 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 229 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Download KB Description : The total number of kilobytes downloaded by the user from your BBS. Example : 3682 Option : Download files Description : The total number of files the user has downloaded from your system. Example : 34 Option : Deleted Description : Status of this user. If this field is showing No, the user is not marked for deletion. If it shows Yes, the user is marked for deletion. Note that this does not delete the user from the userlist, it only marks the record for deletion. You will need to purge the userbase, see the options menu (F10) to actually delete the user. Use SPACE to toggle the current setting.This field can also be switched on or off with the Alt-D key. Do not turn this option on for your default user! Choices : Yes/No Option : SecLvl Description : Security level assigned to this user. This can be changed by entering the new number or by pressing the Alt-S key while in viewing mode. The latter will give you a list of the security levels you have specified in the configuration program. Example : 200 Option : Address Description : Three lines for the address of the user. You can request this by using the macros from a script file within Concord. This is explained in another chapter. Example : 32 Whitley Road Thornaby, Cleveland England ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 230 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Screen length Description : The screen length the user has selected. Please note that when you login locally your screenlength is adjusted to your actual screen size, although you might have a different screenlength when calling in from a remote terminal. Example : 24 Option : Password Description : The password the user has selected to use on your system.This is always hidden, unless you are on the field in edit mode. Example : *********** Option : First call Description : Date and time of the users first call to your system, according to your system time. The format is MM-DD-YY HH:MM. Example : 11-23-94 17:46 Option : Last call Description : Date and time of the users last call to your system, according to your system time. The format is MM-DD-YY HH:MM. This is used by the purge by date command in the User editor to determine if the user is within the specified amount of days. Example : 11-23-95 17:46 Option : Times called Description : The number of times the user has called your system. Example : 311 Option : Minutes elapsed Description : The total number of minutes the user has been online to your system. Example : 2508 We now move onto the second user editor screen, which can be selected by pressing the PgUp/PgDn keys, or by pressing the numeric key for the edit screen you want to jump to. For example, pressing key 2 will take you straight to edit screen 2. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 231 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── User editor Screen 2: Option : Protocol Description : The default protocol for this user. Press ENTER and a list window will appear showing all of the defined protocols. Move up and down the list using the cursor keys, and select by pressing SPACE. To return to the previous menu press ESC. A blank entry means that no default has been selected, and the user will be prompted to select a protocol each time it is needed. Choices : Whatever has been defined in CSETUP Option : Packer Description : Default packer for this user. As with the Protocol option, you can press ENTER to get a list window showing all of the available defined packers. Move up and down the list using the cursor keys, and press SPACE to select. To return to the previous menu press ESC. A blank entry means that no default has been selected, and the user will be prompted to select a packer each time it is needed. Choices : Whatever has been defined in CSETUP Option : Editor Description : Default editor for this user. Press RETURN to get a list window showing all of the available defined editors. Move up and down the list using the cursor keys, and select using the SPACE key.To return to the previous menu press ESC. A blank entry means that no default editor has been selected, and the user will be prompted to select an editor each time it is needed. Choices : Whatever has been defined in CSETUP Option : Charset Description : Default character set for this user. Press RETURN and a list window will appear with all of the available defined charsets listed. Move up and down the list using the cursor keys and press SPACE to select. To return to the previous menu press ESC. Choices : Whatever has been defined in CSETUP ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 232 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Msg packet format Description : Default type of offline mail system used.This can be either None, ASCII, QWK, Omen, or BWave. Press the SPACE key when this option is highlighted to step through the available options. You cannot change, add or delete a type of mail system, since these are built into Concord. Choices : None/ASCII/QWK/Omen/BWave Option : Msg area Description : This field contains the number of the area the user last accessed. Example : 95 Option : File area Description : This field contains the number of the file area the user last selected. Example : 134 Option : Door Description : This field contains the number of the door the user has selected. Example : 134 Option : Chat channel Description : Number of chatchannel the user has selected. This is used in the internal multinode chat. Example : 1 Option : Read msgs type Description : This is the type of display the user has selected for reading messages. These types are defined at the end of the language files. The following numbers can be used: 0 The first display type defined. 1 The second display type defined. If you define more types of display for reading messages, this number can increase. Example : 0 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 233 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : File list type Description : The number of the file list type the user selected as his/her default file list type. These types are defined at the end of the language files. The following numbers can be used: 0 The first display type defined. 1 The second display type defined. 2 The third display type defined. If you define more types of display for listing files, this number can increase. Example : 0 Option : Sysop comment Description : A field in the user file where you, the Sysop, can place a remark about the user. Example : Loves Concord The following statistics are only for the current day: Option : Calls Description : Number of calls the user made to your system today. Example : 3 Option : Min elapsed Description : Number of minutes that the user has been online today. Example : 13 Option : DL KB Description : Number of kilobytes downloaded today by this user. Example : 123 Option : DL files Description : Number of files downloaded today by this user. Example : 3 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 234 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Last packet num Description : Number of mail packets downloaded using the offline mail system. When a user downloads another packet the same day, Concord will increase the file extension by one, so your users won't receive a packet with the same name twice. The first packet is called *.QWK (* is replaced by the name you enter in the configuration program), the second will be *.QW1, the third *.QW2 and so on. Example : 1 We now move onto the third user editor screen, which can be selected by pressing the PgUp/PgDn keys, or by pressing the numeric key for the edit screen you want to jump to. For example, pressing key 3 will take you straight to edit screen 3. User editor Screen 3: The first part on this screen concerns the offline mail system. Option : Offline packet days Description : Concord offers an offline message creating feature. This means that offline message packets, (QWK, BlueWave, Omen, ASCII) can be created while the user is offline. The user just needs to logon to download the pre-made packets and logoff. A lot of online time can be saved using this option if the amount of message areas and messages to download is high. Offline packet days describes the days on which the packets are to be created. If all days are active, (first 7 chars are 'X'), Concord will create message packets offline daily for the user. However,if the user knows he/she will only be calling to collect mail on certain days, he/she can select that Concord will only create a mail packet on the days they will be calling. You can toggle between the '-' (inactive) and 'X' (active) setting using the spacebar. The last character in the field (the 8th char) is not used at this time, and can be ignored. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 235 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Max msgs in packet Description : Maximum number of messages Concord will pack into one package for this user. By default this is the number specified in the configuration program,but you can change this for certain users. Example : 500 Option : Include WELCOME Description : Is the file WELCOME.ANS included in the offline mail packet which the user will download or not. Choices : Yes/No Option : Include NEWS Description : Is the file NEWS.ANS included in the offline mail packet which the user will download or not. Choices : Yes/No Option : Include GOODBYE Description : Is the file GOODBYE.ANS included in the offline mail packet which the user will download or not. Choices : Yes/No Option : Include new files list Description : Is the file with a list of new files included in the offline mail packet which the user will download or not. New files are scanned since the last time the user searched for new files. Choices : Yes/No Option : Include new bulletins Description : Are new bulletins included in the offline mail packet which the user will download or not. New bulletins are scanned since the last time the user scanned for bulletins. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 236 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Include last read ptrs Description : Is the file which contains the last read mail pointers included in the packet that the user will download or not. Choices : Yes/No Option : Want to see ALL msgs Description : Does this user want to see msgs for ALL as personal messages or not. Choices : Yes/No Option : Offline packing Description : Are messages packed offline during a system event everyday, or are they only packed when the user selects to pack them online. Choices : Yes/No Option : Mark mail as received Description : Are messages, that have been packed for the user in an offline mail packet, marked as received or not. Choices : Yes/No Option : Not include own msgs Description : Are messages from the user himself, answers and new messages, since the last time the offline mail system was used, included in the mail packet or not. Choices : No/Yes Option : No RE: in subject Description : Should Concord remove and 'RE:' line in the message subject line when packing messages in the offline mail system. Choices : Yes/No Option : First menu Description : Normally a user will start at the main menu called TOP.MNU. But sometimes you might want to redirect this user to a different menu, or you may have a special Sysop menu where you want to jump to straight away, then you can use this option. If there is a menu name given in this field,Concord will jump to that menu, instead of the normal main menu. An ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 237 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── extension is NOT needed since menu files always have MNU as the file extension. Example : SYSOP Option : Language Description : Name of the language file that is active for this user. No extension needed. Example : DEFAULT Option : Last file check Description : Date of the last new files scan by this user. The format is MM-DD-YY. Example : 10-30-94 Option : Last bulletin check Description : Date of the last bulletin check by this user. The format is MM-DD-YY. Example : 11-22-94 Option : Last msg packet Description : Date of the last offline message packet generated for this user. The format is MM-DD-YY. Example : 12-23-94 Option : Expiration date Description : Date that the expiration time for this user expires. When the user logs in to the system, a script file is run, allowing you to take certain actions. This field could be used for membership periods etc. Example : 07-18-97 Option : Time in bank Description : Number of minutes that this user has in the internal timebank. Example : 120 Option : DL-Limit in bank Description : Number of kilobytes this user has in the internal timebank. Example : 1000 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 238 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : View file Description : Name of the file that is to be shown to this user when he/she logs on to your system. Depending on the options specified in next two options,this is done once or always. This filename must have an extension. Example : MEMBER.RIP Option : Delete after view Description : Should the file mentioned in the previous option be deleted after the user has viewed it or not. Choices : Yes/No Option : File viewed Description : This informs you if the file has been viewed or not by this user. Concord changes this field into Yes as soon as the file is viewed by this user. Choices : Yes/No Option : View only once Description : Is this file to be viewed by this user only once or every time they call. Choices : Yes/No We now move onto the fourth user editor screen, which can be selected by pressing the PgUp/PgDn keys, or by pressing the numeric key for the edit screen you want to jump to. For example, pressing key 4 will take you straight to edit screen 4. User editor Screen 4: Some options for controlling Concord's behavior..... Option : Mail check Description : Does this user have his/her mail check on or off. If it is off, Concord will not check for new mail at logon. Choices : Yes/No Option : New files check Description : Does this user have his/her new file check on or off. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 239 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : New bulletins check Description : Does this user have his/her bulletin check on or off. Choices : Yes/No Option : Colors Description : Is this user using colours or not. Choices : Yes/No Option : Hot keys Description : Is this user using hot keys or not. Choices : Yes/No Option : No DL-ratio check Description : Is the Download ratio check performed on this user or not. Choices : Yes/No Option : No kill Description : Is the No-kill flag turned on or not. When this option is on,the user can NOT be deleted from the userbase, even if the Delete flag in screen 1 is on. Use this for example for your own record and that of your co-sysops, then they can NEVER be deleted, even by accident. Choices : Yes/No Option : Calls since bday chk Description : Number of calls since last birthday check. Concord will ask for a birthday verification after the number of days configured in CFG is exceeded. Then this field is reset to 0. Example : 5 Option : Wrong passwords Description : Number of wrong passwords entered since last logon.This can be used as a safety feature to inform the user about any illegal attempts to access the system using his/her name. This counter is reset when a correct password is given. Example : 3 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 240 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : BBS name if Sysop Description : A handy place to keep a note of the BBS name for any visiting Sysops. Example : InfoSoft BBS Option : Date format Description : The date and time format selected by the user. Concord will use this when determining which format to display the date and time in. It does NOT effect the way the dates are stored in the user record, they are ALWAYS MM-DD-YY. Example : DD.MM.YY HH:MM We now move onto the fifth user editor screen, which can be selected by pressing the PgUp/PgDn keys, or by pressing the numeric key for the edit screen you want to jump to. For example, pressing key 5 will take you straight to edit screen 5. User editor Screen 5: Option : Use wordstar keys Description : If enabled, some of the wordstar text editor control keys can be used. They are as follows: Ctrl-S = Left Ctrl-D = Right Ctrl-W = Up Ctrl-X = Down Ctrl-A = Ctrl-Left Ctrl-F = Ctrl-Right Choices : Yes/No Option : Download file descs Description : Does the user want to download a FILES.BBS style list of the downloads with descriptions? Concord will automatically create this file and attach it to the users download list. Please note, there is a similar switch in CSETUP, and this must be enabled too before the user can download file descriptions irrespective of what this is set to in the users record. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 241 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : DESCRIPT.ION format Description : Should Concord use a 4DOS/4OS2 DESCRIPT.ION file format for the download descriptions? If this option is active, Concord will use the DESCRIPT.ION style file, if it is inactive a FILES.BBS style list will be created. See Download File Descs option above. Choices : Yes/No Option : Time units Description : If this is -1, time units are disabled. Otherwise it tells how many minutes the user can spend on the BBS in total. For example, in a Pay BBS, users could buy 1000 minutes of online time for a certain amount of money. After they run out of time units, ie. time units = 0, they will need to buy more time to access the system. Example : 1000 Option : KB units Description : The same as the 'Time units' option, except that this applies to download limit kilobytes. Example : 5000 Option : Long area names Description : If turned on, long area names are stored in QWK mail packets. Please note, not all QWK readers can handle long area names. Choices : Yes/No Option : Include kludges Description : If turned on, echomail and netmail message kludges are included in the offline message packets. Choices : Yes/No Option : Show kludges Description : If turned on, echomail and netmail message kludges are shown when reading messages online. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 242 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Long subjects Description : If turned on, long subjects are stored in QWK packets. Please note, not all QWK readers can handle long subjects.Long subjects are stored in PCBoard format: <#255>@SUBJECT:XXX Choices : Yes/No Pressing F10 when in the user editor will bring up a menu bar that you can select further options from. The menu bar is split into four sub-menus that we will now describe. The four menus are, User Options, List Options, Other Options, and Quit. Lets go through each menu in turn and explain what all the options do. First the User Options menu: Option : F2 Description : Edit the currently selected user. This is the same as pressing ENTER when in the user editor. Option : Alt-S Description : Edit the users security level. This will pop up a window that lists all of the defined security levels.You can scroll up and down this list using the cursor keys, and select one using the SPACE bar. Option : Alt-F Description : Edit the currently selected users flags. This is the same as your pressing F4 in the user editor. It will pop up a window with all of the users flags listed. You can then scroll up and down the flags using the cursor keys and change any that you may want. Option : Shift-Ctrl-F6 Description : Mark a field. Option : Shift-Ctrl-F7 Description : Unmark all. This will clear any fields that were marked with the previous option. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 243 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Ctrl-F1 Description : Capitalizes the users City. Option : Ctrl-F2 Description : Capitalizes the Users Alias. Option : Shift-F3 Description : View the users ASW (answer file). Now we move onto the List Options menu: Option : F3 Description : This displays a listing of all the users on the system, you can scroll up and down this list using the cursor keys, and press ENTER to select the user record you want to view/edit. Option : Alt-F1 Description : Search for a user. This will pop up a window that allows you to select the criteria to search on. For text, ie, user name, alias, city etc, you can enter a partial string to search for. ie. MATT would find Eddy Matthews, as well as any other users with MATT in their names such as Matthew Smith. The User Editor will display a list of all users that match the search criteria.You can then scroll up and down this list using the cursor keys and press ENTER to select the one you want to view/edit. The search can be done on any of the following: Name, Alias, City, Voice, Data, SecLvl, WELCOME.ANS, NEWS.ANS, GOODBYE.ANS, New files, New Bulletins, Last read ptrs, All personal, Offline pack, Mark read, No own msgs, No RE: subj, Mail check, Colors, Hot keys, No DL ratio, No kill, Use WS keys, DL file desc, Filedesc fmt, Time units, KB units. If you've worked your way through these documents, most of the search options above should be fairly straightforward, so I won't waste time explaining them all here. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 244 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Alt-F2 Description : Global edit. Allows you to edit your users globally. This will alter ALL users settings to the value you give. You can globally edit any of the following: Seclvl, WELCOME.ANS, NEWS.ANS, GOODBYE.ANS, New files, New bulletins, Last read ptrs, All personal, Offline pack, Mark read, No own msgs, No RE: subj, Mail check, colors, Hot keys, No DL ratio, No kill, Use WS keys, DL file desc, Filedesc fmt, Time units, KB units. Option : Ctrl-J Description : Jump to user. The editor will ask which user record number to jump to. Enter the number and press ENTER to jump to the user. Option : Ins Description : Add a new user to the user database. Option : Ctrl-F4 Description : Move a user record to a different position in the userbase. Option : Shift-F5 Description : Sort the userbase. This will sort all the entries by security level, starting with the highest levels. Option : Shift-F6 Description : Pack the userbase. This will remove any users that are marked as deleted in the userbase. Now onto the Other Options menu: Option : Alt-M Description : Lists all the available macros that have been defined. These are configured in the CSetup program in the Setup > General > Other Settings > Kbd macros menu. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 245 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Alt-F6 Description : External utilities. A list of external programs that have been setup in the Setup > General > Other Settings > Kbd macros menu in CSetup. And finally, the Quit menu: A rather obvious function... It Quits the User Editor and returns you to the previous menu. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Modifying the User Editor ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Like almost everything else in Concord, you can also change the way the User Editor looks if you want. This is fairly straightforward, but we would advise you to make a backup of any files you are going to alter before you change anything. The files we will be working with are: USERED.FIE The file that controls where everything is on screen, and tells Concord what sort of data is being manipulated etc. USERED.SC1 The first screen in the user editor. USERED.SC2 The second screen in the user editor. USERED.SC3 The third screen in the user editor. USERED.SC4 The fourth screen in the user editor. USERED.SC5 The fifth screen in the user editor. All six files are stored in the main Concord system directory. First we'll take a look at the USERED.SC? files. These are made using a shareware program called TheDraw. If you don't have a copy of it you will need to get one. You should find it available on most decent BBS systems. Put TheDraw into a temporary working directory, so we can then start to modify the screens. Copy USERED.SC1 into this temporary directory and RENAME it to USERED.BIN - You HAVE made a backup first haven't you? ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 246 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── All of the screens used in the User Editor are TheDraw Binary files. To get TheDraw to load them in correctly you MUST rename each screen in turn to USERED.BIN,otherwise TheDraw will not know it is dealing with a BINARY file.Don't forget to RENAME any files you SAVE as the ORIGINAL filename before starting work on another, otherwise you will be overwriting the ones you have already modified when you rename them! If you run TheDraw, and load in the file USERED.BIN, you will then see it in all it's glory exactly as it appears in the User Editor in CSetup. Now you can change any of the colours, change the text, move things around etc etc... Please refer to TheDraw documents for an explanation of how it works. It is beyond the scope of this manual to describe everything here. That's all there is to modifying the USERED.SC? files... PLEASE NOTE the file USERED.FIE contains data which tells CSetup where to place data on screen in the User Editor, so if you MOVE any of the items in the default screens, you MUST alter the USERED.FIE to suit. Failure to do this will mean that CSetup will display things at the wrong position on screen. We will now discuss the most complicated part of the procedure. That is the USERED.FIE file. USERED.FIE is a plain ascii text file, and it contains the following fields that you can modify: Option : X Description: X screen co-ordinate position. Example : 22 Option : Y Description: Y screen co-ordinate position. Example : 10 Option : Len Description: The length of the field. Example : 35 Option : Scr Description: The edit screen number. This is the number of the screen in which the option is displayed. For example, everything on USERED.SC1 will have a value of 1, everything on USERED.SC2 will be 2 etc. Example : 1 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 247 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : EditC Description: The field colour when the cursor is active on this field. In other words, the colour used when this item is being edited. Example : 15 Option : ShowC Description: The field colour when the cursor is not active on this field. In other words, the colour used to display this item when it is not in edit mode. Example : 31 Option : Attr Description: The bitmapped attribute for this edit field. The Attr values are as follows: SHOWONLY = $01; (Bit 0 - Show only) MARKED = $02; (Bit 1 - Marked field) FIND = $04; (Bit 2 - Find operation allowed) REPLACE = $08; (Bit 3 - Replace operation allowed) HIDDEN = $10; (Bit 4 - Hidden edit field) For example, 12 = $0C = Find + Replace Example : 12 Option : EditPos Description: This is the field start position in the user record. For example, Password CRC starts at position 416 in the user record. We will now list some of the most used EditPos values...Please note, this list is NOT complete. Password CRC = 416 OfflineDays = 391 Name = 004 MaxMsgs = 401 Alias = 040 WELCOME.ANS = 392 City = 076 NEWS.ANS = 392 Voice = 102 GOODBYE.ANS = 392 Data = 123 NewFiles = 392 Birthday = 144 NewBulletins = 392 Sex = 188 LastReadPtrs = 392 Pages = 212 AllPersonal = 392 PublicMsgs = 216 OfflinePack = 392 PrivMsgs = 220 MarkRead = 392 UpK = 224 NoOwnMsgs = 392 UpTimes = 228 No Re: Subj = 392 DownK = 232 FirstMenu = 312 DownTimes = 236 Language = 321 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 248 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Deleted = 188 LastFileChk = 306 SecLvl = 165 LastBullChk = 308 Address1 = 001 LastMsgPkt = 407 Address2 = 002 Expiration = 310 Address3 = 003 TimeInBank = 369 ScrLen = 187 LimitInBank = 373 Password = 146 ViewFName = 377 FirstTime = 196 DelAfterView = 188 LastTime = 200 FileViewed = 188 TimesCalled = 204 ViewOnlyOnce = 188 TotalMin = 208 MailCheck = 188 Protocol = 000 NewFiles = 188 Packer = 000 NewBullet = 188 Editor = 000 Colors = 188 CharSet = 000 HotKeys = 188 MsgPkt = 390 No DL Ratio = 188 MsgArea = 330 NoKill = 188 FileArea = 338 VerifyCalls = 399 DoorArea = 346 PasswdTries = 400 ChatChannel = 354 BBSName = 000 ReadMsgType = 396 DateFormat = 415 FileListType = 397 Use WS Keys = 188 SysopCmnt = 240 DL File Desc = 188 TodayCalls = 358 FileDescFmt = 188 TodayElapsed = 359 TimeUnits = 463 TodayDownK = 361 KBUnits = 467 TodayDowns = 365 TodayLastPkt = 398 Example : 392 Option : EditInfo Description: The field length in the user record or bit number for bitmapped attribute. Again, we will list the same items as in the list above to give you a start. Please remember, this list is not complete. Password CRC = 04 OfflineDays = 00 Name = 35 MaxMsgs = 02 Alias = 35 WELCOME.ANS = 00 City = 25 NEWS.ANS = 01 Voice = 20 GOODBYE.ANS = 02 Data = 20 NewFiles = 03 Birthday = 00 NewBulletins = 04 Sex = 04 LastReadPtrs = 05 Pages = 04 AllPersonal = 06 PublicMsgs = 04 OfflinePack = 07 PrivMsgs = 04 MarkRead = 08 UpK = 04 NoOwnMsgs = 09 UpTimes = 04 No Re: Subj = 11 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 249 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── DownK = 04 FirstMenu = 08 DownTimes = 04 Language = 08 Deleted = 00 LastFileChk = 00 SecLvl = 02 LastBullChk = 00 Address1 = 35 LastMsgPkt = 00 Address2 = 35 Expiration = 00 Address3 = 35 TimeInBank = 04 ScrLen = 01 LimitInBank = 04 Password = 15 ViewFName = 12 FirstTime = 00 DelAfterView = 12 LastTime = 00 FileViewed = 13 TimesCalled = 04 ViewOnlyOnce = 14 TotalMin = 04 MailCheck = 01 Protocol = 00 NewFiles = 02 Packer = 00 NewBullet = 17 Editor = 00 Colors = 08 CharSet = 00 HotKeys = 10 MsgPkt = 00 No DL Ratio = 03 MsgArea = 04 NoKill = 07 FileArea = 04 VerifyCalls = 01 DoorArea = 04 PasswdTries = 01 ChatChannel = 04 BBSName = 00 ReadMsgType = 01 DateFormat = 14 FileListType = 01 Use WS Keys = 18 SysopCmnt = 60 DL File Desc = 19 TodayCalls = 01 FileDescFmt = 20 TodayElapsed = 02 TimeUnits = 04 TodayDownK = 04 KBUnits = 04 TodayDowns = 04 TodayLastPkt = 01 Example : 04 Option : EditType Description: This is the type of field used to store the data. The value you enter here can range from 1 (string) to 17 (address line) as shown below. There are two basic types, General and Specific,which are further broken down into sub types as follows: General Types: STRING = $01 (String) NUMBER = $02 (Number) ATTRIB = $03 (Bitmapped attribute) UNIX = $04 (LongInt; Unix datetime) DATE = $05 (Word; Date) TIME = $06 (Word; Time) ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 250 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Specific Types: PROTO = $07 (Transfer protocol) PACKER = $08 (Packer) EDITOR = $09 (External message editor) CHARSET = $0A (Charset) SEX = $0B (User sex) MSGPKT = $0C (Offline message packet format) EMUL = $0D (Terminal emulation type) PKTDAYS = $0E (Offline message packet days) BBSNAME = $0F (BBS Name) DATEFMT = $10 (Date format) ADDRESS = $11 (Address line) Example : 2 Option : Comment Description: This is the field that is displayed in find and replace windows that reminds the user of each fields meaning. Example : Password CRC ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Menu Editor ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ The menu editor is next. This will directly create your menus in a compiled format. The menus are the heart of your BBS system. Concord has extremely flexible menus that will allow you to have a system setup that can be as simple or complex as you want. But always remember that the menus (and ANSI screens) you create have to be usable by your users, and while highly complicate setups may be able to show every feature available in Concord, they can become very confusing for your users..KISS is always a good maxim (Keep It Simple Stupid!). Try to only use the features that are necessary so that your menus don't become too cluttered. We will discuss menu layouts later, but for now we'll step through all of the available menu types and explain how they work. When the Menu Editor is started, a screen with two boxes is shown. The top box informs you about the keys that are available The bottom one displays the available menus and the directories. Use ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 251 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── the cursor keys to select the menu file you want or the directory you want to change to. Press SPACE or ENTER to open the menu file or change directory. Press N to start a new menu file. This will ask for the menu filename to create. The following keys are available in the menu editor here: INSERT Add menu line to menu DEL Remove line from menu + Copy a line from the menu * Paste a line from the menu SHIFT Move a menu line to another position using the cursor keys F1 Display/Browse Concord manual F2 Display ANSI file belonging to menu ESC Return to edit window CURSOR KEYS Move the highlight bar around the menu ENTER Edit the highlighted option The arrow keys allow you to move within the menu editor. Pressing Shift-Arrow keys allows you to move a menu line up or down, depending on the arrow key that was pressed. The following fields are available in the menu editor: Field : Key Description : The Key that determines the type of action this command is. There are 5 special keys available: AUT Automatic menu type. This command is executed automatically when the menu is accessed. You have to use this for menu options which will need to be executed without any user interference, like displaying the menu ANS, ASC, AVT or RIP file. This option is displayed as AUT in the key field, and is selected by pressing ALT-A when in edit mode. SEL Select menu type. This command is used for menu options that are available within Concord by using cursor keys to select an option and then activating the option by pressing ENTER. This key means the action to perform for this menu. This option is always used in ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 252 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── conjunction with the following option. This option is displayed as SEL in the key field, and is selected by pressing ALT-M when in edit mode. CUR Select cursor. The text behind this command is displayed on screen. You will have to use this option TWICE after each SEL command. The first is the cursor 'ON' line, the second the cursor 'OFF' line. The CUR option is selected by pressing ALT-C when in edit mode. NOT Tells Concord to run this option when a command is not found. To select the NOT option, press ALT-N when in edit mode. % Escape. This means that the ESC key needs to be pressed. In all other cases the hotkey is the same as the next option, the input key. Field : Input Description : Command that defines the key that will execute the menu command. When the user presses this key, the menu command will be executed. This can be any key that is available on the keyboard. Field : Menu type Description : The menutype. Pressing ENTER here will display a menu with all available menu types sorted per group. Here's a short list of all the menu types in each group. General Goto menu Gosub menu Return from gosub Logoff Show ANSI w/ hotkeys Show ANSI w/out hotkeys Show ANSI file w/ ENTER Run script Run external program Exit to OS w/ errorlevel ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 253 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Yell Sysop Run form Multinode chat Write string to log file Write string to screen BBS list Show BBS list Edit/view BBS in BBS list (/ADD) Edit/view BBS in BBS list (/CHANGE) Edit/view BBS in BBS list (/REMOVE) Edit/view BBS in BBS list (/VERIFY) Edit/view BBS in BBS list Download BBS list Check user's BBS Files Show file list Show new files (/ALL) Show files w/ filemask (/ALL) Show files w/ keyword (/ALL) Goto previous file area Goto next file area Select file area (/ALL) Select file area (/COMB) View file Unpack file to temp dir Pack files in temp dir Copy files to temp dir List files in temp dir Erase files in temp dir View files in temp dir Move file to another area Check flagged files (/ALL) Upload files Download files Set combined file areas Create new files list Copy flagged to temp dir Check file attachs Attach file to user Kill files in attach path List files in any path (C:\CONCORD) Messages Goto prev msg area Goto next msg area Select msg area (/ALL) Select msg area (/COMB) Quick-scan msgs (/FORWARD) Quick-scan msgs (/REVERSE) ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 254 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Quick-scan msgs (/FORWARD /NEW) Read msgs on curr area (/FORWARD) Read msgs on curr area (/REVERSE) Read msgs on curr area (/FORWARD /NEW) Read msgs on comb areas (/FORWARD /NEW) Write message Mail scan Read marked msgs Download msg packet (/NEW) Upload msg packet Set combined msg areas Show area statistics Write msg w/ text file Doors Goto prev door Goto next door Select door (/ALL) Run external door program (@DOOR_CMDLINE@) Others Edit user info Show who is on Show last callers (/TODAY) Show last callers (/15) Show user list (USERLIST) Set cursor location Show bulletins (/NEW) Show bulletins Add/view last user cmnt (/SHOW) Add/view last user cmnt (/ADD) Check user's view file Analyze user screen size Redraw screen (/YES) Set temporal cmdline mode Force not use INCLUDE.MNU Run SBBS .Q-A file Show aphorism Age statistics Vote system Add new vote Quit Set select cursor pos Send string to node Select area group ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 255 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Field : Datafield Description : Optional data field. Here you specify the optional behavior to some of the menu commands. See the menu commands for the available commands that you can use in this field. Field : Sec Description : Security settings for this menu command. Pressing ENTER here will display a window with the following options: Sec. level Level needed to access this menu option. The user must have a security level equal or higher than the level specified here to gain access to the menu option. Flags Flagsettings. Settings needed to gain access to this menu option.Press SPACE to activate the flag edit window. Age Age needed to access this menu option. Bps rate Minimum BPS rate needed to access this menu option. Pressing ESC will bring you back to the normal edit window. When you are done editing, pressing ESC will display the window to confirm if you want to save the menu. creating selection menus is easier than you think,because Concord will do most of the hard work for you. First design your ANSI screens for your menus using a program such as TheDraw or A3E. Create the menus with at least one line, which displays the ANSI file. When you have done this select the menu to which you want to add the selection menu options. Concord will display the ANSI file and then show you the menu list.Press F2 to display the ANSI screen. Move your cursor to the start of the selection menu.Press SPACE. Move to the end of the selection menu and press SPACE again. Now you will see a bar that represents your menu selection. Press ENTER and Concord will add three lines to your menu. Change the settings in these lines to what you want and your selection menu option is done. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 256 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Menu Editor - Menu Types ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Here's a complete list of all available menu options. The following notation will be used to explain the menu options: Menu number : Number of this menu option. This is the number that you can use in the script files available with Concord. Although the full number includes a $, I will mostly just talk about a menu option without this character. So if I write menu type 8, I mean menu type $0008. Menu name : Name of this menu option. Description : Description of this menu option and how it behaves. In some cases this can be dependent on the optional data options available for the menu type. Data syntax : The format of the optional data line. Mandatory data : List of options for this menu type that MUST be specified. The options mentioned in the Extra options field are optional, they do not have to be used, but can be if needed. Extra options : Any extra menu options that can be included in the optional data field,like opening hours etc. These are optional,the options mentioned in the Mandatory data field must be defined. Options in [] brackets are optional. Options in <> brackets have to be replaced by a string. This could be a filename or a searchstring. If you have problems understanding a menu option we suggest you have a look at the default menus included in the Concord archive. If you still have problems, contact one of the support sites. Note that when you use the menu numbers in text and scriptfiles, you are allowed to remove any preceding 0's. So menu option 0003 is the same as 3. Menu number : $0001 Menu name : MENU_GOTO Description : Changes to the menu specified in the optional data field. This Goto is performed without adding this menu to the stack of menus you've visited. ( See menu option 2 for more information about this.) Data syntax : [/T<HH:MM-HH:MM>] [/P<password>] <menuname> Mandatory data : Name of the menu to go to, without the .MNU extension. The menu name is the last item on ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 257 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── the optional data line. Extra options : /T<HH:MM-HH:MM> Opening and closing hours of this menu option. The first HH:MM is the opening time of this menu option in hours and minutes, the second HH:MM is the closing time in hours and minutes. Use the 24 hour notation method for these fields. /P<password> The /P option is followed by the password needed to gain access to this menu option. When a password is present, Concord will ask the user for the password. Only if the password is entered correctly will Concord give access. Menu number : $0002 Menu name : MENU_GOSUB Description : Jump to the menu specified in the optional data field and add the menu you jump from to the stack of menus visited. This allows you to use menu command 3 and return from a menu to the previous menu. This is not possible when using menu command 1. Data syntax : [/T<HH:MM-HH:MM>] [/P<password>] <menuname> Mandatory data : Name of the menu to jump to, without the .MNU extension. The menu name is the last item on the optional data line. Extra options : /T<HH:MM-HH:MM> Opening and closing hours of this menu option. The first HH:MM is the opening time of this menu option in hours and minutes, the second HH:MM is the closing time in hours and minutes. Use the 24 hour notation method for these fields. /P<password> The /P option is followed by the password needed to gain access to this menu option. When a password is present, Concord will ask the user for the password. Only if the password is entered correctly will Concord give access. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 258 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $0003 menu name : MENU_RETURN Description : Return to the previous menu. This command looks in the stack of menus visited and returns to the last one entered in that list. If the option is used again without adding a menu to the stack, this menu option will jump to the menu before the last menu. In other words it will step back through the menus one at a time in reverse order. Data syntax : [/T<HH:MM-HH:MM>] [/P<password>] [<menuname> /"*"] Mandatory data : Normally you don't have to enter anything here, because Concord jumps back to the last menu in the menu stack. Extra options : /T<HH:MM-HH:MM> Opening and closing hours of this menu option. The first HH:MM is the opening time of this menu option in hours and minutes, the second HH:MM is the closing time in hours and minutes. Use the 24 hour notation method for these fields. /P<password> The /P option is followed by the password needed to gain access to this menu option. When a password is present, Concord will ask the user for the password. Only if the password is entered correctly will Concord give access. <menuname> Name of the menu to jump to. "*" Tells Concord to jump to the menu defined as TOP menu. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 259 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $0004 Menu name : MENU_LOGOFF Description : Menu command to leave the BBS and hangup the phone. Data syntax : [/NOHANGUP] [/IMMEDIATE] [/<errorlevel>] [/RESTORECHANGES] Mandatory data : Normally you use this command without any options. When this menu command is used, Concord will look for a script file called GOODBYE.SCR and execute the commands in this scriptfile. See the chapter about the script files for more information.If the GOODBYE.SCR doesn't exist, it will simply terminate the call. Extra options : /NOHANGUP /IMMEDIATE Concord will disconnect immediately, without starting the scriptfile GOODBYE.SCR. /<errorlevel> Concord will exit with the errorlevel specified in the optional data field. This must be the last option on the textline. Your batchfile should intercept this errorlevel and continue. Normally Concord exits with errorlevel 0. /RESTORECHANGES This option allows you to tell Concord NOT to store any changes the user made in the userrecord. Very useful when you have a GUEST account and don't want your users to keep changing the options in that account. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 260 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $0005 Menu name : MENU_SHOWHOT Description : Show a textfile with hotkeys available. This option is mainly used to display the ANSI file belonging to the menu file. This menu type allows the user to press a key defined in the menu before the whole ANSI file is displayed. Menu type 8 will first display the file and then look to see if the user pressed a key or not, while this menu type will do so during the display also. Displaying the file depends on the settings from the user. If the user has RIP turned on and there is a file with the correct name and a RIP extension, this file is used instead of the ANSI file. Data syntax : [/NEW] <filename> Mandatory data : You will have to enter the filename to display. Do not enter the extension, unless you want to only display the file specified. You can use the filename only or use a complete path and filename. If only the filename is given, Concord will search the default text path and the main directory for the file. Extra options : /NEW If this option is specified, Concord will only show the file if it is new. If the file has already been seen by the user it will not be shown again. Menu number : $0006 Menu name : MENU_SCRIPT Description : Run a Concord script file. These files can contain almost all available menu commands and script file commands and are very powerful. See the chapter on scriptfiles for more information about the commands available. Note that the script file mentioned here is a Concord scriptfile, not a SuperBBS .Q-A file. Data syntax : <scriptfile name> [/JUMP:Label] [Scriptpar.] Mandatory data : Name of the scriptfile to run. The .SCR extension is not needed. Extra options : /JUMP:Label Label in the scriptfile to jump to. This allows you to use one big scriptfile and jump to the part of the scriptfile you need using labels. This works the same as the GOTO command in the script language. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 261 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── [Scriptparameters] Script parameters can be used with: PARAM variable = type command just as in the goto/gosub menutypes. Menu number : $0007 Menu name : MENU_EDIT Description : This menu commands allows you to edit the user information. Data syntax : <Command> Mandatory data : Name of the item to edit. Some of these commands need extra text lines added in the optional data field, some work without extra textlines. This is noted with every option. Command can be one of the following options, in alphabetical order: ADDRESS Allows you to change the address which is contained in the userlist. ALIAS Allows the user to change the alias in his/her userrecord. No text line needed. BULLETCHK Allows the user to toggle bulletin check on or off. This is a Yes/No field. CHARSET Allows the user to select another character set. No text line needed. CITY Allows the user to change the city in his/her userrecord. No text line needed. COLORS Allows the user to toggle colors on and off. This is a Yes/No field. DATA Allows the user to change the DATA phone number in his/her userrecord. No text line needed. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 262 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── EDITOR Allows the user to select a default message editor. No text line needed. FILECHK Allows the user to toggle the filecheck on or off. This is a Yes/No field. HOTKEYS Allows the user to toggle hotkeys on or off. This is a Yes/No field. LANGUAGE Allows the user to change the language used. No text line needed. MAILCHK Allows the user to toggle mailcheck on or off. This is a Yes/No field. OFFLINEFORMAT Allows the user to change the offline mail format. PACKER Allows the user to select a default archiver. No text line needed. PASSWORD Allows the user to change the password in his/her userrecord. No text line needed. PKT_ALLPERSONAL Allows the user to toggle the setting about receiving mail to ALL as personal on or off. This is a Yes/No question. PKT_GOODBYE Allows the user to toggle the inclusion of the file GOODBYE.ANS in the offline mail packet on or off. This is a Yes/No field. PKT_LASTREAD Allows the user to toggle the inclusion of the last read pointer file in the offline mail packet on or off. This is a Yes/No field. PKT_MARKREAD Allows the user to toggle the setting about marking all personal mail as received in the offline mail packet. This is a Yes/No field. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 263 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── PKT_MAXMSGS Allows the user to change the number of messages in the offline mail packet. PKT_NEWBULLETS Allows the user to toggle the inclusion of the new bulletins in the offline mail packet on or off. This is a Yes/No field. PKT_NEWFILES Allows the user to toggle the inclusion of the new files list in the offline mail packet on or off. This is a Yes/No field. PKT_NEWS Allows the user to toggle the inclusion of the file NEWS.ANS in the offline mail packet on or off. This is a Yes/No field. PKT_NOOWNMSGS Allows the user to toggle the option for receiving own mail in the offline mail packets on or off. This is a Yes/No field. PKT_OFFLINE Allows the user to change the type of offline mail packets. PKT_WELCOME Allows the user to toggle the inclusion of the file WELCOME.ANS in the offline mail packet on or off. This is a Yes/No field. PROTOCOL Allows the user to select a default protocol. SCREENLEN Allows the user to change the screenlength he/she is using. VOICE Allows the user to change the VOICE phone number in his/her userrecord You can only use one command per menu line. Not all of these commands react the same, some might display a list to choose from, others need some more work. See the default menus for an example. Extra options : None. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 264 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $0008 Menu name : MENU_SHOWFILE Description : Display a textfile to the user. This can be an ASCII, ANSI, AVT (Avatar) or RIP file, depending on the type of emulation used by the user. This command does not monitor key presses during display of the file, as menu command 5 does. Use this command to display normal files and use menu command 5 to display menu textfiles. Data syntax : [/NEW] <filename> Mandatory data : You will have to enter the filename to display. Do not enter the extension, unless you want only to display the file specified. You can use the filename only or use a complete path and filename. If only the filename is given, Concord will search the default text path and the main directory for the file. Extra options : /NEW If this parameter is used, Concord will only display the file if it is new.If the file has already been displayed to the user it will not be shown again. Menu number : $0009 Menu name : MENU_EXEC Description : Menu command to execute external programs, like utilities. Concord will swap itself out of memory and execute the program specified. You can use several options to specify how Concord should behave. When the external program is finished, Concord reloads and displays the menu again. Data syntax : <filename> [<parameters>] [<options>] Mandatory data : Filename of the program to run. This can be a filename only, but we suggest that you always use the full path, so Concord will execute the correct program. Extra options : <parameters> Parameters needed to run the external program. This depends on the program that you want to run. See the manual from the program for more info about this. <options> These are options used to control Concord's behavior when shelling to the external program. The following options are available: ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 265 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── *B Translated by Concord into the users BPS rate. *C Translated by Concord into the current COMSPEC settings. That is the full path and filename of your command processor. *D1- Tells Concord NOT to create a DORINFOx.DEF drop file which is used by some doors. *D2- Tells Concord NOT to create a DOOR.SYS drop file which is used by some doors. *D3- Tells Concord NOT to create a EXITINFO.BBS drop file which is used by some doors. *E- Tells Concord NOT to create a EXITINFO.DAT drop file used by some doors. This file contains more info than the standard EXITINFO.BBS file, but is not in common usage yet. *F Translated by Concord into the users first name. *G Translated by Concord into the users colour mode. *H OS/2 comport handle *J Translated by Concord into the users screen length. *L Translated by Concord into the users last name. *N Translated by Concord into the current node. *O Wait for OS/2 task *P Translated by Concord into the current COM port. *R Translated by Concord into the users record number in the userlist. *S Tells Concord to attempt swap itself out of memory to leave more free memory for the program you are calling. You must tell the system how much memory you want to allocate by using the following format: *S:<minimum_memory_in_kb> ie. *S:384 *T Translated by Concord into the users time left in minutes. *W Wait when exiting *Z1 No time checking *Z2 No clear screen These options allow you to influence the way Concord and the external program will behave. Concord is capable of creating a DORINFOx.DEF, DOOR.SYS, EXITINFO.BBS and EXITINFO.DAT file. So any program that uses any of these files can be used with Concord. Please note that some commands might need menu option 19 (See below) to clear the screen after making a selection. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 266 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $000A Menu name : MENU_ERRLVL Description : Exits to the main batchfile with the errorlevel specified in the optional data field. When Concord is reloaded with the -R option, it returns to the menu where you started the menu option from. This option removes Concord completely from memory until it is restarted. Data syntax : [*D1-] [*D2-] <errorlevel> Mandatory data : You will have to specify the errorlevel that Concord will exit with. Do not use errorlevels below 10 as these are used for program errors and other actions from Concord. Extra option : *D1- Informs Concord NOT to create a DORINFOx.DEF file.This file is needed by some external programs to receive user information. *D2- Informs Concord NOT to create a DOOR.SYS file. This file is needed by some programs to receive user information. Note that with this menu option not all exit options are available as in menu type 9. Menu number : $000B Menu name : MENU_YELL Description : Menu command to page the Sysop for a chat. Concord will use the sound device configured in the config program to warn the Sysop that somebody wants to talk to him/her. Data syntax : [/FORCED] [<defaultpagereason> Mandatory data : None Extra options : /FORCED This option allows the chat function to be active, even if the page times specified in the config program say that paging hours are over. This could be handy for certain users, like a Co-Sysop, so he/she might be able to page you even outside page hours. <defaultpagereason> When a default page reason is defined, Concord will use this as the reason for the page. If this option is not used,Concord will ask the user what the reason for the page is. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 267 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $000C Menu name : MENU_WHOISON Description : This menu option displays a list of all users online on all lines or let's you search for a user online. Data syntax : [<searchstring>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : <searchstring> Allows you to enter a username to search for in the online users. You can use a scriptfile to ask the user what name to search for and then start the menu option with the given string as the searchstring. Menu number : $000D Menu name : MENU_LASTCALL Description : Shows a list of the last callers to the system. This can be a list of the last x callers or the callers for the current day. Data syntax : [/TODAY] [/<numberoflastcallers>] [<searchstr>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : /TODAY This option allows you to display only the callers that have called the current day. /<numberoflastcallers> Number of callers to display in the list. By default this is 15. Concord will display the users for more than 1 day if needed to fill the list. <searchstring> Allows you to enter a username to search for in the lastcallers list. You can use a scriptfile to ask the user what name to search for and then start the menu option with the given string as the searchstring. Menu number : $000E Menu name : SHOWUSERS Description : Shows the userlist of the system to the user. This can be done in several ways, depending on the control file. Data syntax : <Listtype> [<searchstr>] [</FS>] Mandatory data : You have to give the listtype as defined in the file LISTS.CTL. This file contains the layout for the list. You can add, delete or change any of the available listtypes.See the ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 268 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── chapter on control files for an explanation about the options in the list control file. Extra options : <searchstr> Allows you to enter a username to search for in the userlist. You can use a scriptfile to ask the user what name to search for and then start the menu option with the given string as the searchstring. /FS Displays the list in full screen (select list) mode. Menu number : $000F Menu name : MENU_SHOWBBS Description : Shows the internal BBS list to the user. The user will be able to search for a specific BBS name. Data syntax : [<searchstring>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : <searchstring> Allows you to enter a BBS name to search for in the BBS list. You can use a scriptfile to ask the user what name to search for and then start the menu option with the given string as the searchstring. Menu number : $0010 Menu name : MENU_EDITBBS Description : Menu option to allow the user to change, add, remove or verify the BBS information of his/her BBS. Data syntax : [/ADD] [/CHANGE] [/REMOVE] [/VERIFY] [/<number>] Mandatory data : You can use one of the following options as optional data. Only one command is allowed at a time. Concord uses the BBSLIST?.* files in your main directory to display the information when entering or changing BBS information. /ADD Add a BBS to the list. The user can enter information like BBS name, telephone number, network addresses etc. /CHANGE Change the BBS information. This can only be done by the user who entered the information. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 269 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── /REMOVE Remove a BBS from the BBSlist. This can only be done by the person who entered the information. /VERIFY This option allows the Sysop of the BBS to verify that his/her BBS is still operational. The verify date will be set to the date that it was verified. Concord has the option to automatically, after a certain amount of days, ask the user who entered the information, if the BBS is still operational.The Sysop of the BBS where the BBS list is on will also have the options to edit, verify, add and remove BBS's from the list. Extra options : /<number> Concord will show information about the BBS set using the /<number> parameter. For example, if you want to show YOUR BBS details to the user automatically, and you know it is number 3 in the list, you could use /3 as the parameter. Menu number : $0011 Menu name : MENU_DOWNBBS Description : This menu option allows your users to download the internal BBS list. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None Menu number : $0012 Menu name : MENU_SETCURSOR Description : Allows you to place the cursor on any location on the screen. The top left hand corner is 0,0. The top right hand corner is 80,0.Bottom left is (with 25 lines on screen) 0,25 and the bottom right is 80,25. You can place the cursor anywhere you want by defining the X and Y location. Data syntax : <x>,<y>[,<string>] Mandatory data : You have to enter the location for the cursor in x,y format. Extra options : <string> String to be displayed at the given cursor location. This string could, for example, be used to display the commandline at the bottom of your menus. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 270 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $0013 Menu name : MENU_CHECKBBS Description : Menu option allowing you to check the date that a BBS operated by the person logging on was verified. If the date is longer ago than the number of days specified in the configuration, the user is asked if the BBS is still operational or if it should be removed from the list. This helps keep your internal BBS list keep up to date. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None Menu number : $0014 Menu name : MENU_CHECKBULL Description : Menu option that displays the bulletin list or searches for new bulletins, depending on the optional data. Data syntax : [/NEW] [/SHOW] <bulletinname> Mandatory data : Name of the control file for the bulletins. This is an ASCII file with the format "Bulletin description" followed by the "Bulletin name". See the example included in the Concord archive for more information. Extra options : /NEW Only shows the bulletins when there are new bulletins since the last check. /SHOW Show bulletin file without showing the bulletin list first. Menu number : $0015 Menu name : MENU_SHOWENTER Description : Similar menu option to menu type 8, only the line "Press ENTER to continue..."is displayed at the end of the file and Concord waits for the user to press ENTER. Data syntax : [/NEW] <filename> Mandatory data : You will have to enter the filename to display. Do not enter the extension, unless you want only to display the file specified. You can use the filename only or use a complete path and filename. If only the filename is given, Concord will search the default text path and the main directory for the file. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 271 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Extra options : /NEW If this parameter is used, Concord will only display the file if it is new.If the file has already been displayed to the user it will not be shown again until it is updated. Menu number : $0016 Menu name : MENU_LASTCMT Description : This menu option handles everything to do with the last user comment option in Concord. It allows your user to write a comment and view the comment from the last user. This option is mostly used in the logoff menu, but you are free to change that. Data syntax : [/SHOW] [/NOKILL] [/ADD] [/maxlines] Mandatory data : At least one of the extra options. Extra options : /SHOW This will display the comment the last user has made. If there is no comment,Concord will do nothing with this menu option. /NOKILL Concord will not kill the last user comment, so it is available to all users until a new one is entered. Normally the comment is cleared after the next user loggedoff without writing a new comment. The /NOKILL option is used in combination with the /SHOW option. /ADD This option allows the user to write a comment to the next user. /maxlines Number of lines that the user comment will be. Normally this is around 5 lines. When no number is given, Concord defaults to 2 lines. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 272 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $0017 Menu name : MENU_USERVFILE Description : This menu option is used to check if the file defined in the userrecord VIEWFILE option is displayed or not. If the setting USER_VIEWED or the setting USER_VIEWONLYONCE are false, the file defined in the current userrecord is shown.If the setting in the USER_DELAFTERVIEW field is true, Concord deletes the file, otherwise it leaves the file as it is. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None Menu number $0018 is not currently available for use. Menu number : $0019 Menu name : MENU_REDRAW Description : This menu option allows you to redraw the sreen. Normally screen redraws are on, except for menu type 7, where it is off by default. This menu command allows you to turn screen redraws on or off for a certain menu option. This menu command does nothing on it's own, but should be used in combination with another menu command, but with the same execute key. Here's an example: Z Z MENU_EDIT OFFLINEFORMAT Z Z MENU_REDRAW /YES The option can also be used to turn screen redraws off on certain menu commands. Data syntax : [/Yes] [/No] Mandatory data : None Extra options : /Yes Turn screen redraws on for this menu option only. /No Turn screen redraws off for this menu option only. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 273 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $001A Menu number : MENU_RUNFORM Description : Concord allows you to use a form to enter information. A form is a predefined screen where you can set areas where information is entered. Every form needs a control file, which has the extension FRM. See the chapter on text and controlfiles for more information about forms. Data syntax : <formname> Mandatory data : Name of the form file to use. Extra options : None Menu option : $001B Menu option : MENU_CMDLINE Description : This menu command enters commandline mode for the duration of one single command line. Normally when hotkeys are active, you can only press one key and the command is executed. But sometimes it might be necessary to enter more than one option. This can be done by using this menu option, which will turn hotkeys off and make it a command line system until ENTER is pressed. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None Menu number : $001C Menu name : MENU_NODEFMENU Description : When there is a menu called INCLUDE.MNU, the menu options in this menu are added to every menu in Concord. This allows you to place options which should be available everywhere to the user in this menu. Sometimes it might be necessary that this menu is not used and to allow this, menu option 1C has been defined. This will force Concord not to use the INCLUDE.MNU file if it is found. Use this menu command as an automatic menu option. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 274 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $001D Menu name : MENU_MNODECHAT Description : Menu to start the multi node chat. If you run a BBS with more than 1 line,you can have your users chat with each other. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None Menu number : $001E Menu name : MENU_SBBS_Q_A Description : This menu command let's you run your old SuperBBS Q-A files. Please note that not all options from SuperBBS are supported and that the scriptfile language from Concord is far more powerful. Data syntax : <Filename> Mandatory data : Name of the Q-A file to execute. Extra options : None Menu number : $001F Menu name : MENU_APHORISM Description : This menu command allows you to display a fortune cookie to your users. Concord uses a file to read the cookies from and displays them randomly. Data syntax : [/NOHDR] <Filename> Mandatory data : Name of the aphorism file. This file should have the following format: 3 Aphorism1 Aphorism2 Aphorism3 Each aphorism is separated with 1 empty line from the other. The number on the first line is the number of aphorisms in your file. This number is optional. When used it speeds up the search in the file, because Concord does not have to read in the whole file before selecting an aphorism. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 275 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Extra options : /NOHDR This stops Concord from displaying the normal header and footer which is added before and after showing the aphorism. The header and footer are stored in the language file in lines 274 and 275. Menu number : $0020 Menu name : MENU_WRITELOG Description : Menu option to write a textline to the Concord log file. Data syntax : <Textline> Mandatory data : The line to be written in the logfile. Extra options : None Menu number : $0021 Menu name : MENU_AGESTAT Description : This menu command generates a statistics screen of your users age. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None Menu number : $0022 Menu name : MENU_WRITE Description : Menu command to write a textline on screen. This could be used to write a prompt on screen underneath your menus. Data syntax : <Textline> Mandatory data : Textline to display on screen. Extra options : None Menu number : $0023 Menu name : MENU_VOTE Description : Concord has a built in voting system where users can add questions and other users can vote on those questions. This menu option allows your users to vote on the existing questions. Data syntax : <String> Mandatory data : None Extra options : <String> String to search for. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 276 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $0024 Menu name : MENU_ADDVOTE Description : Menu option to add a vote to the voting system. This menu option is for creating the vote questions, menu option 23 is for voting on the questions. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None Menu number : $0025 Menu name : MENU_QUIT Description : Menu option which can be used as a remark line in a menu file. It will not be shown to the user. See this menu option as the REM option in DOS. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None Menu number : $0026 Menu name : MENU_SELCURSOR Description : Menu option which can be used to set the position of the cursor in a selection menu. The easiest way to understand this option is to look at the example menus supplied in the distribution archive. Data syntax : <Menu_Line_Number> Mandatory data : The menu line number on which the cursor should be placed. Extra options : None Menu number : $0027 Menu name : MENU_SENDNODE Description : Menu option which can be used to send a string to another node number. This can be used to let other nodes know when a user has logged onto or off the system for example. Data syntax : <0 / <node_number>> <string> (0 = all nodes) Mandatory data : The <node_number>is the node you want to send the text to. The <string>is the text you want to send. If you want to send a string to ALL nodes, you should specify 0 as the node number, and Concord will then send the string to ALL nodes. Extra options : None ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 277 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $0028 Menu name : MENU_SELGROUP Description : Menu option which can be used to select a file, message or door group. You can either specify a name to use, or a type (M=message, F=file, D=door) Data syntax : [/NAME=<name>,<name>..] [TYPE=[M] [F] [D]] Mandatory data : None Extra options : /NAME=<name> The name of the group to be selected. This is the group as defined in the GROUPS.CTL file. This can be used to select a combination of groups in one go. /TYPE=[[M] [F] [D]] The TYPE of the group to select. Concord will then display a list that the user can choose from. Menu number : $1000 Menu name : MENU_FILELIST Description : This menu option lists the files in the file area.It will display the filelist so the user can see what is available on your system. Data syntax : [/<areanumber>] [/ALL] [/COMB] [/DATE=[">"/"<"]<date>] [/GROUP=<group>] [/SIZE=[">"/"<"]<size>] Mandatory data : At least one of the extra options. Extra options : /<areanumber> The area number to display to the user in a list. You can also specify %& instead of an area number, which will display the users currently selected file area. ie. %& PLEASE NOTE: '%&', NOT '/&' /ALL All files areas are displayed, starting at area 1. /COMB Displays all areas that are selected as combined for the current user. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 278 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── /DATE=<date> Display only files in the current area that are equal to the date specified. The date is in the format: MM Month DD Day YY Year OR DD Day MM Month YY Year The date format depends on what the user has chosen as his/her date format on the system. You can use a scriptfile to ask for the date. You can also search for files that are newer or older than a specified date by using the following: /DATE=><date> ie. /DATE=>10-30-96 would show all files that are NEWER than 10-30-96. /DATE=<<date> ie. /DATE=<10-30-96 would show all files that are OLDER than 10-30-96. /GROUP=<group> Display all files in the select group. /SIZE=[">"/"<"]<size>] As with the date option above, you can also list files based on their size. The format is exactly the same as for the /DATE function, except that you specify a size rather than a date. Menu number : $1001 Menu name : MENU_NEWFILES Description : Display new files since the last time the user was on, or since the date specified by the user. Data syntax : [/<areanumber>] [/ALL] [/COMB] [/DATE=[">"/"<"]<date>] [/GROUP=<group>] [/SIZE=[">"/"<"]<size>] Mandatory data : At least one of the extra options. Extra options : /<areanumber> The area number to display to the user in a list. You can also specify %& instead of an area number, which will display the users currently selected file area. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 279 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ie. %& PLEASE NOTE '%&', NOT '/&' /ALL All files areas are displayed, starting at area 1. /COMB Displays all areas that are selected as combined for the current user. /DATE=<date> Display only files in the current area that are equal to the date specified. The date is in the format: MM Month DD Day YY Year OR DD Day MM Month YY Year The date format depends on what the user has chosen as his/her date format on the system. You can use a scriptfile to ask for the date. You can also search for files that are newer or older than a specified date by using the following: /DATE=><date> ie. /DATE=>10-30-96 would show all files that are NEWER than 10-30-96. /DATE=<<date> ie. /DATE=<10-30-96 would show all files that are OLDER than 10-30-96. /GROUP=<group> Display all files in the select group. /SIZE=[">"/"<"]<size>] As with the date option above, you can also list files based on their size. The format is exactly the same as for the /DATE function, except that you specify a size rather than a date. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 280 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $1002 Menu name : MENU_FILEMASK Description : Menu option to search for a file in your filebase with a given filemask. The filemask can contain any valid DOS wildcards like * and ?. Data syntax : [/<areanumber>] [/ALL] [/COMB] [/DATE=[">"/"<"]<date>] [/GROUP=<group>] [/SIZE=[">"/"<"]<size>] <filemask> Mandatory data : <Filemask> Filemask to search for in the filebase. This option is searching in the current file area only. To search in other areas etc,use one or more of the extra options listed below. Extra options : /<areanumber> The area number to display to the user in a list. You can also specify %& instead of an area number, which will display the users currently selected file area. ie. %& PLEASE NOTE '%&', NOT /& /ALL All files areas are displayed, starting at area 1. /COMB Displays all areas that are selected as combined for the current user. /DATE=<date> Display only files in the current area that are equal to the date specified. The date is in the format: MM Month DD Day YY Year OR DD Day MM Month YY Year The date format depends on what the user has chosen as his/her date format on the system. You can use a scriptfile to ask for the date. You can also search for files that are newer or older than a specified date by using the following: /DATE=><date> ie. /DATE=>10-30-96 would show all files that are NEWER than 10-30-96. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 281 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── /DATE=<<date> ie. /DATE=<10-30-96 would show all files that are OLDER than 10-30-96. /GROUP=<group> Display all files in the select group. /SIZE=[">"/"<"]<size>] As with the date option above, you can also list files based on their size. The format is exactly the same as for the /DATE function, except that you specify a size rather than a date. Menu number : $1003 Menu name : MENU_KEYWORD Description : Menu option to search for a word in your filebase with a given keyword. The keyword can be any valid DOS character(s). Data syntax : [/<areanumber>] [/ALL] [/COMB] [/DATE=[">"/"<"]<date>] [/GROUP=<group>] [/SIZE=[">"/"<"]<size>] <filemask> Mandatory data : <keyword> Keyword to search for in the filebase. This option is searching in the current file area only. Found keywords will be highlighted. To search in other areas use one or more of the extra options listed below. Extra options : /<areanumber> The area number to display to the user in a list. You can also specify %& instead of an area number, which will display the users currently selected file area. ie. %& PLEASE NOTE '%&', NOT '/&' /ALL All files areas are displayed, starting at area 1. /COMB Displays all areas that are selected as combined for the current user. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 282 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── /DATE=<date> Display only files in the current area that are equal to the date specified. The date is in the format: MM Month DD Day YY Year OR DD Day MM Month YY Year The date format depends on what the user has chosen as his/her date format on the system. You can use a scriptfile to ask for the date. You can also search for files that are newer or older than a specified date by using the following: /DATE=><date> ie. /DATE=>10-30-96 would show all files that are NEWER than 10-30-96. /DATE=<<date> ie. /DATE=<10-30-96 would show all files that are OLDER than 10-30-96. /GROUP=<group> Display all files in the select group. /SIZE=[">"/"<"]<size>] As with the date option above, you can also list files based on their size. The format is exactly the same as for the /DATE function, except that you specify a size rather than a date. Menu number : $1004 Menu name : MENU_PREVFAREA Description : Menu command to change the current file area to the previous one. If the current area is the first area, the last area is used as the area to jump to. An example: -- 1 <--- 2 <--- 3 <--- 4 <--- 5 <--- 6 <-- | | ------------------------------------------- Data syntax : [/ALL] [/COMB] [/NOSUBDIR] [/GROUP=xxx] Mandatory data : The options on this menu command allows you to change area within all areas, the combined areas or within a certain group. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 283 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Extra options : /ALL Use all groups for area change. /COMB Use only areas active as combined areas in the area change. /NOSUBDIR Do not do any sub-directory checking when changing the area. This command turns off "subdir" checking ie. If the current subdir is 0 and the next area belongs to subdir 1, it will be accepted when using the /NOSUBDIR parameter. Otherwise, Concord will keep looking for areas only belonging to the current subdir. /GROUP=xxx Use only areas that belong to group xxx as the areas to do the area change in. You can use this one in combination with the previous three commands. Menu number : $1005 Menu name : MENU_NEXTFAREA Description : Menu command to change the current file area to the next one. If the current area is the last area, the first area is used as the area to jump to. An example: -> 1 ---> 2 ---> 3 ---> 4 ---> 5 ---> 6 --- | | ------------------------------------------- Data syntax : [/ALL] [/COMB] [/NOSUBDIR] [/GROUP=xxx] Mandatory data : Use only one option at a time, unless you use the /GROUP option. Extra options : /ALL Use all groups for area change. /COMB Use only areas active as combined areas in the area change. /NOSUBDIR Do not do any sub-directory checking when changing the area. This command turns off "subdir" checking ie. If the current subdir is 0 and the next area belongs to subdir 1, it will be accepted when using the /NOSUBDIR parameter. Otherwise, Concord will keep ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 284 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── looking for areas only belonging to the current subdir. /GROUP=xxx Use only areas that belong to group xxx as the areas to do the area change in. This command can be used in combination with the previous three commands. Menu number : $1006 Menu name : MENU_SELFAREA Description : Menu command to change the file area. Concord will display a list of file areas to select from, unless the file FILEAREA.ANS is found. Data syntax : [/ALL] [/COMBINED] [/NAME=<name>,<name>...] [/GROUP=<group>,<group>...] [/NONE] [/RANGE=<from>..<to>,...] Mandatory data : At least one of the extra options needs to be specified. Extra options : /ALL Displays the selection screen with all available areas. Only areas that match the security of the user will be displayed. /COMBINED Displays the selection screen with all combined areas. This can vary per user, since the user has the option to turn areas on or off. /NAME=<name>,<name>... Displays the selection screen with all areas that match the name(s) entered on the command line.Note that you can use the Concord macros in this and other fields of the menus. /GROUP=<group>,<group>... Displays the selection screen with all areas belonging to the groups entered on the command line. This allows you to change area within a group. /NONE /RANGE=<from>..<to>,... Displays the selection screen with all areas that are within the range specified on the command line. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 285 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $1007 Menu name : MENU_VIEWFILE Description : View a file that is in the filelist. This menu option allows you to view a file. If the file is an archive, the archive contents are shown. If the file is a textfile, the text is shown. If the file is something else, a list in hex is displayed. Locally you can define how Concord will react to a certain file by defining it in the ASCII file VIEW.CTL. Here you can specify which viewer to load for GIF files, JPG files, MOD files etc. See the example file included in the Concord archive. Data syntax : [/areanumbers] [/ALL] [/COMB] [DATE=[">"/"<"]<date>] [/GROUP=<group>] [/SIZE=[">"/"<"]<size>] <filename> Mandatory data : <filename> Name of the file to be viewed. Extra options : /<areanumbers> The area numbers to display to the user in a list. You can also specify %& instead of an area number, which will display the users currently selected file area. ie. %& PLEASE NOTE '%&', NOT '/&' /ALL Search for a match in all available areas. /COMB Displays all areas that are selected as combined for the current user. /DATE=<date> Display only files in the current area that are equal to the date specified. The date is in the format: MM Month DD Day YY Year OR DD Day MM Month YY Year The date format depends on what the user has chosen as his/her date format on the system. You can use a scriptfile to ask for the date. You can also search for files that are newer or older than a specified date by using the following: ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 286 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── /DATE=><date> ie. /DATE=>10-30-96 would show all files that are NEWER than 10-30-96. /DATE=<<date> ie. /DATE=<10-30-96 would show all files that are OLDER than 10-30-96. /GROUP=<group> Display all files in the select group. /SIZE=[">"/"<"]<size>] As with the date option above, you can also list files based on their size. The format is exactly the same as for the /DATE function, except that you specify a size rather than a date. Menu number : $1008 Menu name : MENU_TMPUNPACK Description : Menu command to extract or copy files to the TEMP directory. This allows your users to unpack an archived file and extract some files, view files inside the archive or re-archive it in another format. This command works for files in the current area. Data syntax : [<unpackfile>] [/?] [<filestounpack>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : <unpackfile> Name of the file to unpack. Normally, when no optional data is given, Concord will ask the user which file to unpack to the TEMP directory. /? Displays the contents of a file that is to be unpacked to the TEMP directory. <filestounpack> Name of the file(s) to unpack from the main archive. Normally when no optional data is given, Concord asks the user which files need to be unpacked from the archive. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 287 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $1009 Menu name : MENU_TMPPACK Description : Menu command to pack files in the TEMP directory. Data syntax : [<packintofile>] [/?] [<filestopack>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : <packintofile> Name of the new archive that Concord is about to create. Normally when no optional data is given, Concord will ask which file name to use. /? Displays the files to be packed in the TEMP directory. <filestopack> Name of the file(s) to pack into the new archive. Normally, when no optional data is entered,Concord will ask the user which files to include. Menu number : $100A Menu name : MENU_TMPCOPY Description : Menu command that is used to copy a file to the TEMP directory.Please note the difference with menu option 1008. Option 1008 is used to extract files to the TEMP directory, 100A is used to copy files to the TEMP directory. Data syntax : [<copyfilemask>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : <copyfilemask> Name of the file(s) to copy to the TEMP directory. If no optional data is supplied, Concord will ask the user which file to copy to the TEMP directory. Menu number : $100B Menu name : MENU_TMPLIST Description : Menu command to list the files in the TEMP directory. Data syntax : [<filemask>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : <filemask> Defines the filemask that Concord will use to display the files in the TEMP directory. All normal DOS wildcards can be used. When no optional data is specified, Concord will show all files. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 288 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $100C Menu name : MENU_TMPKILL Description : This option allows you to remove files from the TEMP directory. Data syntax : [<filemask>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : <filemask> Name or filemask of the file(s)to remove from the TEMP directory. When no optional data is given, Concord will ask which file(s) to remove. Menu number : $100D Menu name : MENU_TMPVIEW Description : View a file that is in the TEMP directory. If the file is an archive, the archive contents are shown. If the file is a textfile,the text is shown. If the file is something else, a list in hex listing is displayed. Data syntax : [<filemask>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : <filemask> Name or filemask of the file(s) to view. When no optional data is entered, Concord will ask the user for the filename(s). Menu number : $100E Menu name : MENU_MOVEFILE Description : Menu command that allows you to move a file to another area. Data syntax : [<movefilemask>] [<destarea: see menu 1006>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : <movefilemask> Name or filemask of the file(s) to move. When no optional data is entered, Concord will ask for the filename(s) to move. <destarea: see menu 1006> Area to move the files to. See menu command 1006 for the options available. When no optional data is entered, Concord will ask which directory to move the file to. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 289 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $100F Menu name : MENU_CHECKFLAG Description : Menu command to edit the list of tagged files. This allows the user to delete files from the list of tagged files and to view which files are tagged. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None Menu number : $1010 Menu name : MENU_UPLOAD Description : Menu command used to upload files to your system. The file will be placed in the area defined in the configuration file. Data syntax : [/NODESCRIPTIONS] [/MOVE] [<directory>] [<basename>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : /NODESCRIPTIONS Tells Concord not to ask for a file description when the user uploads files. /MOVE Move the file to a different file area. Normally Concord will use the setting from the filebase to decide where the upload should be placed. This is only used when the Sysop uploads files locally, so that uploaded files are moved to the upload path instead of just copying them. <directory> Normally Concord places the file in the directory specified in the upload settings of the file area configuration. You can override this setting by using an upload path on the optional data field. <basename> Here you can add the filebase name as a parameter. The path MUST also be defined if you use this option. When a basename is given, file descriptions of uploads will be written to the filebase as well as to the FILES.BBS ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 290 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $1011 Menu name : MENU_DOWNLOAD Description : This option allows your users to download files from the system. Data syntax : [/FORCED] [/TEMP] [/ATTACH] [/<areanumbers>] [/ALL] [/COMB] [/DATE=[">"/"<"]<date>] [/GROUP=<group>] [/SIZE=[">"/"<"]<size>] [<filename>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : /FORCED Forces concord to download the given filename from the directory you have specified. /FORCED should be followed by the full path and filename of the file to download. /TEMP This option allows the download of files from the TEMP directory.Use this in your menu with the other TEMP menu commands. /ATTACH This option allows the download of files from the users 'Attach' directory. /ALL Option to tell Concord to allow downloads from all areas the user has access to. Normally files can be downloaded from the current area only. /<areanumbers> The area numbers to display to the user in a list. You can also specify %& instead of an area number, which will display the users currently selected file area. ie. %& PLEASE NOTE '%&', NOT '/&' /COMB Displays all areas that are selected as combined for the current user. /DATE=<date> Display only files in the current area that are equal to the date specified. The date is in the format: MM Month DD Day YY Year OR DD Day MM Month YY Year ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 291 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── The date format depends on what the user has chosen as his/her date format on the system. You can use a scriptfile to ask for the date. You can also search for files that are newer or older than a specified date by using the following: /DATE=><date> ie. /DATE=>10-30-96 would show all files that are NEWER than 10-30-96. /DATE=<<date> ie. /DATE=<10-30-96 would show all files that are OLDER than 10-30-96. /GROUP=<group> Display all files in the select group. /SIZE=[">"/"<"]<size>] As with the date option above, you can also list files based on their size. The format is exactly the same as for the /DATE function, except that you specify a size rather than a date. <Filename> If you want your users to download a specific file, enter the filename in the optional data field. This allows the downloading of a specific file. Full path and filename must be used. Menu number : $1012 Menu name : MENU_SETFAREAS Description : This allows you to set file areas as 'combined' areas. Data syntax : [num[..num]] [[*]string[*]] [ALL] [COMB] [ON] [OFF] Mandatory data : One of the extra options needs to be defined followed by the ON or OFF option. These two options are not used alone. Extra options : num[..num] Toggle areas between two given file area numbers on or off depending on the following keyword. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 292 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── [*]string[*] Toggle areas that comply with the given string on or off depending on the keyword that follows this option. If you use the string alone, every area that matches will be used. If you use the *,it is either all areas that have their name starting or ending with the given string that are used. For example when the string is *OW all areas called WINDOWS will be used. COMB Toggle areas that are marked as 'combined' in the users record. ALL Turn all areas on or off. Menu number : $1013 Menu name : MENU_DL_FLIST Description : Download new files list. Data syntax : <filename> [/PACK] Mandatory data : Name of the filelist. Extra options : /PACK Pack the newfiles list before downloading. Menu number : $1014 Menu name : MENU_TMPCOPYTAG Description : Copy the tagged files to the TEMP directory. This will copy all files that the usertagged to the TEMP directory, so the user can perform the available actions on the file(s). By default, only files from those file areas that are CD-Rom areas and have the 'Copy to temp' flag set to 'Yes' will be copied. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : /ALL Using this command switch will force Concord to copy ALL files to the temp directory, even if they are NOT CD-Rom areas. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 293 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $1015 Menu name : MENU_CHKFATTACH Description : Menu command to check if there are any file attach files waiting for the user. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None Menu number : $1016 Menu name : MENU_ATTACHFILE Description : Menu option that allows your users to send files to other users on your system. This option turns your system into a real mailbox where users cannot only send messages to other users, but also attach files to the messages. The addressee must be present in your userlist. The files are stored in the directory specified in the configuration + the CRC-32 code of the capitalized user name. Data syntax : [<whoto>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : /Whoto Name of the user that the file attach is for. The user must be present in the userlist. Menu number : $1017 Menu name : MENU_KILLATTACH Description : Option to remove file(s) from the file attach. Data syntax : [<Filemask>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : <Filemask> Name or filemask of the file(s)to remove from the file attach. Menu number : $1018 Menu name : MENU_DOSDIR Description : Allows you to do a DOS style directory listing of a specified directory. A useful feature for the Sysop or Co-Sysop. You should be careful when using this option for normal users. Data syntax : <directory> [<filemask>] Mandatory data : <directory> The full directory path to list. Extra options : <filemask> Name or filemask of the file(s) to list. Normally this would be *.* to list ALL files ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 294 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── in the specified directory. Menu number : $1019 Menu name : MENU_FLAGFILES Description : Allows you to flag files in given areas. Data syntax : [<Range>] [<filemask>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : [<Range>] Specifies a range of areas to work with. [<filemask>] The filemask to flag. Normal DOS wildcards, * and ? are valid. Menu number : $2004 Menu name : MENU_PREVMAREA Description : See menu command 1004, except that in this case it works for the mail areas. Data syntax : [/ALL] [/COMB] [/GROUP=xxx] [/PKT] [/MAIL] [/NOSUBDIR] Mandatory data : The options on this menu command allow you to change area within all areas, the combined areas or within a certain group. Use only one option at a time, unless it is the /GROUP option. Extra options : /ALL Use all groups for area change. /COMB Use only areas active as combined areas in the area change. /GROUP=xxx Use only areas that belong to group xxx as the areas to do the area change in. This command can be used in combination with the other commands. /PKT Use only areas selected for the QWK system as areas to change to. /MAIL Change to previous area with mail checkflag on. /NOSUBDIR Do not do any sub-directory checking when changing the area. This command turns off ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 295 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── "subdir" checking ie. If the current subdir is 0 and the next area belongs to subdir 1,it will be accepted when using the /NOSUBDIR parameter. Otherwise, Concord will keep looking for areas only belonging to the current subdir. Menu number : $2005 Menu name : MENU_NEXTMAREA Description : Menu command to change the current msg area to the next one. If the current area is the last area, the first area is used as the area to jump to. An example: -> 1 ---> 2 ---> 3 ---> 4 ---> 5 ---> 6 --- | | ------------------------------------------- Data syntax : [/ALL] [/COMB] [/NOSUBDIR] [/GROUP=xxx] [/MAIL] [/PKT] Mandatory data : Use only one option at a time, unless you use the /GROUP option. Extra options : /ALL Use all groups for area change. /COMB Use only areas active as combined areas in the area change. /NOSUBDIR Do not do any sub-directory checking when changing the area. This command turns off "subdir" checking ie. If the current subdir is 0 and the next area belongs to subdir 1, it will be accepted when using the /NOSUBDIR parameter. Otherwise, Concord will keep looking for areas only belonging to the current subdir. /GROUP=xxx Use only areas that belong to group xxx as the areas to do the area change in. This command can be used in combination with the previous three commands. /PKT Use only areas selected for the QWK system as areas to change to. /MAIL Change to next mail area with mail check flag on. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 296 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $2006 Menu name : MENU_SELMAREA Description : Menu command to change the mail area. Concord will display a list of mail areas to select from, unless the file MAILEAREA.ANS is found. Data syntax : [/ALL] [/COMBINED] [/NAME=<name>,<name>...] [/GROUP=<group>,<group>...] [/NONE] [/RANGE=<from>..<to>,...] [/ECHO] [/NET] [/LOCAL] [/NEW] [/MSGS] Mandatory data : At least one of the extra option needs to be specified. Extra options : /ALL Displays the selection screen with all available areas. Only areas that match the security of the user will be displayed. /COMBINED Displays the selection screen with all combined areas. This can vary per user, since the user has the option to turn areas on or off. /NAME=<name>,<name>... Displays the selection screen with all areas that match the name(s) entered on the command line.Note that you can use the Concord macros in this and other fields of the menus. /GROUP=<group>,<group>... Displays the selection screen with all areas belonging to the groups entered on the command line. This allows you to change area within a group. /NONE /RANGE=<from>..<to>,... Displays the selection screen with all areas that are within the range specified on the command line. /ECHO Displays the selection screen with all areas that are configured as echomail areas. /NET Displays the selection screen with all areas that are configured as netmail areas. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 297 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── /LOCAL Displays the selection screen with all areas that are defined as local mail areas. /NEW Displays the selection screen with all areas that have new mail in them. /MSGS Displays the selection screen with all areas that have messages in them. Menu number : $2007 Menu name : MENU_SCANMSGS Description : Menu option to display a list of the messages in an area. Only the message number, sender, recipient and subject are shown. Data syntax : [/FORWARD] [/REVERSE] [/NEW] [/ONLY:<num>] [/DAYS:<num>] [/JUMP:<msgnum>] [<searchstring>] Mandatory data : One of the options mentioned in the extra options.Only one option can be used at a time. Extra options : /FORWARD Display a list of messages in forward order, starting at the first message. /REVERSE Display a list of messages in reverse order starting at the last message. In this case only the last message is displayed. Press the Up Arrow or PgUp key for a list of messages before the last messages. /NEW Only display a list of new messages, starting at the first new message found in the area. /ONLY:<num> Display a list of the number of messages from the last message that is given as <numm>.This is done in forward order. /DAYS:<num> Display a list of messages which are younger than the number of days specified in <num>. This is in forward order. /JUMP:<msgnum> Jump directly to message number specified in <msgnum>. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 298 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── <searchstring> String to search for in the message listing. Menu number : $2008 Menu name : MENU_READMSGS Description : Menu command that enables you to read messages on the BBS system. Data syntax : [/FORWARD] [/REVERSE] [/NEW] [/ONLY:<num>] [/DAYS:<num>] [/JUMP:<num>] Mandatory data : One of the options mentioned in the extra options.Only one option can be used at a time. Extra options : /FORWARD Read messages in forward order, starting at the first message. /REVERSE Read messages in reverse order starting at the last message. /NEW Read new messages, starting at the first new message found in the area. /ONLY:<num> Read messages from the last message that is given as <num>. This is done in forward order. /DAYS:<num> Read messages which are younger than the number of days specified in <num>. This is in forward order. /JUMP:<num> Read the message defined in the <num> field on the optional data line. Menu number : $2009 Menu name : MENU_READCOMB Description : Menu command that enables you to read messages on the BBS system. The difference between this command and menu 2008 is that this command works over the combined areas. Concord will see all combined areas as one big area and act accordingly. Users can toggle combined areas on or off in the area selection screen. Data syntax : [/FORWARD] [/REVERSE] [/NEW] [/ONLY:<num>] [/DAYS:<num>] [/JUMP:<num>] ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 299 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Mandatory data : One of the options mentioned in the extra options. Only one option can be used at a time. Extra options : /FORWARD Read messages in forward order, starting at the first message. /REVERSE Read messages in reverse order starting at the last message. /NEW Read new messages, starting at the first new message found in the area. /ONLY:<num> Read messages from the last message that is given as <num>. This is done in forward order. /DAYS:<num> Read messages which are younger than the number of days specified in <num>. This is in forward order. /JUMP:<num> Read the message defined in the <num> field on the optional data line. Menu number : $200A Menu name : MENU_WRITEMSG Description : Menu command that allows you and your users to write messages on the BBS. Concord will write the message in the current active area and will ask for the addressee and the subject unless the options below are used. If it is netmail, a Fidonet address will also be asked for. If the user enters a '?' without the quotes, Concord will display a list of users that the message can be addressed to. This list will vary depending on the message area type. For example the following lists will be shown: Local : Local user list Echo : Local user list + Nodelist Netmail : Nodelist Data syntax : [/T<Whoto>] [/S<Subject>] [/A<Area>] [/REPLY] [/NOVERIFY] [/AUTOQUOTE] [/PUBLIC] [/PRIVATE] [/D<Destination>] ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 300 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Mandatory data : None Extra options : /T<Whoto> Name of the addressee of the message. Useful if you want a message to the Sysop automatically addressed to yourself. Spaces are allowed in the name. No underscores are needed to separate different name parts. /S<Subject> Subject of the message, for example used for a logoff message. Mostly used in combination with the /T option. Spaces are allowed in the subject. /A<Area> Area number of the area the message is written in. Normally it is in the current area, but this allows you to define a different area. /REPLY This means the new message is a reply. /NOVERIFY This tells Concord not to verify that the user exists in the userbase when posting a local message. Concord will normally check that the addressee exists for local messages. If the WhoTo and Subject lines are empty, Concord will still ask the user to fill them in. /AUTOQUOTE Tells Concord to automatically quote the message that you are replying to. /PUBLIC Force the message to be public. /PRIVATE Force the message to be marked private. /D<Destination> Used to specify the destination address when posting a netmail message. This is the destination node number that the message should be sent to in the format: /DZone:Net/Number.Point ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 301 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── So to have Concord automatically send a message to fidonet address 2:256/651, you would use: /D2:256/651 Menu number : $200B Menu name : MENU_SCANMAIL Description : Scan the message base for personal mail and ask the user if he/she wants to read it. Data syntax : [/NEW] Mandatory data : None Extra options : /NEW Only scan for New unread messages. Menu number : $200C Menu name : MENU_READMARK Description : Read messages previously marked while listing messages. When no messages are marked, this command does not do anything. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None Menu number : $200D Menu name : MENU_OFFLINE Description : Download an offline mail packet. Concord will pack messages from the areas selected and place them in an offline mail packet in one of the four available formats, BlueWave, QWK, Omen or ASCII. Selecting message areas for this command is done in the mail area selection screen by pressing the P key, or whatever key you have defined. Data syntax : [/PACK: [C] [M] [P] [!]] [/DAYS:<num>] [/NEW] [/ONLY:<num>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : /PACK: [C] [M] [P] [!] Use ONE of the options, C, M, P, or ! /DAYS:<num> /NEW /ONLY:<num> ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 302 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $200E Menu name : MENU_OFFLINE2 Description : Upload an offline mail packet. Concord will unpack the mail packet and place the messages in the correct areas. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None Menu number : $200F Menu name : MENU_SETMAREAS Description : This allows you to set mail areas as 'combined' areas. Data syntax : [num[..num]] [[*]string[*]] [LOCAL] [ECHO] [NET] [ALL] [ON] [OFF] [UNDO] [[NO]MAIL] [[NO]COMB] [CLEAR] [NEW] [ONLY:<Msgs>] [DAYS:<Days>] [MAX] Mandatory data : One of the extra options needs to be defined. Some of the extra options only work in conjunction with another option, like ON and OFF. Extra options : num[..num] Toggle areas between two given mail area numbers on or off depending on the keyword that follows this keyword. [*]string[*] Toggle areas that comply with the given string on or off depending on the keyword that follows this option. If you use the string alone, every area that matches will be used. If you use the *,it is either all areas that have their name starting or ending with the given string that are used. For example when the string is *OW all areas called WINDOWS will be used. LOCAL Toggle LOCAL mail areas on or off, depending on the keyword that follows this keyword. ECHO Same as LOCAL, except now for Echomail areas. NET Same as local except now for areas that are defined as NETmail in the configuration. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 303 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ALL Turn all areas on or off. ON Used in combination with one of the other commands. This turns the areas ON. OFF Same as ON, except turning the areas OFF. UNDO Not used at this moment by Concord. [NO]MAIL Turn mail scan on or off for the areas selected. [NO]COMB Turn combined areas on or off. CLEAR Clear all last read pointers in mail areas selected by one of the other options. NEW Set the lastread pointers to the first new message in the areas selected by one of the other options. ONLY:<Msgs> Set the lastread pointers to the number of messages specified in <Msgs> from the last message in the areas selected by one of the other options. DAYS:<Days> Set the lastreadpointers to the first message younger than the number of days specified in <Days> selected by one of the other options. MAX Set the last read pointer to the last number in the areas selected by one of the other options. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 304 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $2010 Menu name : MENU_MAREASTAT Description : Menu command to show information about your mail areas.It shows the number of messages in all available areas. Data syntax : None Mandatory data : None Extra options : None Menu number : $2011 Menu name : MENU_WRITEMSG2 Description : Menu command to write messages using files. The file, which must be an ASCII file, will be imported into the message and can be edited. Differences between this command and menu $200A are that all user given parameters are excluded. You will have to enter all information on the menu commandline. Data syntax : [/QUOTE:<Filename>] [/POST:<Filename>] [/T<Whoto>] [/S<subject] [/A<area>] [/REPLY] [/NOVERIFY] [/D<destination>] Mandatory data : None Extra options : /QUOTE:<Filename> File to import into the messagebase as a quoted file. This means the > character is placed before every line as if you quoted a message. /POST:<Filename> File to import into the messagebase. /T<Whoto> Name of the addressee of the message. Useful if you want a message to the Sysop automatically addressed to yourself. Spaces are allowed in the name. No underscores are needed to separate different name parts. /S<Subject> Subject of the message, for example used for a logoff message. Mostly used in combination with the /T option. Spaces are allowed in the subject. /A<Area> Area number of the area the message is written in. Normally it is in the current area, but this allows you to define a different area. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 305 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── /REPLY This means the new message is a reply. /NOVERIFY This tells Concord not to verify that the user exists in the userbase when posting a local message. Concord will normally check that the addressee exists for local messages. /D<Destination> Used to specify the destination address when posting a netmail message. This is the destination node number that the message should be sent to in the format: /DZone:Net/Number.Point So to have Concord automatically send a message to fidonet address 2:256/651, you would use: /D2:256/651 Menu number : $3004 Menu name : MENU_PREVDOOR Description : See menu command 1004, except that in this case it works for the doors defined in the configuration. Data syntax : [/GROUP=xxx] Mandatory data : None Extra options : /GROUP=xxx Change to the previous door in the selected group. Menu number : $3005 Menu name : MENU_NEXTDOOR Description : See menu command 1005, except that in this case it works for the doors defined in the configuration. Data syntax : [/GROUP=xxx] Mandatory data : None Extra options : /GROUP=xxx Change to the next door in the selected group. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 306 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Menu number : $3006 Menu name : MENU_SELDOOR Description : Menu command to change the door. Concord will display a list of doors to select from. Data syntax : [/ALL] [/NAME=<name>,<name>...] [/GROUP=<group>,<group>...] [/NONE] [/RANGE=<from>..<to>,...] Mandatory data : At least one of the extra option needs to be specified. Extra options : /ALL Displays the selection screen with all available doors. Only doors that match the security of the user will be displayed. /NAME=<name>,<name>... Displays the selection screen with all doors that match the name(s) entered on the command line. Note that you can use the Concord macros in this and other fields of the menus. /GROUP=<group>,<group>... Displays the selection screen with all doors belonging to the groups entered on the command line. This allows you to change door within a group. /NONE /RANGE=<from>..<to>,... Displays a list of doors within the given range. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 307 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Menu Layout ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ The key to a good menu system is planning. And the best way to plan a menu system is to sketch it out on paper. Menus are easier to design on paper and menus designed on paper are easier to implement. Now there's a subtle hint! If you put your layout to paper, you won't regret the extra effort, especially if you've never used this powerful menu system before. A menu system is typically divided into sections; messages are accessed from a message menu, files are accessed from a file menu, Doors from a Door menu, and so on. This sectioning, if done logically, creates a topology that is generally easy to comprehend and makes a system easier to navigate. Of course, this doesn't mean you have to have a typical menu system but for the purposes of demonstration this section refers to typical menu systems. Two widely-used menu topologies will be outlined in detail in this section. These are the functional topology (the more popular of the two) and the subjective topology.Each has its merits and should be considered when designing the structure of your menu system. Whatever topology you decide to use, Concord provides the flexibility to compliment, enhance and blend topologies. Consider a functional topology; one where menus are organized according to their function. Examine the following functional topology. ┌───────────┐ │ Main Menu │ └─────┬─────┘ ┌─────────────┴─────────────┐ ┌─────────┴─────────┐ ┌─────────┴─────────┐ │ Message Menu │ │ File Menu │ └─────────┬─────────┘ └─────────┬─────────┘ ┌─────────┴─────────┐ ┌─────────┴─────────┐ │ Public Messages │ │ General Files │ └─────────┬─────────┘ └─────────┬─────────┘ ┌─────────┴─────────┐ ┌─────────┴─────────┐ │ Private E-Mail │ │ DOS Utility Files │ └───────────────────┘ └───────────────────┘ This simple system is grouped by function (hence the name). In this example, there are a total of 3 main sections; the Main Menu, Message Menu and File Menu. This topology is very simple to design and implement and makes it easy to add other main sections. For example, a Statistics Menu could be easily added off the Main Menu. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 308 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── From there, menu items could be added which display system usage graphs, user statistics and the like. ┌───────────┐ │ Main Menu │ └─────┬─────┘ ┌───────────────────┼────────────────────┐ ┌───────┴────────┐ ┌────────┴─────────┐ ┌────────┴───────┐ │ Message Menu │ │ File Menu │ │ Statistics Menu│ └───────┬────────┘ └────────┬─────────┘ └────────┬───────┘ ┌───────┴────────┐ ┌────────┴─────────┐ ┌────────┴───────┐ │ Local Messages │ │ General Files │ │ System Graph │ └───────┬────────┘ └────────┬─────────┘ └────────┬───────┘ ┌───────┴────────┐ ┌────────┴─────────┐ ┌────────┴───────┐ │ Private E-Mail │ │ DOS Utility Files│ │ User Statistics│ └────────────────┘ └──────────────────┘ └────────────────┘ This type of functional topology is virtually endless. This is why it is important to plan your menu system beforehand. But don't get out a pencil and paper just yet. It is recommended that you read this entire chapter first, so that you realize the full potential of the menu system. Because there are tools that will help you minimize the number of menus you will need to meet your requirements.Tools such as sub-directories (explained later in this chapter) are valuable time-savers that will add even more power to your menus while keeping them streamlined and easy to maintain. When you are satisfied with your overall functional topology plan, it may be wise to detail each of the main and/or sub-sections. Not only does this ease the menu implementation process, it also serves as a guide when configuring other aspects such as the message and file areas. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 309 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌─────────────────────────┐ │ Messages Menu │ │ │ │ Security Level: 0 (all) │ │ Menu Name: MESSAGES │ └────────────┬────────────┘ ┌────────────┴────────────┐ │ Area: Local Messages │ │ Area Number : 1 │ │ Sub directory : No │ │ Curr sub dir : 0 │ │ Where to Jump : 0 │ │ Read Security : 0 (all) │ │ Write Security: 10 │ │ Sysop Security: 100 (me)│ │ Sysop Security: 100 (me)│ └────────────┬────────────┘ ┌────────────┴────────────┐ │ Area: Private E-Mail │ │ Area Number : 2 │ │ Sub directory : No │ │ Curr sub dir : 0 │ │ Where to Jump : 0 │ │ Read Security : 0 (all) │ │ Write Security: 10 │ │ Sysop Security: 100 (me)│ │ Sysop Security: 100 (me)│ └─────────────────────────┘ As you can see, a flowchart such as the one shown above would be helpful not only in building menus but in configuring message areas as well.The included information might save you from jumping around from place to place within CSETUP. The same sort of aid can be used to document the File Menu sections shown earlier. Examine the following flow chart of a sample four-area file system. You'll notice that it gives you a clear indication of the menu structure as well as a detailed chart of how each file area is to be set up. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 310 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌─────────────────────────┐ │ Files Menu │ │ │ │ Security Level: 0 (all) │ │ Menu Name: FILEMAIN │ └────────────┬────────────┘ ┌────────────┴────────────┐ │ Name: General Files │ │ Sub directory : No │ │ Curr sub dir : 0 │ │ Where to jump : 0 │ │ Dload Security : 50 │ │ List Security : 0 (all)│ │ Upload Security: 100 │ │ Upload Area : 3 │ └────────────┬────────────┘ ┌────────────┴────────────┐ │ Name: DOS Utility Files│ │ Sub directory : No │ │ Curr sub dir : 0 │ │ Where to jump : 0 │ │ Dload Security : 50 │ │ List Security : 0 (all)│ │ Upload Security: 100 │ │ Upload Area : 3 │ └────────────┬────────────┘ ┌────────────┴────────────┐ │ Name: Uploads │ │ Sub directory : No │ │ Curr sub dir : 0 │ │ Where to jump : 0 │ │ Dload Security : 50 │ │ List Security : 0 (all)│ │ Upload Security: 100 │ │ Upload Area : 3 │ └─────────────────────────┘ Even more information could be added about each individual area. Information such as upload duplicate checking, allowing long file descriptions and a wealth of other options may be indicated here if you configure these differently for each area. So much for functional topologies. You can see how dynamic they are and hopefully, the logical grouping of the various sections makes sense to you. Now it's time to discuss another topology -- the subjective topology. In the functional topology sections were grouped according to their function. A subjective topology is one in which menus are grouped by subject, and this is where Sub-directories come into their own. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 311 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── For example, if a BBS was to primarily serve two subjects - let's say Music and Desktop Publishing (also known as DTP), the menus could be grouped according to subject. Each subject could have its own related message and file areas. ┌───────────┐ │ Main Menu │ └─────┬─────┘ ┌─────────────┴─────────────┐ ┌─────────┴─────────┐ ┌─────────┴─────────┐ │ Music Menu │ │ DTP Menu │ └─────────┬─────────┘ └─────────┬─────────┘ ┌─────────┴─────────┐ ┌─────────┴─────────┐ │ Music Messages │ │ DTP Messages │ └─────────┬─────────┘ └─────────┬─────────┘ ┌─────────┴─────────┐ ┌─────────┴─────────┐ │ Music Files │ │ DTP Files │ └───────────────────┘ └───────────────────┘ In the above example, two sub-sections are defined off the Main Menu. Each is dedicated to its own subject. Users interested in the DTP subject need only enter the DTP sub-section from the Main Menu. There they will have access to both the DTP message and file areas. The same goes for the Music sub-section. While this type of topology is easy to use, it requires a little extra effort in the maintenance department if there are many subjects to support. Whether you decide to use a functional or subjective menu topology, or even a completely different approach, you can see the importance of planning your menu system. The fact that you can implement just about any menu design, indicates the power and potential that Concord has to offer. The section that follows later in this manual will detail the concept of sub-directories which will help you to design and implement an even more powerful menu system. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 312 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Creating a Selection Menu ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ How to make a "Selection menu" in Concord step by step guide. The concept of 'Selection Menus' seems to confuse a lot of people. This chapter attempts to describe how these are created in detail. My thanks to Bjarke V. Lindbegg (2:235/335) for his documentation on this subject which is used in this chapter. One of the strongest features in the new BBS software named Concord, is the possibility to make "Selection menus".It means that the user only has to use the cursor keys to highlight a menu item and then press Enter to select it! At the first look, this may seem a little confusing but when you get used to it, you'll see how logical it is. This is a "step by step" example on making a selection menu in Concord. There are many ways to do this but I find this way to be the easiest. You'll probably find another way to do it when you get familiar with the menu editor in Concord but until then you can do it my way. Beside you now,you should have the Concord documents, We will refer to the sections on Menutypes and Macros in this section, so you should have those handy. I'll not explain all the macros and ^-codes, you have to read about these in the documents by yourself. ;-) Before you start: You'll have to make some thoughts about what the menu should do. For a start you can try to use the sample menus that came with your Concord package. They include some of the most used options in Concord (and other BBS systems as well), but there are tons of options in Concord, and the examples are just the most ordinary items. You'll also have to have an ANSI drawing package. I'm using "The draw", but there are also other packages available. If you're using "The draw" you must accept, that you cannot make "Hidden" menu items, because "The draw" "packs" the ansi file, and in the hidden menu item option, the "["-bracket HAS to be the first character in the line. If you are familiar with ansi-codes, you can use for example "Q-edit".(Pasi, the author of Concord, made all the example ansi's in this editor!). These programs mentioned here, are all shareware, remember to register your shareware programs, if you keep using them after the evaluation period! When I'm making menus in Concord, I can't do it without a printer, so in this example, I assume that you have a printer attached to your computer. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 313 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Another good thing to do before you start, is to make some batch files. Currently I have three of them: C.BAT: @ECHO OFF D: CD\CONCORD CONCORD -L -USYSOP;<PASSWORD> This one "emulates" an IEMSI login in local mode, so you don't have to enter your name and password. M.BAT @ECHO OFF D: CD\CONCORD\MENUPATH CSETUP MENU This one changes to the path to where you have your menu-files, and starts up the menu editor. I assume that you have the concord main directory in your "set path=" statement in your AUTOEXEC.BAT file. (As well as the "SET CONCORD=DRIVE:\PATH") A.BAT @ECHO OFF D: CD\CONCORD\ANSIPATH D:\T\TD\THEDRAW.EXE TESTMENU.ANS This one changes to the path to where you have your ansi-files, and starts up "The draw" with the ansi file belonging to the menufile you're currently working on. It's not necessary for you to have these batch files, it just speeds up the way you make the menus.(If you're doing it like I do) From now on when I write C.BAT, it means that you should log in locally. OK! Let's start making a menu: Start M.BAT, and go to the TOP.MNU. Add an menu item called "+". Make it show an ansi file with the "Press ENTER to continue" (General | Show ansi file w/ Enter) It should show the ansi file TESTANSI.ANS ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 314 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── * STEP 1 * A.BAT { Start up The Draw in your ANSI dir. } { It'll write "File not found" the first } { time; ignore this. } Draw a menu! The good thing about Concord is, that you can make what you want.Don't be boring, make your menus different than other BBS's. One of the things I don't like when loggin in other BBS's, is that I can see which BBS-software they are using! Concord is so flexible, that you can personalize it as much as you want. There are, for an example, not an hardcoded welcome sequence in Concord... You can personalize it by editing the Welcome.scr. If you're using frames around your menus, you can make a macro name a fixed length by adding a ".XX" after the macro name. E.g. "@PACKER_NAME@.10" will reserve 10 characters for the name of the selected packer, even though the packer name only are 3 characters long f.ex. "ARJ", Concord will expand it to "ARJ ". When you're finished drawing your menu,save it AS A BLOCK! Name it TESTANSI.ANS * STEP 2 * C.BAT (log in locally) Press "+" in the top menu, to be sure Concord write your ansi as you imagined. If you used frames, see how many spaces you should add/delete to make it look all right. repeat step 1 - 2 until you're satisfied. * STEP 3 * A.BAT Save the ansi as the real ansi name. (Remember use a block!) Press the <prt Sc> (Print screen), and wait until the printer is finished. Take your printed menu, get a pencil - move the cursor to the starting character where the highlighted box should show up. Write down the cursor position on the paper. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 315 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── It should look like this on the paper: ──────────────────── Block this and print it out ─────────────────── ┌────────────────────────── │ 8 <─┬── Written by you with the pencil.. │ | <─┘ │ ┌──────────────────────────────────────┐ │ 3── │Menu Item 1 │ │ 4── │Menu Item 2 : @SysOp@.04 │ │ 5── │Menu Item 3 : @ADDRESS1@.25│ │ └─────────────────────────── ──────────┘ │ | │ 22 │ │ ├──────────────────┘ │ Written by you with the pencil ─────────────────── We'll use it later on ───────────────────────── As you can see at the example above, the first menu item starts at position 8,4 - the second at position 8,5 - The @SYSOP@ macro starts at 22,4 - and so on.... We have to do it this way, until Pasi adds an ruler in the Menu editors <F2> menu, but believe me - he has enough to do!! * STEP 4 * M.BAT Add a new menu. (Press "N") Name it TESTMENU.ANS Add an item with the "Aut" in the first column. (KEY) It is per default. The next column (INPUT) should contain a "#". ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 316 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── In the MENUTYPE column (column 3), set in the "Show ANSI w/ hotkeys" It's located in the "General | Show ANSI w/ hotkeys". In the DATAFIELD column (column 4) write the name of your ansi file. NB! without path and extension!! Remember you have told Concord once where to find it's ansi's - in the language file setup.. What we're doing above, is to tell Concord that it automatically should show our newly created ansi file, when it loads this menu. All in all it should look like this: ┌────┬──────────┬─────────────────────────┬────────────────────┬─── │KEY │ INPUT │ MENUTYPE │ DATAFIELD │ SEC ├────┼──────────┼─────────────────────────┼────────────────────┼─── │Aut │ # │ Show ANSI w/ hotkeys │ MENUFILE.ANS │ 0 These were the easy steps... Next we'll make the selections... * STEP 5 * Before we make the selections, I'll try to explain the way Concord handles the selection menus. One selection item consists of three lines in the menu editor. The 1st line tells Concord what to do when the user press Enter on it. The 2nd line tells Concord what the line should look like, when it is highlighted. The 3rd line tells Concord what the line should look like, when it has been highlighted once and is not anymore. In a other way: How should it look like when the user leaves that field. (This should look like it did when you drew it the first time) The most used ^-codes in the selections are ^C, ^G and ^L. ^C means what color concord should draw/write(Just like in the .lng files.) Syntax: ^Cforeground,background;Text Example: ^C4,0;Hello World This writes "Hello World" with red foreground color and black background color. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 317 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Color codes: ┌──────┬──────┬─────┬──────┬──────┬────────┬──────┬──────┐ Foreground/│ 0 │ 1 │ 2 │ 3 │ 4 │ 5 │ 6 │ 7 │ Background │ Black│ Blue │Green│ Cyan │ Red │ Magenta│Brown │ Light│ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ gray │ └──────┴──────┴─────┴──────┴──────┴────────┴──────┴──────┘ ┌──────┬──────┬─────┬──────┬──────┬────────┬──────┬──────┐ │ 8 │ 9 │ 10 │ 11 │ 12 │ 13 │ 14 │ 15 │ Only │ Dark │Light │Light│ Light│ Light│ Light │Yellow│ White│ Foreground │ gray │blue │green│ Cyan │ red │ Magenta│ │ │ └──────┴──────┴─────┴──────┴──────┴────────┴──────┴──────┘ ^G means where the cursor should goto and start write. (I always remember this by saying to myself: ^Goto) Syntax: ^GX,Y;Text Example: ^G12,10;Hello world This will write "Hello World" starting 12 characters to the right, and 10 characters down from the upper-left corner of the screen. A screen is 80 characters wide and 25 characters high. ^L means the length of an enter field. Syntax: ^LXX; Example: ^L10; This sets the length of an enter field to 10. The user can enter up till 10 characters in the field. You can combine the ^-codes, but remember every ^ code ends with a ";". Example: ^C4,0;^G12,10;Hello World This combines the first two examples above. Or : ^C15,1;^G12,10;Enter your first name :^C14,1;^L10; This gives the user a field of 10 characters to enter his name. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 318 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── There are three ways an user can make a selection. 1. The user selects the item, and Concord do something. (E.g Goto Menu, Run a script, Select Language, etc.) Yeah... I know "Select Language" is a combination of "Edit user info" and the datafield "Language". I'll get back to this later. 2. The user selects the item, and Concord TOGGLES a setting. (E.g. "Edit user info" | "FILECHK") 3. The user selects the item, and Concord should read in some information from the user. (E.g "Edit user info" | "ADDRESS1") * STEP 6 * Remembering our first example with the three menu items and the pencil, we'll try to make a selection of this. Menu Item 1 The item should load the "Setup menu". Goto your new menu, it still looks like this: KEY │ INPUT │ MENUTYPE │ DATAFIELD │ SEC Aut │ # │ Show ANSI w/ hotkeys │ TESTMENU.ANS │ 0 Now we have to define, what Concord shall do; it shall goto the setup menu, when the user press the enter. Ok, let's tell Concord that. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 319 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Add a line in the menu editor. (Press <INS>) KEY │ INPUT │ MENUTYPE │ DATAFIELD │ SEC Aut │ # │ Show ANSI w/ hotkeys │ TESTMENU.ANS │ 0 Sel │ $ │ Gosub menu │ SETUP │ 0 │ │ │ │ │ └───────────┐ └───────────────┐ └─────────┐ ┌─┴────────────┐ ┌─┴───────────────┐ ┌─┴─────────────┐ ┌┴─────────────┐ │Press ALT-M │ │Press ALT Gr-"4" │ │General | Gosub│ │ Name of the │ │in this field.│ │ │ │ menu │ │ menu to goto │ │This means │ └─────────────────┘ └───────────────┘ └──────────────┘ │Concord will │ │react on an │ │press on enter│ └──────────────┘ Next we have to tell Concord WHERE the cursor have to be when it shall react on the press on the Enter: KEY │ INPUT │ MENUTYPE │ DATAFIELD │ SEC Aut │ # │ Show ANSI w/ hotkeys │ TESTMENU.ANS │ 0 Sel │ $ │ Gosub menu │ SETUP │ 0 │ £ │ Quit │ ^G8,3;^C15,1;Menu Item 1^C│ 0 │ │ │ │ │ └────────────┐ └─────────────────┐ └──────────────┐ ┌─┴────────────┐ ┌─┴───────────────┐ ┌─┴────────────────┐ │ │Press ALT-C │ │ Press ALT Gr-"3"│ │ Don't change this│ │ │here. It tells│ └─────────────────┘ └──────────────────┘ │ │Concord that │ ┌─────────────────────────────────────────┬┘ │it's a cursor │ │ ^G8,3;^C15,1;Menu Item 1^CN,N;^GN,N; │ │selection. │ └─────────────────────────────────────────┘ └──────────────┘ The data field is the problem here, but if you only know how to read it, it's no problem at all. I'll explain it here, but afterwards you'll have to "uncode"it yourself :-) ^G8,3; -> Goto position 8,3. It's here our menu items starts. (As we wrote on the paper) ^C15,1; -> Set the color to white foreground and blue background. (It's highlighted) Menu Item 1 -> Exactly the same text as we wrote in our menu. (It will overwrite the menu text, but with the new colors) ^CN,N; -> Set the fore- and background color back to default. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 320 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ^GN,N; -> Set the cursor to its default location. Now we have highlighted the item. Next we have to "un-highlight" it, so it looks like the same text we drew in our menu, when the user press the cursor key to highlight the next item. The easiest way to do this, is to press the numeric "+" key. It will copy the line, we just wrote, to a buffer. Then press the numeric "*" key, and we will copy the line in the buffer to a new line in the menu editor. The only thing we have to do then, is to edit the color codes to fit the ones the original menu item had. KEY │ INPUT │ MENUTYPE │ DATAFIELD │ SEC Aut │ # │ Show ANSI w/ hotkeys │ TESTMENU.ANS │ 0 Sel │ $ │ Gosub menu │ SETUP │ 0 │ £ │ Quit │ ^G8,3;^C15,1;Menu Item 1^C│ 0 │ £ │ Quit │ ^G8,3;^C9,0;Menu Item 1^CN│ 0 │ ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────┘ │ └─ ^G8,3;^C9,0;Menu Item 1^CN,N;^GN,N; You've just made your first selection! * STEP 7 * Exit the TESTMENU.ANS, and load in the TOP.ANS in the menu editor. Add a "Goto Menu" item, and make it call TESTMENU.MNU. Exit the menu editor. * STEP 8 * C.BAT Enter the TESTMENU.MNU. Now the "Menu Item 1" should be highlighted. Try to press Enter, and Concord will load the SETUP.MNU That's it 'n' that's that ;-) ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 321 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── * STEP 9 * Menu Item 2. Here the user can toggle, if he's a SysOp or Not. (Not very realistic but..... );-) M.BAT Open the TESTMENU.MNU Start by adding a line in the bottom. Make it an selectable by pressing ALT-M in the KEY column. Enter "$" in the INPUT column. (ALT Gr-"4") In the MENUTYPE column select "Other | Edit user info". In DATA column write SYSOP (The setting we are going to toggle) Add a new line. The KEY column should be empty (ALT-C - remember??) The INPUT column should contain a "£" (ALT Gr-"3") There should be noting in the MENUTYPE column (Quit) In the data field we have to tell Concord what to write. But the fact that it's an toggle menu, and the @SYSOP@ macro can be changed, we have to make it write the current status of this macro too. It should look like this: ^G8,4;^C15,1;Menu Item 2^C9,0;^G22,4;@SYSOP@.04^CN,N;^GN,N; Try to look at it, the difference is not that big compared to the first example, the only new thing is that we tell Concord to write the @SYSOP@ macro too (with the original colors), because this can change while we're in the menu. Copy the line to the buffer ("+"), and copy it to a new line ("*"). Change the colors to the originals: ^G8,4;^C9,0;Menu Item 2^C9,0; : @SYSOP@.04^CN,N;^GN,N; Repeat STEP 8 That's it 'n' that's that ;-) ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 322 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── * STEP 10 * Menu Item 3 ; This is the different one.. Here the user should enter the first line in his/her address. M.BAT Open the TESTMENU.MNU Start by adding a line in the button. Make it an selectable by pressing ALT-M in the KEY column. Enter "$" in the INPUT column. (ALT Gr-"4") In the MENUTYPE column select "Other | Edit user info". Here I need to explain what the datafield should contain, 'cause it may sound a little confusing. ADDRESS1 -> The setting we're going to change. ^G22,5; -> Where shall the input field show up? ^C15,1; -> The color of the input field ^L25; -> The length of the input field This is the first half of the data field. You have to know, that Concord will pause and wait for an input after the ^L-code. This means, that until now, we've defined where the input field shall show up, what color it has and the length of it. Concord is now waiting for the user to enter the information and press the Enter key. The next half is were we define what Concord shall do when the user has pressed the Enter key. ^G22,5; -> Go back to we're the macro starts ^C9,0; -> Change the color to normal @ADDRESS1@.25 -> Write the new entered information The data line should look like this when it's done: ADDRESS1 ^G22,5;^C14,1;^L25;^G22,5;^C9,0;@ADDRESS1@.25^CN,N;^GN,N; It may sound a little confusing, but as i wrote before, when you know what to do, it is very easy. Add a new line. The KEY column should be empty (ALT-C - remember??) The INPUT column should contain a "£" (ALT Gr-"3") There should be nothing in the MENUTYPE column (Quit) ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 323 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── In the data field we have to tell Concord what to write. But the fact that it's a item that can be changed while the user is in the menu, we have to make it write the current status of this macro too. Like this: ^G8,5;^C14,1;Menu Item 3^C9,0; :^G22,5;@ADDRESS1@.25^CN,N;^GN,N; Copy the line to the buffer ("+"), and copy it to a new line ("*"). Change the colors to the originals: ^G8,5;^C9,0;Menu Item 3^C9,0; :^G22,5;@ADDRESS1@.25^CN,N;^GN,N; Repeat STEP 8 That's it 'n' that's that ;-) * STEP 11 * You've now made a selection menu. It wasn't hard or what?? I'll say, that it's the two first menus you make that will take the longest time. When you're in it, you can do it without thinking at all. And of course your BBS looks much better with the selection menus :-) ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Menu Layout - ANSI files ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Most systems use a series of ANSI screens to display the various options available to their users. These are created using an ANSI drawing program such as TheDraw or A3E. You will need to obtain one of these programs to edit the ANSI files supplied in the main distribution archive, or to create your own screens. If you look at the sample menus supplied with Concord, you will see that there are numerous ANSI files used to display the menus to the users. These are stored in the textfile path for the lng concerned, and are normally called from a menutype 0005 command. Pressing SPACE in the menu editor will display the ANSI file that is associated with the menu you are editing, so you can easily see which ANSI screen goes with which menu. Concord uses these ANS I files to display the various options to ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 324 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── your users, and will automatically translate them to ASCII etc. if the user doesn't have an terminal capable of handling ANSI colour codes etc. You are free to customize your system using and ANSI files you may want to,but one or two are hard coded into Concord for it's own use and their names should be avoided,otherwise it will cause problems. The following is a list of all the screens that are hard coded into Concord and will be displayed (if they exist) at the relevant time: BBSHELP.ANS : BBS list help. BBSLIST.ANS : Needed to display BBS information. BBSLIST.ASC : Used to create the BBS list text file for download. PLEASE NOTE, this is an ASCII file, NOT ANSI. BULLET?.ANS : Bulletin files which can be added to offline mail packets. DOOR.ANS : Optional Door list. DOORAREA.ANS : Optional door area list. EDITHLP.ANS : Line editor help. FILEAREA.ANS : Optional file are list. FLISTHLP.ANS : File list help. FSEDHLP.ANS : Full screen editor help. GOODBYE.ANS : Goodbye screen displayed at logoff. LOGO.ANS : Displayed at logon. MSGAREA.ANS : Optional message area list. MYBBS.ANS : Reserved for internal use. DO NOT USE! NCHATHLP.ANS : Multinode chat help. NEWS.ANS : News file displayed at logon. READMSG.ANS : Read message help. SELDOOR.ANS : Select door help. SELFAREA.ANS : Select file area help. SELGROUP.ANS : Select group help. SELDAREA.ANS : Select door area help. SELMAREA.ANS : Select message area help. SELMSG.ANS : List messages help. SELVOTE.ANS : Vote questions list help. USERCMNT.ANS : Reserved for internal use. DO NOT USE! VOTEHELP.ANS : Vote help. WELCOME.ANS : Displayed at logon after the LOGO.ANS WHOISON.ANS : Who is on help. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 325 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Sub-directories ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ By using a structure called Sub-directories, Concord is able to offer a very flexible way of configuring your message, file, and Door menus. At first glance however this will seem a little complicated. But if you take a little time to experiment after reading this section, I'm sure you will see that the concept is actually fairly simple. Sub-directories are well worth studying, as they can greatly enhance your BBS setup once you get to grips with them. We will now explain how to setup a fictitious set of subdirectories which should help you to understand things more clearly. Don't forget, these are examples only, and you are not intended to follow them to the letter, but rather use them as a guide to help in setting up your own system. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Form Editor ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Concord allows you to create interactive screens called "Forms", with a number of fields that can be edited by the user by selecting the field with the cursor keys and typing in the requested information. The best way to think of them is as a sort of combined Script and ANSI file together. They are superb for creating new user questionnaires etc. The easiest way to understand these is to look at the example Forms that are supplied with Concord. Look at the following files, which go to make up the new user questionnaire supplied in the Concord distribution archive: In the Concord Scriptfile directory: USERFORM.FRM : The "Form" generated by the Form editor. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 326 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── USERFORM.SCR : The "Script" file that controls everything. Refer to the section of these docs on Script files for more info. In the Concord textfile directory: USERFORM.ANS : The Ansi screen that is displayed to the users. Select the Form you want to edit using the cursor keys. Press ENTER to select the highlighted Form. Once in Edit mode, you the Form editor will display the ANSI file that is associated with the Form, and will allow you to edit it as required. If you look at the bottom of the screen, you will see the following options: Option : Loc(x,y) Description : The position on screen that this option should be displayed. This uses the normal X and Y co-ordinates as described elsewhere in this manual. Example : 22,11 Option : ShowC Description : The colours that should be used to display the option to your users. Pressing ENTER will pop up a pick list that will allow you to select any of the available colour combinations. Example : 031 Option : EditC Description : The colours Concord will use when the user is editing this item. ie. he/she is entering data in this field. It is normal to make this different to the "ShowC"colours so the user can easily see which option is being edited. Example : 015 Option : Len Description : The length of the field in which the user can enter the requested data. This is the maximum number of characters that the user can enter in this field. Example : 35 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 327 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Met Description : Concord will assign any data entered by the user into a meta variable. Here you tell Concord how to treat the users input. It can be any of the following: Normal : Display data exactly as it was typed by the user. Hidden : Use the 'Hidden' character to mask any data entered by the user. Useful if you are asking for a password to be entered etc. Capital : Display all data entered in UPPERCASE, even if it was actually entered in lowercase. CapFirst: Only capitalize the first letter of any words entered by the user. Useful if you are asking for a name. You can select any of the options above by using the SPACE key to move through the available options. Choices : Normal/Hidden/Capital/CapFirst Option : @MACRO@ Description : The macro that the data entered by the user should be assigned to. Example : @ADDRESS1@ As with a lot of features in Concord, the easiest way to fully understand how these things work is to play with them. Take the files listed at the start of the chapter and change them. I'm sure you'll soon get to understand how it all works. If you find you are still having difficulty, contact one of the support sites listed earlier for help. That's what they are there for! ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 328 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - BBS List Editor ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ The BBS list editor in Concord allows you to keep a database of other BBS systems, which users can browse online,or download a list of the systems stored in the database. Once in the BBS list editor, the following keys are available: INS : Add a new BBS to the list. DEL : Mark the highlighted entry as Deleted. Enter : Edit the highlighted entry. Alt-P : Pack the database. This will remove any entries that are marked as deleted. Use the cursor keys to move up and down the list, and press enter to edit the highlighted option, Del to delete the highlighted option, or Insert to add a new entry. After pressing ENTER (to edit) or INS (to create a new entry), you will be presented with another screen that has the following options: Option : Active Description : Is this BBS active? If it is active it will be displayed to your users, if inactive it will not be shown. Choices : Yes/No Option : BBS name Description : The name of the BBS system Example : InfoSoft BBS Option : Sysop Description : The name of the Sysop Example : Eddy Matthews Option : Software Description : The BBS software used by this BBS system. Example : Concord v0.01 Option : Added Description : The date that this system was added to the database. This should be in the format MM-DD-YY. Example : 01-31-96 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 329 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Verified Description : The date that this system was last verified. The person who entered the data will be asked to verify that the BBS details are still correct when he/she calls your system after x days. X is the value you have given in CSetup for systems to be verified.The verified date should be in the format MM-DD-YY. Example : 03-31-96 Option : Show sec Description : The security level assigned to this entry. The user must have these settings before he/she can view the data for this entry. After pressing ENTER you will be presented with another screen with the following options: Now we'll describe the various security options in more detail: Option : Seclvl Description: The security level needed to access this BBS's data in the database. Example : 10 Option : Flags Description: Flag settings are a very powerful facility that can dramatically increase the flexibility of your system. If the flag settings of the user do not match those specified here, he will not be able to view the data for this system. The flags can have three possible settings,they are: Yes : The user must have this flag turned ON to have access.Indicated by an 'X' in the flag window. No : This user must have this flag turned OFF to have access.Indicated by an 'O' in the flag window. : Blank entry. It doesn't matter what the users flag setting is for this entry. Indicated by a '-' in the flag window. Choices : Yes/No/Blank (Blank = don't care) Option : Age Description: The minimum age required to gain access to this BBS's information. A 0 value means 'don't care'. Example : 21 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 330 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Bps rate Description: The connection speed needed to gain access to this BBS data. This is a MINIMUM value, so any speed HIGHER than or equal to that specified will have access, those that are lower will NOT have access. Example : 14400 That completes the various security level functions. We will now resume with the options on the 'BBS List Editor' menu. Option : Nodes Description : Details of the nodes on this system. After pressing ENTER, you will be presented with another screen that has the following options: We will now discuss the 'Nodes' options in more detail: You can press the following keys in this menu: ALT-A : Add a new node entry ALT-D : Delete the currently selected node entry. ESC : Return to the previous menu. Option : Number Description: The phone number of the node concerned. Example : +44-1642-764245 Option : Bps Description: The maximum BPS that this node can handle. Example : 33600 Option : Open Description: The opening times of this node. Example : 24 hrs Option : Other Description: Any other info the Sysop wants to give about his system. such as files carried, main topics covered, machines supported etc. Example : PC & Amiga files & mail ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 331 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── That completes the various node options. We will now resume with the options on the 'BBS List Editor' menu. Option : Nets Description : This allows you to enter details of any networks the system is a member of. Pressing ENTER will pop up another screen with the following options: You can press the following keys in this menu: ALT-A : Add a new node entry ALT-D : Delete the currently selected node entry. ESC : Return to the previous menu. Option : Name Description: The name of the network. Example : Fidonet Option : Address Description: The node address of the BBS for this network. Example : 2:256/651 That completes all the options available in the BBS List Editor. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 332 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Vote Editor ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Concord has the ability to allow users to create questions that other users can then vote on. The 'Votes' are created in Concord itself using the Vote menu functions. These can then be edited in CSetup via the Vote Editor. You cannot create a new vote question in the Vote Editor, you can only edit existing questions. When you enter the Vote Editor, you will be presented by a screen that lists the questions that can be edited. If no Vote questions have been defined in Concord, this screen will be blank. Select the question you want to edit using the cursor keys. The selected option will be highlighted. You then have two choices available: ENTER : Edit the currently highlighted question. DEL : Delete the highlighted question. After pressing ENTER, you will be shown the Edit screen. This has the following options available: You can move around these options by using the cursor keys. Option : Question Description : The text that is displayed to the users as the question. Example : Is Concord the best BBS system you have ever seen? Option : Added by Description : The name of the person who added this question to the vote list. Example : Eddy Matthews Option : Added on Description : The date that this question was added. The date is in the format MM-DD-YY. Example : 01-15-96 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 333 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Security Description : The security level needed for other users to access this vote question. If their security level is lower than this they will not be shown the question. Only users with this level or higher can see this question. Example : 10 Option : Type Description : Tells Concord which type this question is.Yes means that the user can select one answer, No means that the user can select many choices. Choices : Yes/No Option : Add asw Description : Are users allowed to add more answers to this question? If this is set to 'Yes' more answer can be added, if set to 'No' the user cannot add more answers, and will only have a choice from what was originally given. Choices : Yes/No Option : Chg vote Description : Are users allowed to change their vote? If set to Yes, users can change their mind and alter the way they have voted. Choices : Yes/No Option : See results Description : Are users allowed to see the current vote results before they answer the question. Don't forget that allowing users to preview the votes already made, can influence their vote. Choices : Yes/No Option : Max points Description : How many points each user can share between different selections. For example, 100 means that the user can share 100 points between the available selections. Example : 100 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 334 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Max shared Description : Between how many selections can each user share points? For example, 10 means that the user can give points to a maximum of 10 selections. Example : 10 Option : Answers Description : This option CANNOT be edited. Example : 2 Option : Users Description : This option CANNOT be edited. Example : 5 Below the options listed above, you will see the various answers that can be chosen for the currently selected question.You can move to these options by pressing the TAB key. To edit one of the answers, move to it by pressing TAB and the cursor keys until the answer you want to edit is highlighted, then press ENTER to edit it. The answers are listed in numerical order, 1, 2, 3 etc. After the answer are a few more options. They are as follows: Option : Answer Description : The answer choices that the user can select from when voting. Example : whatever text has been defined as an answer. Option : Name Description : The name of the person who added this option as an answer. If you allow users to add an answer to a vote question, this will display the name of the person who added the answer. Otherwise, it will be the name of the person who added the question. Example : Eddy Matthews Option : Date Description : The date that this answer was added to the vote question. The date format is MM-DD-YY. Example : 05-22-96 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 335 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Number Description : The number of votes cast for this particular answer to the vote question. Each time a user votes, Concord will update the various counters so you can see which option has received the most votes. Example : 3 ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Filebase Editor ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ The filebase editor is program that allows you to edit and maintain your filebase within Concord. When you enter the editor, you will be shown a screen that lists all the available file areas on your system. These were setup earlier in CSetup. You can move around the file areas using the cursor keys. When the area you want to access is highlighted, press ENTER to enter the file area. You will then have a screen which shows all the files in the selected file area. This is the heart of the filebase editor, which will allow you to make any changes you wish, edit descriptions, uploaders name, add files, delete files, mark files offline etc etc. The easiest way to learn about it is to use it. The following keys can be used: Up,Down : Move cursor one file at a time. PgUp,PgDn : Move cursor one page at a time. Home,End : Move cursor to the beginning/end of an area. Esc : Return to the previous menu. Space : Mark/Unmark current file. Enter : Mark/Unmark current file. Tab : Goto next marked file. Shift-Tab : Goto previous marked file. Enter : Edit file description. (Shift-F1 draw mode; 0..9 draws) BkSpc : Edit extended file information: Uploader, down- loads, attributes etc. Ins : Add file from the path. Shift-Ins : Add text line(s) at the current cursor position. Del : Delete/Undelete lines from the filelist. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 336 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── A : Add missing files to the filelist. D : Check file for FILE_ID.DIZ description. M : Mark/unmark file(s) by criteria. S : Sort files (select sorting direction). U : Unmark ALL files. V : View file/list archive. Alt-A : Move file(s) to another file area. Alt-C : Copy files to path. Alt-D : Delete files from disk. Remove offline files from list. Alt-E : Export current filebase to FILES.BBS Alt-J : Shell to operating system. Alt-M : Move file(s) inside current area. Alt-P : Pack filelist. Alt-R : Rename files. Alt-S : Stamp files to current date. Alt-T : Test archive integrity. Alt-U : Update file list to match actual file status (Size, Date) Alt-V : Test file for viruses. Ctrl-F : Find files by filename/description. Ctrl-N : Next occurrence. Ctrl-P : Previous occurrence. Most of the options available in the filebase editor should be pretty straightforward to anyone that has used any kind of file manager. We will only list the extra options available after pressing some of the keys listed above. When you have pressed ENTER to edit a file description, you will be shown a screen which lists the description that you can then edit. When in the description editor, you can press ESC to abort any changes and return to the previous menu, or press F10 to save any changes you may have made. After pressing BACKSPACE to edit the extended file information, a screen will be displayed that shows the files extended attributes. Here you have the following options available: ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 337 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : Uploader Description : The name of the person who uploaded the file. If you have imported a file into the filebase using the file base editor, this will be set as 'Concord' by default. If you want to change it, simply press ENTER to go into edit mode and then type the name you want as the to use as the uploaders name. Example : Eddy Matthews Option : Downloads Description : The number of times this file has been downloaded by your users. Example : 11 Option : Deleted Description : Has this file been marked for deletion using the DEL key? Pressing DEL does NOT delete the file, it simply marks it for deletion. To physically remove the file from the database you should pack the database. Deleted files will not be displayed to users online. Choices : Yes/No Option : For Sysop Description : Is this file marked for the Sysop only? If set to yes, only users with Sysop security for this area will be able to see or access the file. Users below the Sysop security level will not see the file displayed. Choices : Yes/No Option : Offline Description : Is this file marked as being stored offline? If it is set to Yes, the users can still see the file displayed, but the filesize will be replaced with 'OFFLINE' when Concord lists the file. Obviously, offline files cannot be downloaded by your users. Choices : Yes/No Option : Unlisted Description : Is this file marked as being unlisted? If it is unlisted, it will not be displayed to any users, even though it is still stored in the database, and may still exist on the storage device. Choices : Yes/No ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 338 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── When editing the extended file information, the following keys are also available: Esc : Abort any changes and return to the previous menu. F9 : Discard changes in the current option. F10 : Save changes and return to the previous menu. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Filebase Editor - FileEd.Cfg ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ The Filebase Editor uses a configuration file called FILEED.CFG which is stored in your main Concord directory. This file controls the way that the Filebase editor will work, and gives paths and command lines to external programs (such as archivers etc) that it can use when necessary. The following is a brief description of what is in the FILEED.CFG file: Option : TEMP_PATH Description : The filebase editor temp path. This MUST exist, AND be EMPTY!!! Example : C:\CONCORD\WORK\ Option : VIRUSCHECK Description : The command line used to check files for viruses. The %CHECK parameter passes the path to the temporary directory + *.* (all files). Example : "*C /C F-PROT /NOMEM /OLD %CHECK" Option : ADD_ARCHIVE Description : This MUST be followed by four further parameters which are listed below. These five lines define one archiver, and are used to give the various command lines needed to run the archiver for the archive format that is defined. These five lines can be repeated as many times as necessary to define all the archivers that are to be used. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 339 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : ARCHIVE_EXT Description: The normal extension used on this archive. This will be used when creating a new archive. Example : ".ARJ" Option : ARCHIVE_ID Description: A string of characters read from the archive header that distinguishes the archive from any other. This is a unique string and will be documented in most archivers. Example : "`Ω" Option : ARCHIVE_UNPACK Description: The command line used to unpack files from this archive format. The following variables can also be used in this option: %FILENAME = Archive filename with full path %TEMPDIR = Temporary directory %UNPACK = File(s) to unpack Example : "*C /C ARJ e -y %FILENAME %TEMPDIR %UNPACK" Option : ARCHIVE_TEST Description: The command line used to test an archive. The following variables can be used in this option: %FILENAME = Archive filename with full path Example : "*C /C ARJ t %FILENAME" Option : ADD_VIEW Description : This is followed by 3 more lines that make up the full format needed to view an archive. You can repeat these 4 lines as many times as necessary for all the archive formats you want to view. Option : VIEW_EXT Description: The extension of the file you wish to view. Example : ".JPG" ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 340 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : VIEW_ID Description: A string of characters from the file header that are unique to this archive format.These are used to identify the archive type. Example : "@+6;JFIF" Option : VIEW_CMDLINE Description: The full command line needed to view this archive format. In the example below, we are calling up a program called PMView and passing it the filename to view. The following parameters can be used with this option: %FILENAME = Filename with full path Example : "*C /C PMVIEW %FILENAME" Option : PACK_BACKUPS Description : When packing database files, should the filebase editor keep a backup of the original database? Choices : YES/NO Option : KEEPMARKED Description : When processing the filebase (packing etc), should the "marked" lines remain marked, or should they be unmarked? The default behavior is NO. Choices : YES/NO ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - General Utilities ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 341 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Running CSETUP Manually ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ CSETUP is executed from the DOS or OS/2 command-line depending on which version of Concord you are using. To run it normally, simply type: CSETUP <RETURN> At the DOS or OS/2 prompt. This is the mode that you will use CSETUP in most of the time. It will present you with a series of menus that allow you to alter almost every setting on the BBS.The rest of this chapter is devoted to the various command line switches that alter the way that CSETUP loads and behaves. Ten command-line parameters are accepted by CSETUP which alter the mode or manner in which CSETUP is loaded. The command-line parameters accepted are described below: ? Displays a list of available commands. BBS Loads the BBS Editor directly. CFG Loads the Setup menu directly. FILE Loads the filebase editor directly. FORM Loads the Form editor directly. GEN Runs General utilities. LNG Loads the Language editor directly. MENU Loads the Menu editor directly. USER Loads the User editor directly. VOTE Loads the Vote editor directly. To run CSETUP from the DOS or OS/2 prompt, type: CSETUP <ENTER> Or if you wish to load it using one of the command-line switches listed above use: CSETUP <Command> <ENTER> ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 342 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── To get more info on the parameters used by each command-line switch use: CSETUP <Command> ? <ENTER> Some examples of the command line usage is given in the next section, and a more complete explanation of each feature, (ie Forms) is given later in these documents. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ CSETUP - Example Command Line Switches ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Most of the commands available in CSETUP allow the use of special switches to modify their behavior. To get more help use the question mark ("?") as a parameter. For example, "CSETUP CFG ?" will return help on the switches used with the "CFG" parameter. Running CSETUP without parameters will load CSETUP normally and allow you to choose which menu you wish to use. ? Brings up a general help screen. BBS Loads the BBS List editor. CFG Loads the Setup menu directly. The following switches can be used with the CFG parameter to modify it's behavior: -C Create new Config files if none exist. ie. CSETUP CFG -C <ENTER> -M Load a mod file to play in the background. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 343 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ie. CSETUP CFG -Mfilename.mod -UPDATE Copies the settings from the main config to the node config if the main config has been updated more recently than the node config. ie. CSETUP CFG -UPDATE FILE Loads the Filebase editor directly. The following switches can be used with the FILE parameter to modify it's behavior: [<AreaNumber>] ie. CSETUP FILE 25 <ENTER> Will Load the Filebase editor and take you straight to file area 25 ready to start editing. CONVERT <FileAreas> /ALL /NOCD /UPDATED ie. CSETUP FILE CONVERT 2-5,10 Will Convert file areas 2 to 5 inclusive, and also convert file area 10. CSETUP FILE CONVERT /ALL Will Convert ALL file areas. CSETUP FILE CONVERT /UPDATED Will Convert only those file areas that have been updated. PACK <FileAreas> /ALL /NOCD ie. CSETUP FILE PACK 2-5,10 Will Pack (Remove deleted files from the filebase) file areas 2 to 5 inclusive and also pack file area 10. CSETUP FILE PACK /ALL Will Pack ALL file areas. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 344 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── FORM Loads the Form editor directly. <Ansi Screen Filename> <Form Filename> ie. CSETUP FORM USERFORM.ANS USERFORM.FRM Will Load the Form editor and automatically import the USERFORM.ANS and USERFORM.FRM ready for you to start editing them. GEN General utilities. <Command> [Parameters] The Command can be any of the following: AREAS Converts MAREAS, FAREAS and DOORS to ASCII and vice versa. CONVERT Converts files from SuperBBS v1.17-3 to Concord The CONVERT parameter can use the following switches to modify the way it behaves: -ALL Convert ALL files -C1 Convert Config Files -C2 Convert Message Areas -C3 Convert File Areas -C4 Convert Doors -C5 Convert BBS List -CALL Convert ALL Files (Same as -C12345) -F[<Area>] Convert File lists -L<Name> Full file path name of FLSEARCH.BBS -O<path> Output path (Default = Concord path) -T<Files> Convert Text files -U Convert User files -! Automatic processing ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 345 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── FILE Converts FILES.BBS to filebase format The FILE parameter can use the following switches to modify the way it behaves: <FileAreas> Specify which areas to process, for example, 2-5,10 would process areas 2 to 5 inclusive and also area 10 ALL Process ALL areas NOCD DO NOT process CD areas FORCE Will include "Force FILES.BBS" areas in the filelist compilation. UPDATED Only process updated areas LIMIT Converts Concord limits to LIMITS.CTL format LNG Converts language file to binary format MENU Convert menu files to binary format The MENU parameter can use the following switches to modify it's behavior: ASCII Create an ASCII file of your binary menu files Running it WITHOUT the ASCII parameter will result in creating binary menu files based on what it finds in the ASCII menu file. ie.the reverse of the ASCII switch. NAMEIDX Creates NAMEIDX.BBS from USERS.BBS The NAMEIDX parameter can use the following switch: <Path to USERS.BBS> NAMEIDX.BBS is required in Hudson and .MSG areas. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 346 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── CSetup can also be run from remote, by using the -REMOTE switch as explained below: Option : -REMOTE:<Comport, Lockedrate, Emulation[,handle]> Description : Allows you to run CSETUP from remote, thereby allowing you to change system settings. Three parameters must be given: Comport : The COM port to use. Locked rate : The locked baud rate. Emulation : Emulation to use. Handle : Com port Handle. Only required for OS/2 version. For example: -REMOTE:2,19200,1 = (COM2, 19200bps, ANSI) ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Macros used in Concord ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Concord has a feature called 'Macros' which allows you to easily get and manipulate user or system data. The macros are best understood by looking at the example menus and script files that are supplied in the release archive. This section lists all of the available macros in Concord, along with a brief description of what they do. Each macro has both a 'Long name' and a 'Short name', you can use either, there is no difference between them. The 'Long name' is more meaningful and probably easier to work with, but the 'Short name' can be used in menus etc if you find your lines are getting too long to fit into an available data field. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 347 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── LONG NAME SHORT NAME DESCRIPTION BBSNAME DCSM The name of the BBS system as read from CSetup config files. ie. InfoSoft BBS SYSOPNAME AAHD The name of the Sysop as read from the config files. ie. Eddy Matthews SYSOPFIRST ETO The Sysops FIRST name as read from the config files. ie. Eddy SYSOPLAST ENN The Sysops LAST name as read from the config files. ie. Matthews User attributes : ADDRESSx User address line (x = 1..8) AGE AGE Age ALIAS EPRN Alias BIRTHDAY EWWN Birthday BPSRATE TYB BPS rate BULLETCHK BDRS Last bulletin check date CITY MLB City CLRSCR DQWI Clear screen? COLORS BATN Colors? DATA DATA Data phone DATEFORMAT OAUT User date format (bitmapped) DELAFTERVIEW OMPZ Delete file after view? DLLIMITINBANK BMXF Download limit deposited in bank DOWNK JQH Total download KB DOWNTIMES CKEI Total number of files downloaded EXPIRATION AMOV Expiration date EXPIR_DAYS SNP Days until expiration FAST_LOGIN OIPO User wishes to have fast login (name started with ! in login, eg. !Pasi Talliniemi) FDESCFMT_DESCRIPTION AKBP True if user wants file descs in DESCRIPT.ION format instead ofFILES.BBS format. FEMALE BJRH User sex FILECHK GFWF New files check? FIRSTMENU EKEQ Name of first menu to run FIRSTNAME URP First name FIRSTTIME BUTN First date + time logged in FIRSTTIME_D BFAS First login date FIRSTTIME_DAYS BQMS Days since user has called first time to BBS FIRSTTIME_T BFAC First login time FLAGxx User flag status (xx = A1, A2, ..., J8) GETFILEDESCS GQPC Does user want to download file descriptions? HOTKEYS EDAD Hotkeys? ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 348 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── IEMSI_FOUND EKOE IEMSI found? IGNDLHOURS ESQP Ignore download hours? KB_UNITS EZBI Remaining KB units LANGUAGE AEFG Description of current language file LASTBULLCHK BNQZ Last new bulletins check date LASTFILECHK DCMZ Last new files check date LASTNAME EGGZ Last name LASTTIME ALWE Last date + time logged in LASTTIME_D KYF Last login date LASTTIME_DAYS ACPZ Days since user has called last time to BBS LASTTIME_T KYV Last login time MAILCHK BKAJ Mail check? MORE MORE More prompt? MSGS VU Total number of all messages written NAME NAME Name NODISTURB LQM Do not disturb? NOKILL JPC No kill flag? NORATIO BQY No ratio? OFFLINEFORMAT DASM Offline message packet format OFFLINEMAXNUM ACBU Max number of messages per mail packet PAGES EOVQ Total sysop page times PASSWORD AGXM Password PASSWORDTRIES EQIY Number of unsuccessful password tries since last login PKT_ALLPERSONAL EGAS Consider messages to All as personal mail? PKT_BBSID1 FER Msgpkt BBSID for QWK, Bluewave and ASCII pkts PKT_BBSID2 FEQ Msgpkt BBSID for Omen pkts PKT_COMBAREAS BWYM Put only combined areas to QWK area list (located in file CONTROL.DAT) instead of all areas? PKT_GOODBYE ETWO Include GOODBYE.ANS? PKT_KLUDGES AUSL Are kludges selected in offline mail packets? PKT_LASTREAD EGTX Include last read pointers? PKT_LONGAREAS AOGY Are long area names selected for QWK packets? PKT_LONGSUBJ EJPA Are long subject lines selected for offline mail packets? PKT_MARKREAD LKL Mark personal messages as read? PKT_MAXMSGS BEHQ Max number of messages per message packet PKT_NEWBULLETS CWI Include new bulletins? PKT_NEWFILES AAWY Include new files list? PKT_NEWS BIA Include NEWS.ANS? PKT_NORE HLW Remove RE: string from the beginning of the message subject in QWK packet? PKT_OFFLINE BIMM Allow using offline packing system? ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 349 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── PKT_OWNMSGS KKO Include your own messages into message packet? PKT_WELCOME AOQJ Include WELCOME.ANS? PRIVATEMSGS NNA Total number of private messages written PUBLICMSGS ETDL Total number of public messages written RATIO SQLU Download ratio / files RATIOK BITP Download ratio / KB SCREENLEN ACGO Screen length in lines SECLVL AJHR Security level SHOWKLUDGES AMTR Show kludges in messages when reading online? SYSOP EFLD Sysop (ie. added BBS to list)? SYSOPCMNT HSQ Sysop comment about user TIMEINBANK LKJ Time deposited in bank TIMESCALLED JVYB Total times called TIME_UNITS BOAV Remaining time units (minutes) TODAYCALLS DJUU Today times called TODAYDOWNK BAIE Today download KB TODAYDOWNS BPKM Today number of files downloaded TODAYELAPSED OCUF Today minutes used TODAYLASTPKT WTO Today last mail packet downloaded TOTALMINUTES BBJV Total minutes used UPK UPK Total upload KB UPTIMES EDPG Total number of files uploaded USERBBS_NUM ABBY Record number of user's own BBS in the BBS list USERNUMxx Sysop definable variable (number) (xx = 01..10) VERIFYCALLS CODI Calls since last birthday verify VIEWED EJWF File viewed? VIEWFILENAME DCNQ Filename to be viewed in login VIEWONLYONCE EMID View file only once? VIP VIP VIP user? VOICE BQJN Voice phone Other attributes : ANSWER ELOY Answer string from previous ^Lxx; statement CALLERID EFMZ Caller-ID phone number string returned by the modem CHARSET_KEY QGZ Selection key of current char set CHARSET_NAME TCNE Name of current char set CHARSET_NUM TWN Charset number CHAT_NUM GDSN Chat channel number CHKCARRIER BIHK Enable/disable carrier check(write-only) CONNECT BTGM Connect string returned by the modem CTL_PATH EIBS Current CTL files path CURRDATE AMPT Current date CURRDATEFMT BGFM Current date format (eg. MM-DD-YY or DD.MM.YY) ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 350 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── CURRPATH AQLS Current path (usually node path) CURRTIME EHWN Current time CURSOR_ON BDWV True if showing cursor in area etc selection lists DEFAULT_ANSWER HAW Default answer to the next question EDITOR_CMDLINE GSYW The command line used to call the editor EDITOR_KEY ELOX Selection key of current FS editor EDITOR_NAME ALCV Name of current FS editor EDITOR_NUM OGQI Editor number EMULATION EACJ Current terminal emulation (ANSI, AVATAR...) EMULATION2 BHXW Description of current terminal emulation (ASCII/ANSI/AVATAR) EMUL_DESC GNRW Description for current screen file type (see RAWFILE.CTL) EVENT_MINUTES BOQB Minutes until next event EXEC_ERRLVL BJZU Last EXEC (child process) error level EXEC_ERROR JNPB Last EXEC (child process) error code (0=success) FATTACHPATH EOZC File attach path (current user) FILES_LEFT BBZS Number of files that user can still download today FILE_ATTACHED OSSL Any files attached to user? GETKEY DGNJ Reads user's key press and returns it INPUT_NEXT BMWH Next line in input file (in script) INPUT_POS EJRA Current absolute input file position (in script) INPUT_PREV BHXE Previous line in input file (in script) INPUT_SIZE ABEF Input file size (in script) KEYPRESSED AITP True if user has pressed key LASTREADPTR EHBE Last read pointer for current message area LAST_KEY OAQC User's last key press LIMIT_CALLS EBHA Max calls per day in user limits LIMIT_DESC LBW User limits description LIMIT_DLFILES AHJN Number of files that user is allowed to download daily LIMIT_DLKB EZV Max download KB per day in user limits LIMIT_LEFT AWCN Download limit left for today LIMIT_RATIO BECG Max files ratio in user limits LIMIT_RATIOK ETVP Max KB ratio in user limits LIMIT_TIME BFTJ Max time per day in user limits LIST_MOREDOWN EHOH True if not in end of selection list LIST_MOREUP BTCN True if not in beginning of selection list LNG_DESC FPU Name of current language LNG_KEY AEJS Selection key of current language LNG_PATH OID Current language files path MENU_PATH EHBQ Current menu files path MENU_POS OFQC Cursor selection menu field position NEXT_EVENT BOZI Time of next system event ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 351 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── NODENUMBER EJUA Current node number ORIGPATH CKXV CONCORD.EXE path OS OS Operating system name + version number PACKER_EFFIC ACUI Packer efficiency in percents PACKER_EXT KM Default extension of current packer PACKER_KEY BMEI Selection key of current packer PACKER_NAME GFNQ Name of current packer PACKER_NUM BYWM Packer number PROTO_BATCH GBTE Protocol's batch transfer status PROTO_BIDIR EMRJ Protocol's bidirectional transfer status PROTO_EFFIC BNNC Protocol efficiency in percents PROTO_KEY EJRD Selection key of current transfer protocol PROTO_NAME MNSC Name of current transfer protocol PROTO_NUM EOBP Transfer protocol number SCRIPT_PATH FEW Current script files path SPECIAL_COM_BASE ELIM COM base address from special modem settings SPECIAL_COM_IRQ AMYT COM IRQ number from special modem settings SYSOP_ANSWERED_YELL BPSM Did sysop answer to yell? SYSOP_AVAILABLE ALYY Sysop available for chat -status SYSTEMPATH BQNG System path SYSTEM_CALLS EDLL Total number of calls to system SYSTEM_TODAY_CALLS EDZG Today calls count to system SYSTEM_TODAY_USERS JRK Today new users in system SYSTEM_USERS FARA Total number of users in system SYSTEM_YDAY_CALLS EMTO Yesterday calls count to system SYSTEM_YDAY_USERS CGDX Yesterday new users in system TEMPPATH EKDZ Temp path of current node TEXTFILETYPE AWYX ANSI file type (see RAWEMUL.CTL) TEXT_PATH BJXX Current ANSI files path TIME_LEFT AKHQ Time left for today TYPE_FILELIST DLRT Number of current file list type TYPE_FILELIST_DESC GST Description of current file list type TYPE_READMSG GGQQ Number of current read message type TYPE_READMSG_DESC BJF Description of current read message type USERS_ONLINE GAPS Current num of users online in multinode system VERSION OOSV Concord version number (eg. O.O1 Gamma-5) VERSION_OS DEPD Which Concord version running WEEKDAY GDRV Current weekday (Monday, Tuesday, etc.) WHEREX EKVZ Cursor X position in local screen WHEREY EZTK Cursor Y position in local screen WORDSTAR_CURSORS ABVJ Are wordstar cursor keys used? (ie. Ctrl-S=left, Ctrl-D=right, Ctrl-W=up, Ctrl-X=down) WORKPATH DFRS Work path of current node YELLREASON GCTA User's last reason for yell to sysop ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 352 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Attributes of user in user list : USERLIST_AGE FBKF Age of user in years USERLIST_ALIAS GQAV Users chosen alias name USERLIST_BIRTHDAY BDNU Users date of birth USERLIST_CITY ALZL Users location USERLIST_COLORS ARDL Colors? USERLIST_DATA OLU Data phone number USERLIST_DLLIMITINBANK MWV Download limit in time bank USERLIST_DOWNK AOZK Kilobytes downloaded by user USERLIST_DOWNTIMES FPRN Number of files downloaded by user USERLIST_EXPIRATION AYLL Expiration days USERLIST_FEMALE AYBJ Female? USERLIST_FIRSTMENU OQRI First menu to goto, default is TOP.MNU USERLIST_FIRSTTIME BAMS Time of first call USERLIST_HOTKEYS AHSM Hotkeys active? USERLIST_LANGUAGE LKM Language selected USERLIST_LASTBULLCHK BQWP Date of last bulletin check USERLIST_LASTFILECHK ABGZ Date of last file check USERLIST_LASTTIME EZO Date of users first call to system USERLIST_MSGS EIES Messages posted USERLIST_NAME PYD See NAME etc. USERLIST_PAGES BAKS Number of pages to Sysop USERLIST_PRIVATEMSGS QHK Number of private messages posted USERLIST_PUBLICMSGS EQEF Number of public messages posted USERLIST_SCREENLEN DIRX Users screen length setting USERLIST_SECLVL BYXP Users security level USERLIST_SYSOP BHQF Sysop? USERLIST_SYSOPCMNT CIPG Sysop comment USERLIST_TIMEINBANK XHP Amount of time in time bank USERLIST_TIMESCALLED OFQR Total number of calls USERLIST_TODAYCALLS AQXU Number of calls made today USERLIST_TODAYDOWNK BDHO Kilobytes downloaded today USERLIST_TODAYDOWNS BDHW Number of files downloaded today USERLIST_TODAYELAPSED AGOF Amount of time online today USERLIST_TOTALMINUTES CHR Total number of minutes online USERLIST_UPK LHY Number of kilobytes uploaded USERLIST_UPTIMES AHBN Number of files uploaded USERLIST_VIP OQB VIP? USERLIST_VOICE JOUC Users voice phone number Message attributes : MAREAS BSMP How many message areas in system? MAREA_AKA BMNA AKA address of current echo/netmail area MAREA_COMB EBPL Current message area in user's combined areas? MAREA_ECHOTAG EAIU Returns the echo tag of the currently selected message area ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 353 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── MAREA_GROUP BFVW Group of current message area MAREA_HMB_NUM ENXY Current area number in Hudson message base MAREA_HMB_PATH CIE Current Hudson message base path MAREA_ISREAD AWNK User has read rights to current message area? MAREA_ISSYSOP AOW User has sysop rights to current message area? MAREA_ISWRITE KFI User has write rights to current message area? MAREA_KINDS EDDH Message area kinds state(public/private, private only, public only, read only) MAREA_MAX BADX Number of messages on current message area MAREA_NAME GMPT Long name of current message area MAREA_NEW BSBG Number of new msgs on current msg area MAREA_NUM BBPM Number of current message area MAREA_OPENFROM VSL Open from time of current message area MAREA_OPENTO BFYE Open to time of current message area MAREA_PERS BEQG Number of (new) personal msgs on current area MAREA_PKT BMLD Current message area in user's comb msgpkt areas? MAREA_SCAN ACBZ Current message area in user's mail scan areas? MAREA_SHORT ADWY Short name of current message area MSG_DATE BRNL Date when current message was written MSG_DESTADDR GEFF Destination address in netmail messages MSG_FROM OQWK Current message's FROM field MSG_MARKED EACV Is current message marked? MSG_MOREDOWN EGQO True if not in end of msg in message read MSG_MOREFIRST ALYP True if msg header needs to be redrawn in msg read MSG_MOREUP EOHC True if not in beginning of msg in message read MSG_NEXTREP BQTT Number of next reply to current message MSG_NUM EENV Number of current message MSG_ORIGADDR JOXC Origin address in netmail messages MSG_PREVREP AKTT Number of previous reply to current message MSG_PRIV BLME Private or public status of current message MSG_RCVD OMPX Received status of current message MSG_SUBJ AKFY Subject of current message MSG_TIME CXGL Time when current message was written MSG_TO BEHE Current message's TO field ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 354 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── File attributes : FAREAS BSSO How many file areas in system? FAREA_COMB EOWN Current file area in user's combined areas? FAREA_DESTSUBDIR XBH Destination sub directory of sub dir area FAREA_GROUP EOZR Group of current file area FAREA_ISDOWN GCSI User has download rights to current file area? FAREA_ISLIST EKYV User has list rights to current file area? FAREA_ISSUBDIR RYL Current file area is a sub dir area? FAREA_ISUP ELCI User has upload rights to current file area? FAREA_NAME BOYL Name of current file area FAREA_NUM EOSX Number of current file area FAREA_OPENFROM CBGQ Open from time of current file area FAREA_OPENTO OXF Open to time of current file area FAREA_PATH MMPA Download path of current file area FAREA_SUBDIRNUM KC Current sub directory FAREA_UPLOAD_PATH DZPK Upload path of current file area DISKSPACE OJSF Free disk space on current drive FILE_DATE_BIG EHLF Date of current file in long format (DD-MMM-YY) FILE_DATE_NORMAL EBUH Date of current file in normal format (MM-DD-YY) FILE_DATE_SMALL EFHP Date of current file in short format (MMDDYY) FILE_DESC CKOD Description of current file FILE_DLCOUNT ECDN Download counter of current file FILE_DLMINUTES AAYG Download time of current file in minutes FILE_EXT DANO EXT FILE_NAME TEL FILENAME FILE_NAME_EXT EISA FILENAME EXT FILE_SIZE_BYTES IRK Size of current file in bytes FILE_SIZE_KB OYQP Size of current file in KB FILE_TAGGED PZK Flag status of current file FILE_TEXTLINE EMTI Text line FILE_TIME BEAB Time of the file in the file list FILE_UPLOADER HZZ Uploader of current file FLIST_MOREDOWN JKM True if not in end of filelist FLIST_MOREUP ELHE True if not in beginning of filelist TRUE_FILE_NAME BFTA Filename in file list as FILENAME.EXT TAGFILES_COUNT AGXF Number of flagged files TAGFILES_KB OMSZ Size of flagged files in KB TAGFILES_SIZE OSSM Size of flagged files in bytes TAGFILES_TIME BLHX Download time of flagged files VIEW_COMPMETHOD ABNB Compression method of current file in archive VIEW_COMPSIZE DCKA Compressed size of current file in archive ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 355 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── VIEW_FILEDATE BLUG Date of current file in archive VIEW_FILENAME BBBB Current filename inside archive VIEW_ORIGSIZE MIF Original size of current file in archive Current door attributes : DOORS RMP How many doors in system? DOOR_CMDLINE BMLP Door command line DOOR_GROUP FTPO Group DOOR_NAME ENMT Door name DOOR_NUM MASO Number of current door DOOR_OPENFROM BFJ Door open from time DOOR_OPENTO EBAA Door open to time BBS list attributes : BBSLIST_ADDED BJMN Date when BBS was added to list BBSLIST_BPSRATE EDNR BPS rate of current node BBSLIST_NAME BNTX BBS name BBSLIST_NET AZQN Current net number to be examined BBSLIST_NETADDR BFHL Address of current net BBSLIST_NETNAME BBAD Name of current net BBSLIST_NETS BJMN Number of nets BBSLIST_NODE GOSB Current node number to be examined BBSLIST_NODECMNT BKVI Comment of current node BBSLIST_NODES EEGR Number of nodes BBSLIST_NUM AKCG Current number of BBS in BBS list BBSLIST_NUMBER CFFU Phone number of current node BBSLIST_OPEN JFX Open times BBSLIST_SOFTWARE QQJ BBS software BBSLIST_SYSOP BQLB Sysop name BBSLIST_VERIFIED EZTP Last date when BBS was verified Who is on attributes : WHO_AGE ETAL Age WHO_ALIAS DFRM Alias WHO_BPSRATE BHVE BPS rate WHO_CITY EDLO City WHO_LOGONDATE OKZ Logon date WHO_LOGONTIME BAZA Logon time WHO_NAME BSYF Name WHO_NUM EJQT Node number in list WHO_WHATDOING JOUD What user is currently doing? WHO_WHATDONE OLPV What user has done during this session (DURWQPN) ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 356 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Last callers attributes : LAST_AGE OZQO Age LAST_ALIAS ALLH Alias LAST_BPSRATE OFQ BPS rate LAST_CITY EZJO City LAST_LOGOFFDATE AEWT Logoff date LAST_LOGOFFTIME JAPQ Logoff time LAST_LOGONDATE CNTF Logon date LAST_LOGONTIME GZQL Logon time LAST_NAME GSSL Name LAST_NODE EO Node number in list LAST_TOTALTIME JUB How many minutes user was logged on LAST_WHATDONE BTYX What user has done during this session (DURWQPN) Vote attributes : VOTE_ADDEDBY OXY Added by name VOTE_ANSWERS OCOE How many points have been shared to this question VOTE_DATE ACSA Date when question was added VOTE_NEW BDQA Has user voted to this question? Short fmt VOTE_NUM BUCK Vote question number VOTE_POINTSTOSHARE BFPQ Max points to share for this question VOTE_QUESTION APD Vote question VOTE_USERS DHUQ How many users have voted to this question VOTE_USERSTATUS AIZS Has user voted to this question? Long fmt Select group attributes : SELGROUP_DESC HUY Current group description SELGROUP_DOOR BIH Is this group for doors? SELGROUP_FAREA ADUL Is this group for file areas? SELGROUP_MAREA AKTR Is this group for message areas? SELGROUP_NAME BEZ Current group name (XXX) SELGROUP_NUM BLDL Current group number ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 357 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Adding a ':<number>' after a macro (without the quotes) makes it <number spaces>MACRO when translated, Adding a '.<number>' makes it MACRO<spaces>. You can centre a macro by using @MACRO@#<num> for example: @NAME@#20 = " Eddy Matthews " ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Concord Command Line Switches ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ Concord can be executed using a number of various command line switches to modify the way it loads and behaves. These will almost always be needed to some extent to get Concord to run correctly on your system. The section of this manual about the batch files needed to run Concord will give you a good idea of which switches to use. This chapter is purely a quick guide the the switches available, and a brief description of their function. Option : -BPS:<bps speed> Shortcut : -B:<bps speed> Description : The modem speed of a connection that is already established. This is normally used when calling Concord from a front-end mailer. Option : -C Shortcut : None Description : Force carrier. Tells Concord to force a carrier detect. Useful for testing your system over a null modem cable connection for example. Option : -CID:<callerID> Shortcut : None Description : Passes the CallerID string to Concord. Option : -CON:<connect string> Shortcut : None Description : Passes the specified connect string to Concord. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 358 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : -DEBUG Shortcut : -D Description : Shows more information than normal when Concord is running. This information can be useful if you are having problems running Concord. Option : -ERRLVL:<errorlevel> Shortcut : -E:<errorlevel> Description : The error level Concord should exit with after a normal exit. This error level will be used unless a special action is performed that causes Concord to exit with another errorlevel, such as writing mail, which causes Concord to exit with another fixed error level. If this option is not used, Concord will exit with an error level of 0. Option : -HANDLE:<handle> Shortcut : -H:<handle> Description : The OS/2 COM port handle. Please note this is NOT the same as the COM port. Only needed in an OS/2 system. This would normally be used if passing incoming calls from a front-end mailer to Concord. Option : -LOCAL Shortcut : -L Description : This allows you to log onto Concord locally. The BBS will not look for a connection, but will immediately start running the BBS. Option : -M[<file>] Shortcut : None Description : Plays the music file that is given as the <file> in the background while running Concord. A sound device must be present to use this option. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 359 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : -MAINT[:<scriptfile>] Shortcut : None Description : If used alone (ie. no scriptfile is specified), Concord will prepare the offline message packets for those users that have selected to have Concord prepare their mail packets offline (if you allow it). If a scriptfile is specified, Concord will run it and do any maintenance that is listed in the script. This option should normally only be run once per day. Option : -NOCOPY Shortcut : None Description : This option tells Concord NOT to automatically copy common settings from the main config to the node config. Option : -NODE:<nodenumber> Shortcut : -N:<nodenumber> Description : This option tells Concord which node number it is running. This overrides the setting in the config file. Option : -NOSYSOP Shortcut : None Description : All available Sysop keys are disabled on the local keyboard. Useful if you don't want prying hands to stuff up your system! :-) Option : -OVRBUFSIZE:<size> Shortcut : -O:<size> Description : This sets the overlay buffer size to xx kilobytes.Using a larger buffer size will speed up the BBS, but you must make sure you have the memory available to do it. Option : -PORT:<port> Shortcut : -P:<port> Description : The COM port to use for the BBS system. This option overrides the setting in the configuration file. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 360 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : -RETURN Shortcut : -R Description : Returns to the BBS after an exit. If for example, the user was already online, but used an external program, and then wanted to return to the BBS, this option will allow it. Concord will not ask the user for his/her name, it will only read the exit files and start the BBS in the same place the external program was started. Option : -STATUSLINE:<num> Shortcut : -S:<num> Description : Tells Concord to start with the given status line.That is the two lines at the bottom of the local screen when a user is online.Using 0 will hide the status line. Option : -TIME:<min> Shortcut : -T:<min> Description : This option tells Concord how much time remains in minutes until the next system event. This setting overrides the setting in the configuration file.Useful for those of you that call Concord from a front-end mailer, and have all the system events setup and handled by the mailer. Option : -USER:<name>;<password> Shortcut : -U:<name>;<password> Description : When using this option it is possible to start the BBS without entering your name or password. Very useful for local logins. Option : -WAIT Shortcut : -W Description : Concord will wait for a file called CRUNNODE.<node> This file is created by your mailer. This is useful when running with a multitasker. It allows you to keep the BBS running in it's DOS VDM and when Concord sees the drop file, it will start.This speeds up the starting of the BBS after pressing the escape key in the mailer. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 361 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Option : -* Shortcut : None Description : Tells Concord not to load the overlay buffer into EMS memory. Option : /? Shortcut : None Description : Displays all the command line options available with a brief description of what each one does. This switch should NOT be used in combination with any of the others. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Batch Files ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ To run Concord you will need to create a batch file that handles the various error levels the BBS can exit with. Here we will explain an example setup, and how the required batch files might look. If you have not used batch files before, we would suggest that you take a look in your DOS (or OS/2) manual. DOS uses *.BAT files, and OS/2 uses *.CMD files. There are only minor differences between the two, the main one being that OS/2 style *.CMD files allow yo to use more commands, so they are (or can be) that much more flexible than DOS *.BAT files. We won't get into all the complexities of the various formats here, we will only describe the basics. Without a batch file, Concord will simply exit back to the operating system after every call, not very useful in a BBS! :-) First, you need to be aware that Concord uses a few error levels for it's own internal use, so you cannot use these hard coded error levels yourself for different functions, although they are handy for mail processing etc. They are: ErrorLevel : 10 Description : Concord exits with this errorlevel after a LOCAL login. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 362 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ErrorLevel : 5 Description : Netmail AND Echomail message were entered by the user. When running a mail system you must trap this error level to run your mail processing software. ErrorLevel : 4 Description : Echomail ONLY message(s) were entered by the user. Again, you would trap this error level and use it to start your mail processing software. ErrorLevel : 3 Description : Netmail ONLY was entered by the user. Once again, you would trap this error level and use it to start your mail processing software. ErrorLevel : 0 Description : Used to signify a normal exit by Concord. It simply means that no echo or netmail messages were entered and there was no other error when Concord ran. DOS (and OS/2) can handle a total of 256 error levels, that is 0 to 255. One thing that catches a lot of users out (if they are new to batch files), is the fact that DOS (and OS/2) use a highest to lowest order when processing batch file error levels. That is you MUST start with the HIGHEST error level and work your way down to the lowest. When writing your batch file, you use a combination of IF ERRORLEVEL, and GOTO LABEL statements. Which basically means IF Concord exits with ERRORLEVEL, GOTO the LABEL in your batch file called :LABEL ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 363 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── As explained above, you start with the highest errorlevel you want to use and work your way down in order to the lowest, so it would look something like the following: :LOOP CONCORD.EXE IF ERRORLEVEL 255 GOTO ERR255 IF ERRORLEVEL 254 GOTO ERR254 IF ERRORLEVEL 5 GOTO NET&ECHO IF ERRORLEVEL 4 GOTO ECHO IF ERRORLEVEL 3 GOTO NET IF ERRORELEVEL 0 GOTO LOOP :ERR255 ECHO Concord exited with Error level 255 REM Do whatever is necessary for the error level GOTO LOOP :ERR254 ECHO Concord exited with Error level 254 REM Do whatever is necessary for the error level GOTO LOOP :NET&ECHO ECHO Concord exited with Error level 5 ECHO The user entered Net AND Echomail. REM Your mail processor would be run here. GOTO LOOP :ECHO ECHO Concord exited with Error level 4 ECHO The user entered Echomail ONLY. REM Your mail processor would be run here. GOTO LOOP :NET ECHO Concord exited with Error level 3 ECHO The user entered Netmail ONLY. REM Your netmail processor would be run here. GOTO LOOP As you can see, we define the error levels starting with the highest, ie. 255, then check for 254, then 5 etc etc. You do not have to define all error levels, only those that you are using, but REMEMBER to keep them in the correct order! We have also used LABELS to tell the batch file where to jump to. These make it easy to jump to the section that needs to be run and allow you to miss out anything that is unnecessary. The LABELS are the names used after the GOTO part of the line. The LABEL to jump to MUST begin with a colon (:LABEL), otherwise DOS (or OS/2) will ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 364 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── think it is the name of a program to run rather than a label to jump to. The LOOP label is an easy way of restarting the BBS after each call. It does not have to be called LOOP, you can call it whatever you want. As you can see, all it does is jump back to the beginning of the batch file and re-runs Concord so that it is ready for the next caller. We have also used some of the hard coded error levels in Concord to deal with the mail processing. As explained earlier, Concord uses some hard coded error levels to indicate wether the user has entered Net or Echomail etc. This makes it easy for us to process mail when it has been entered. We will now look at an example which should give a clearer idea of what is needed.As usual, if you find you are having real difficulty creating a suitable batch file, contact one of the support sites listed earlier for help. A Single-node System The following batch file example illustrates how the batch file is used to run a single-node system. This example shows how Concord is run in standalone (without a Front End Mailer) mode. Filename: RUNCONC.BAT Comments: This batch file accepts one command-line parameter and that is the node number that is to be started. The node number is referenced within the batch file using the %1 variable. Since this batch file will be used to run a single- node system, the proper method of starting the batch file to run node 1 would be: RUNCONC 1 Comment lines have been added which make the batch file more readable. Comment lines begin with the text REM and are not processed. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 365 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── @echo off REM Set environment variables. SET CONCORD=C:\CONCORD :Start REM Start the main batch file loop. Cls Echo Starting Concord Node %1 CD \CONCORD\NODE%1 \CONCORD\CONCORD -E:10 -N:%1 REM After Concord exits, trap the errorlevel. :AfterC IF ERRORLEVEL 20 GOTO Maintain IF ERRORLEVEL 10 GOTO Start IF ERRORLEVEL 2 GOTO Local IF ERRORLEVEL 0 GOTO Quit :Maintain REM Run any maintenance tasks you may want REM to, such as creating file lists for REM users to download, Packing the message REM base, etc etc. REM REM This concludes maintenance tasks. REM Recycle the batch file. GOTO Start :Local REM Local logon mode CD \CONCORD\NODE%1 \CONCORD\CONCORD -E:10 -L -N:%1 REM When finished, goto AfterC to trap REM the errorlevel returned. GOTO AfterC :Quit REM Exit the batch file. This simple batch file example assumes that a system event is defined which returns an errorlevel of 20. When this errorlevel is detected, Concord goes to the ':Maintain' label and processes the commands to do maintenance tasks on the message databases etc. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 366 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── A Multi-node System Multi-node systems usually have more complex batch files than single-node systems. However, much of what applies to the single- node example, applies to the multi-node example as well. The following batch file example illustrates how the batch file is used to run a multi-node system. This example shows how Concord is run in standalone (without a Front End Mailer) mode. Filename: RUNCONC.BAT Comments: This batch file accepts one command-line parameter and that is the node number that is to be started. The node number is referenced within the batch file using the %1 variable. Since this batch file will be used to run a multi-node system, the proper method of starting the batch file would be: RUNCONC <node number> Comment lines have been added which make the batch file more readable. Comment lines begin with the text REM and are not processed. @echo off REM Set environment variables. SET CONCORD=C:\CONCORD :Start REM Start the main batch file loop. Cls Echo Starting Concord Node %1 CD \CONCORD\NODE%1 \CONCORD\CONCORD -E:10 -N:%1 REM After Concord exits, trap the errorlevel. :AfterC IF ERRORLEVEL 20 GOTO Maintain IF ERRORLEVEL 10 GOTO Start IF ERRORLEVEL 2 GOTO Local IF ERRORLEVEL 0 GOTO Quit :Maintain REM Since this is a multi-node system, we REM should leave maintenance tasks to one REM node only to avoid having two nodes REM performing the same tasks at the same REM time. If node 2 is running the event, REM it will stop and wait until node 1 is ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 367 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── REM finished. It then continues batch file REM execution. CD \CONCORD REM If not node 1 go wait while node 1 does REM maintenance tasks. IF NOT %1 == 1 GOTO Wait REM Create a semaphore file called REM CONCWAIT.SEM ECHO ... >CONCWAIT.SEM REM REM Put any commands necessary for normal REM maintenance routines here. Things REM such as message base packing, creating REM file lists etc etc. You will have to REM refer to the documents for the various REM programs to get the required command REM lines necessary to run them. REM REM Delete the semaphore file and then REM recycle the batch file. ERASE CONCWAIT.SEM GOTO Start :Local REM Local logon mode CD \CONCORD\NODE%1 \CONCORD\CONCORD -E:10 -L -N:%1 REM When finished, goto AfterC to trap REM the errorlevel returned. GOTO AfterC :Wait REM Wait here until the file CONCWAIT.SEM REM no longer exists IF EXIST CONCWAIT.SEM GOTO Wait REM If it doesn't exist, recycle. Goto Start :Quit REM Exit the batch file. This simple batch file example assumes that a system event is defined which returns an errorlevel of 20. When this errorlevel is detected,Concord goes to the ':Maintain' label and processes the commands to maintain the message databases etc. Since each node will recognize the system event and in order to avoid two nodes performing the same maintenance tasks at the same time, only node 1 is allowed to actually process the maintenance task commands. Any other node goes to the batch ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 368 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── file label ':Wait'. There, it simply waits until the semaphore file CONCWAIT.SEM (created by node 1) no longer exists. ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Sysop Keys and the Status Bar ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ While a user is logged-on to your BBS either remotely or locally, several keys (called Sysop keys) are available for your use. Sysop Function Keys The first set of Sysop keys we will outline are the Sysop function keys. These keys are used to change the status bar displayed in the window at the bottom of the local console screen, while a user is on-line. F1 This displays the user's name, Alias, location, security level, and time remaining. F2 This displays the user's voice and data telephone numbers, the age and date of birth of the user, the time to the next system event, the node number, free drivespace, and the current date and time. F3 This displays the user's selected offline mail type, the selected archive, selected protocol, editor, character set, language, and 1st menu. F4 This displays the Sysop's comment line. F5 This displays the user's currently selected file area, currently selected mail area, currently select door, as well as the total number of file areas, total number of message area, and total number of doors. F6 This currently displays a blank status line. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 369 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── F7 This displays the date of the user's first call to the system,date of the user's last call to the system, number of calls made, total number of minutes the user has been online,number of pages, number of messages posted, number of files upload, Kb uploaded, number of files downloaded, and Kb downloaded. F8 This displays the local and remote screen settings. F9 This is a Sysop definable status line. It can be setup in CSetup if you wish. F10 This displays a Sysop key command summary. F11 This is a Sysop definable status line. It can be setup in CSetup if you wish to use it. F12 Another Sysop definable status line that can be setup in CSetup. Sysop ALT Keys The second set of Sysop keys available are the Sysop ALT keys.These are keys that are pressed in conjunction with the Alt key while a user is on-line. Alt-F1 Displays Callers information. It shows details of the last 15 callers to the system. Alt-F2 Displays the system log. Press ENTER on the highlighted user to view his/her log entries in detail. Alt-F3 Displays system statistics. It shows the following information for Yesterdays, todays, and totals: Logins, users, messages posted, download times, download Kb, upload times, upload Kb, yell times, and failed logins. Alt-F4 Displays info for each active node. It shows users currently online on all active nodes. Alt-F7 Reloads the system setup files. Useful if you've made some changes to the system files while a user is online, otherwise the changes made will not take effect until the BBS reloads after the caller has logged off. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 370 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── Alt-C Enter chat mode with the user currently online. ESC will exit chat mode and return the user to the menu he/she was on before chat was called. Alt-E Calls the user editor so you can edit the user while they are online. Alt-F Edit the user flags whilst they are online. Alt-H Forces an immediate hangup on the current user. Concord will immediately toggle DTR and drop carrier on the user. Useful for those idiots that we all get from time to time. Alt-J Allows the Sysop to shell to the operating system. The user will be displayed a short message telling him that the Sysop has shelled to DOS. Alt-V View a file. Concord will ask for the path and filename to view. Alt-Z Toggles the screen mode. Sysop Keys whilst Waiting For Call The following Sysop keys are also available when Concord is waiting for a call. L Local logon. Starts the BBS in local mode. F?? Execute a program assigned to one of the function keys. ie. Pressing F1 would start whatever program had been assigned to that key in CSetup. ESC Exit from waiting for call mode. This will terminate the BBS and return to the DOS or OS/2 prompt. Alt-A Toggle answer status. If this is set to 'NO', Concord will not answer the phone. Alt-C Display Last Callers information. Alt-L Display the System Log file. Alt-S Display the system Statistics for total, yesterdays, and todays calls. Alt-X Initialize the modem. This forces Concord to initialize the modem. ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────── Concord v0.01 Gamma 5 Page 371 ────────────────────────── Concord BBS 0.01 Gamma 5 ──────────────────────── ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐ │░░░▒▒▒▓▓▓ Other Progs/Utils Distributed With Concord ▓▓▓▒▒▒░░░│ └──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘ The Concord archive contains a few utilities to help you get the most from the BBS system. These are: LOGVIEW.EXE A Concord logfile viewer. RLOGVIEW.EXE A Remote Concord logfile viewer. This is the same as LogView.Exe except that it has built in comms routines to allow you to view Concords logfile via a remote connection to your system. NFC2.EXE A News File Compiler for use with Concord. This will create Ansi/Ascii news files based on what you tell it to do. NFC2.CFG The Configuration file for NFC2. You will need to edit this file to suit your system. RCSETUP.EXE A Remote CSetup program that allows you to remotely configure Concord via your modem. RCSetup is identical to CSetup in it's working, so you should refer to the docs for a full explanation of it's use. TOPLIST.EXE A utility for generating lists of your Top XX Callers to your system. These can then be displayed online to your users. TOPLIST.CFG Configuration file for TopList. You will need to edit this file to suit your system.